UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549

 
FORM 10-K
 


   
x
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008
 
OR
   
o
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the transition period from ________ to ________.
 
Commission file number: 000-31989
 
INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
 
     
Delaware
 
91-2145721
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
 
(I.R.S. Employer
Incorporation or Organization)
 
Identification No.)
     
250 Williams Street
   
Atlanta, Georgia
 
30303
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
(Zip Code)
 
(404) 302-9700
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
Title of Each Class
 
Name of Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, $0.001 par value
 
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
 
 
(NASDAQ Global Market)
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes o No x
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o No x
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No o
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K/A or any amendment to this Form 10-K/A. o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
Large accelerated filer o
Accelerated filer x
Non-accelerated filer o
Smaller reporting company o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes o No x
 
The aggregate market value of the registrant’s outstanding common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $230,695,120 based on a closing price of $4.68 on June 30, 2008, as quoted on the NASDAQ Global Market.
 
As of February 28, 2009, 50,220,438 shares of the registrant’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share, were issued and outstanding.
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
Part III—Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of our 2008 fiscal year. Except as expressly incorporated by reference, the registrant’s Proxy Statement shall not be deemed to be a part of this report on Form 10-K.
 


 
 

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
       
Page
         
   
1
 
   
9
 
   
23
 
   
23
 
   
23
 
   
24
 
           
         
   
24
 
   
28
 
   
30
 
   
52
 
   
53
 
   
53
 
   
53
 
   
53
 
           
         
   
54
 
   
54
 
   
54
 
   
54
 
   
54
 
           
         
   
55
 
           
     
58
 
 
 
- i -

 
 
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Forward-looking statements include statements regarding industry trends, our future financial position and performance, business strategy, revenues and expenses in future periods, projected levels of growth and other matters that do not relate strictly to historical facts. These statements are often identified by words such as “may,” “will,” “seeks,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “expects,” “projects,” “forecasts,” “plans,” “intends,” “continue,” “could,” “should” or similar expressions or variations. These statements are based on our beliefs and expectations after consideration of information currently available. Such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by forward-looking statements. Important factors currently known to us that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those set forth in this Form 10-K under Item 1A “Risk Factors.” We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
 
As used herein, except as otherwise indicated by context, references to “we,” “us,” “our,” “Internap” or the “Company” refer to Internap Network Services Corporation.
 
PART I
 
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
 
Overview
 
We were incorporated as a Washington corporation in 1996 and reincorporated in Delaware in 2001. Our principal executive offices are located at 250 Williams Street, Suite E-100, Atlanta, Georgia 30303, and our telephone number is (404) 302-9700. Our common stock trades on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “INAP.”
 
We market products and services that optimize the performance and reliability of strategic business Internet applications for e-commerce, customer relationship management, or CRM, multimedia streaming, Voice-over Internet-Protocol, or VoIP, virtual private networks, or VPNs, and supply chain management. Our product and service offerings are complemented by value-added services such as colocation and data center services and managed security services. We also provide products and services for storing and delivering audio and video digital media to large audiences over the Internet following our acquisition of VitalStream Holdings, Inc., or VitalStream, in February 2007. Our content delivery network, or CDN, was purpose-built for streaming digital media and enables content owners to monetize their digital media assets via both subscription and advertising-based business models. Additionally, we offer Internet television solutions, professional services, small business services and pre- and post-installation services.
 
As of December 31, 2008, we delivered services through our 64 service points across North America, Europe, Asia, India and Australia, which feature direct high-speed connections to multiple major Internet backbones such as AT&T Inc.; Sprint Nextel Corporation; Verizon Communications Inc.; Global Crossing Limited; and Level 3 Communications, Inc. Our proprietary route optimization technology monitors the performance of Internet networks allowing our customer traffic to be “intelligently” routed over the optimal path in a way that maximizes performance and reliability of the transactions by minimizing loss and delays inherent across the Internet. We believe our unique managed multi-network approach provides better performance, control and reliability compared to conventional Internet connectivity alternatives. Our service level agreements, or SLAs, guarantee performance across the entire Internet, excluding local connections, whereas providers of conventional Internet connectivity typically only guarantee performance on their own network. We serve customers in a variety of industries including entertainment and media, financial services, healthcare, travel, e-commerce, retail and technology. As of December 31, 2008, we provided services to approximately 3,600 customers in the United States and abroad.
 
As discussed below in “—Segments,” we operate in three business segments: IP services, data center services and CDN services.

 
- 1 -

 
 
Developments in 2008
 
Impairments
 
          Goodwill . We are required to assess goodwill for impairment under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP, on at least an annual basis. Our annual assessment date is August 1 of each year, following our annual strategic planning cycle, which includes an update of our long-term financial outlook. 
 
As a result of our August 1, 2008 assessment, we concluded that the current carrying value of our goodwill in the CDN services segment was impaired. We recorded the CDN services goodwill following our February 2007 acquisition of VitalStream. We recorded a $99.7 million goodwill impairment charge to adjust goodwill in our CDN services segment to an implied fair value of $54.7 million. The goodwill impairment charge was primarily due to declines in our CDN services revenues and operating results as compared to our projections and unfavorable changes in market factors used to estimate fair values.
 
The impairment also caused us to reverse a deferred tax liability and create an income tax benefit of $0.6 million associated with the CDN services goodwill. 
 
We also assessed the likelihood of triggering events and concluded that none had occurred that would cause us to re-assess goodwill for impairment subsequent to August 1, 2008.
 
          Other Intangible Assets . In conjunction with our August 1, 2008 review of our long-term financial outlook, we also performed an analysis of the potential impairment, and re-assessed the remaining asset lives, of other identifiable intangible assets acquired in the VitalStream acquisition. This analysis and re-assessment resulted in: (1) an impairment charge of $1.9 million in developed advertising technology due to a strategic change in market focus, (2) an impairment charge of $0.8 million in trade names as a result of discontinuing use of the VitalStream trade name and (3) a change in our estimates that resulted in acceleration of amortization expense of our customer relationships intangible asset over a shorter estimated useful life (four remaining years instead of the original estimated nine years) due to customer churn resulting in higher than expected attrition as of our acquisition date.
 
These non-cash charges to earnings and change in estimated useful life had no impact on our cash balance as of December 31, 2008 and did not result in a violation of any covenants in our debt instruments.
 
We discuss these impairments in note 8 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements and the sections captioned “Results of Operations—Other Operating Expenses—Goodwill Impairment” and “—Restructuring and Other Impairments” under Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
 
Restructuring .   In conjunction with the preparation of our financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2008 and in light of the recent and significant deterioration in the real estate market, we completed an analysis of our remaining accrued restructuring liability for leased facilities. After reviewing the analysis and specifically the underlying assumptions related to anticipated sublease recoveries, we concluded that certain of the facilities remaining in the restructuring accrual were taking longer than expected to sublease or were otherwise not generating the expected levels of sublease income. The analyses were based on discounted cash flows using the same credit-adjusted risk-free rate that we used to measure the initial restructuring liability for leases that were part of the 2007 restructuring plan and undiscounted cash flows for leases that were part of the 2001 restructuring plan. The cumulative effect of these changes was $1.1 million, which we recorded as additional restructuring expense and an increase to the liability. We discuss this charge in note 9 and report it in “Restructuring and other impairments” in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, along with a $0.8 million impairment of the VitalStream tradename and a reduction of the accrued liability of $0.1 million for employee separations since we paid all such amounts. We estimated net related expenditures for the 2007 restructuring plan to be $12.2 million, of which we paid $4.2 million through December 31, 2008, and the balance continuing through December 2016, the last date of the longest lease term. We expect to pay these expenditures out of operating cash flows. We estimate cost savings from the restructuring to be approximately $0.8 million per year through 2016, primarily for rent. 
 
Credit Agreement . On September 30, 2008, we amended our credit agreement with Bank of America, N.A. The amendment consolidated a two-tiered debt facility into a single revolving loan. Under the amended credit facility, we converted the previously-existing $20.0 million term loan balance and outstanding letters of credit with Bank of America into a $35.0 million revolving loan facility. The amendment extended the principal settlement terms from quarterly payments, scheduled to begin in the third quarter of 2008, to a single principal repayment due in 2011. As of December 31, 2008, we had $10.8 million of borrowing capacity on the revolving credit facility. We discuss this amended credit agreement in note 11 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements and the section captioned “Liquidity and Capital Resources” under Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 
- 2 -

 
 
Global Economic Conditions . We are currently in a time of severe deteriorating economic conditions and have seen signs of slowdowns and cautious behavior from our customers. During the year ended December 31, 2008, we increased our provision for doubtful accounts, in part after taking into consideration current economic conditions. We are continuing to monitor and review our performance and operations in light of the continuing negative global economic conditions. In particular, we continue to analyze our business to control our costs, principally through making process enhancements and renegotiating network contracts for more favorable pricing and terms.
 
Industry Background
 
The Emergence of Multiple Internet Networks
 
The Internet originated as a restricted network designed to provide efficient and reliable long distance data communications among the disparate computer systems used by government-funded researchers and organizations. As the Internet evolved, businesses began to use the Internet for functions critical to their core business and communications. Telecommunications companies established additional networks to supplement the original public infrastructure and satisfy increasing demand. Currently, the Internet is a global collection of multitudes of interconnected computer networks, forming a network of networks. These networks were developed at great expense but are nonetheless constrained by the fundamental limitations of the Internet’s architecture. Each network must connect to one another to permit its users to communicate with each other. Consequently, many Internet network service providers, or ISPs, have agreed to exchange large volumes of data traffic through a limited number of public network access points and a growing number of private connections, called peering.
 
Peering network access points are not centrally managed. We believe that no single entity has the economic incentive or ability to facilitate problem resolution or to optimize peering within the public network access points, nor the authority to bring about centralized routing administration. Additionally, since these arrangements are based on non-regulated agreements, disagreements between carriers impact performance. As a consequence of the lack of coordination among networks at these public peering points, and to avoid the increasing congestion and the potential for resulting data loss at the public network access points, a number of ISPs have established private interfaces connecting with their peers for the exchange of traffic. Although private peering arrangements are helpful for exchanging traffic, they do not solve all of the structural and economic shortcomings of the Internet.
 
The Problem of Inefficient Routing of Data Traffic on the Internet
 
An individual ISP, only controls the routing of data within its network, and its routing practices tend to compound the inefficiencies of the Internet. When an ISP receives a packet that is not destined for one of its own customers, it must route that packet to another ISP to complete the delivery of the packet on the Internet. Since the use of a public network access point or a private peering point typically involves no economic settlement, an ISP will often route the data to the nearest point of traffic exchange, in an effort to get the packet off its network and onto a competitor’s network as quickly as possible to reduce capacity and management burdens on its transport network. Once the origination traffic leaves the network of an ISP, SLAs with that ISP typically do not apply since that carrier cannot control the quality of service on the network of another ISP. Consequently, to complete a communication, data ordinarily passes through multiple networks and peering points without consideration for congestion or other factors that inhibit performance. For customers of conventional Internet connectivity providers, this transfer can result in lost data, slower and more erratic transmission speeds and an overall lower quality of service, especially where the ISP is not familiar with the performance of the destination network. Equally important, these customers have no control over the transmission arrangements and have no single point of contact that they can hold accountable for degradation in service levels, such as poor data transmission performance or service failures. As a result, it is virtually impossible for a single ISP to offer a high quality of service across disparate networks.
 
The Problem of Poor Application Performance over Distant Network Paths
 
The major protocols often utilized over data networks perform poorly when network latency is large or network paths are subject to packet and data loss. Network latency is a measure of the time it takes data to travel between two network points. In networks, network latency often depends on physical distance but may also depend on conditions such as congestion. One measure of performance is effective throughput. Throughput is defined as the rate of data transfer, typically expressed in bits per second or megabits per second, or Mbps. It can be limited by the size of the network connection, for example, 1.5Mbps for a standard T1 data connection, or it can be limited by the protocols reacting to certain network conditions, such as latency or packet loss. Typically, throughput is inversely proportional to network latency. Network latency is a significant factor when communicating over vast distances such as the global network paths between two continents. The more distant the communicating parties are from each other, the higher the network latency will be resulting in lower effective throughput. This throughput may be lower than the available network capacity and often results in poor utilization of purchased network capacity. Additionally, many network protocols react to packet loss by requesting a retransmission of the missing data. This retransmission is often interpreted as intermediate network congestion by the protocol that then responds with more conservative network usage and a further reduction of effective throughput. As a result, business applications that must communicate over the vast distances common in the global economy are subject to these limitations, which result in poor application performance and poor utilization of network assets. Network conditions vary significantly in many parts of the developing world and may also result in poor application performance. Yet the global economy is a factor in many businesses operating in these parts of the developing world where distances are vast and network conditions are poor.

 
- 3 -

 
 
The Growing Importance of the Internet for Business-Critical Internet-Based Applications
 
Once primarily used for e-mail and basic information retrieval, the Internet is now used as a communications platform for an increasing number of business-critical Internet-based applications, such as those relating to electronic commerce, VoIP, supply chain management, customer relationship management, project coordination, streaming media and video conferencing and collaboration.
 
Businesses are unable to benefit from the full potential of the Internet primarily because of performance issues discussed above. The emergence of technologies and applications that rely on network quality and require consistent, high-speed data transfer, such as VoIP, multimedia document distribution and streaming and audio and video conferencing and collaboration, are hindered by inconsistent performance. We believe that providers who provide a consistently high quality of service that enables businesses to successfully and cost effectively execute their business-critical Internet-based applications over the public network infrastructure through superior performance Internet routing services will drive the market for Internet services.
 
The Growing Demand for Delivery of Rich Media Content over the Internet
 
The proliferation of Internet-connected devices and broadband Internet connections coupled with increased consumption of media over the Internet including personalized media content have created a demand for delivery of rich media content. Increasingly, as the volume and quality of dynamic content progresses, viewers of all ages are spending more and more time using the Internet. Viewers now expect to be able to watch a movie or television show online, view the latest news clips, take a virtual walk-through of a home, hear a podcast, watch a live sporting event or concert or participate in an educational course, just to name a few examples. Companies that need to deliver rich media content can either deliver the content using basic Internet connectivity or utilize a content distribution network, or CDN. Because of the inherit weaknesses of the Internet, delivery of rich media content is not reliable. To overcome this problem, companies can either invest substantial capital to build the infrastructure to bypass the public Internet or utilize a third party’s CDN.
 
Our Market Opportunity
 
Historically, ISPs have maintained at-will agreements to deliver Internet traffic on a “best efforts” basis without guaranteeing various levels of quality of service. This best efforts delivery is sub-optimal for time-sensitive and real-time applications that require uninterrupted streams of data such as voice and video. For companies that rely on the Internet as a medium for commerce or relationship management, this unpredictable performance often translates into lost revenue, decreased productivity and dissatisfied customers.
 
The Internet serves as a core component of many direct sales, supply chain and collaboration strategies and has extended our customers’ ability to reach global partners, suppliers and customers. This changing landscape, combined with an increasingly dispersed workforce and the adoption of emerging technologies like VoIP and streaming media, has increased the need for fast, reliable connectivity and delivery of content rich media. We believe Internap meets this requirement and is well positioned to help businesses leverage the Internet to attain improved productivity, decreased transactional costs and new revenue streams.
 
Segments
 
We operate in three business segments: IP services, data center services and CDN services. The following is a brief description of each of our reportable business segments. Financial information regarding our segments can be found in note 4 to our accompanying consolidated financial statements and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Results of Operations.”
 
IP Services
 
          High Performance Internet Protocol, or IP . Our patented and patent-pending network performance optimization technologies address the inherent weaknesses of the Internet, allowing enterprises to take advantage of the convenience, flexibility and reach of the Internet to connect to customers, suppliers and partners. Our solutions take into account the unique performance requirements of each business application to ensure performance as designed, without unnecessary cost. Prior to recommending appropriate network solutions for our customers’ applications, we consider key performance objectives including (1) performance and cost optimization, (2) application control and speed and (3) delivery and reach. Our fees for IP services are based on a fixed-fee, usage or a combination of both.

 
- 4 -

 
 
Our managed intelligent routing service provides fast, reliable connectivity to all major backbones and dynamically identifies the optimal path for our customers’ traffic. The service is also supported by SLAs with 100% network availability, excluding local connections. Our team of certified network engineers supports our customers 24 hours a day, every day of the year.
 
          Flow Control Platform . Our IP services segment also includes our flow control platform, or FCP. Our FCP is a premise-based intelligent routing hardware product for customers who run their own multiple network architectures, known as multi-homing. The prevalence of multi-homed networks is increasing. To operate each network at the highest performance level, a significant amount of expertise is required to monitor and adjust to global Internet routing, which is very dynamic in nature. The FCP functions similarly to our P-NAP, monitoring the global Internet and automatically adjusting routing real-time to balance the traffic across multiple links to optimize performance. FCP can be tuned to manage network traffic on two dimensions: cost and performance. The user can set thresholds that balance performance against cost, for example routing all traffic across low cost providers while specific minimum performance thresholds are met. If the performance deteriorates, then the traffic can be routed over a better performing but more costly provider to maintain minimum specified performance. This option allows our customer to enjoy service with the optimized performance and economics. Another key feature is minute-by-minute visibility reports and logs on the performance and operation of the customer’s network. Our customers find this information to be useful for carrier SLA verification, monitoring and overall network management.
 
FCP is one of only a few of the industry’s route control appliances that analyzes and re-routes Internet traffic flows in real-time. We offer FCP as either a one-time hardware purchase or as a monthly subscription service. Sales of FCP also generate annual maintenance fees and professional service fees for installation and ongoing network configuration. Since the FCP emulates our P-NAP service in many ways, this product affords us the opportunity to serve customers outside of our P-NAP market footprint. This product represents approximately 4% of our IP services revenue and approximately 2% of our consolidated revenue for the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
Data Center Services
 
Our data center, or colocation, services allow us to expand the reach of our high performance IP services to customers who wish to take advantage of locating their network and application assets in secure, high-performance facilities. Throughout this Form 10-K, we refer to data center services and colocation services interchangeably. We operate data centers where customers can host their applications directly on our network to eliminate issues associated with the quality of local connections. Data center services also enable us to have a more flexible product offering, such as bundling our high performance IP connectivity and managed services such as content delivery along with hosting customers’ applications. Our data center services provide a single source for network infrastructure, IP and security, all of which are designed to maximize solution performance while providing a more stable, dependable infrastructure, and are backed by guaranteed service levels and our team of dedicated support professionals.
 
To maximize this footprint, we use a combination of facilities managed by us and facilities managed by third parties, referred to as partner sites. We offer a comprehensive solution at 46 service points, consisting of eight locations managed by us and 38 locations managed by third parties. We charge monthly fees for data center services based on the amount of square footage that the customer leases in our facilities. We also have relationships with various providers to extend our P-NAP model into markets with high demand.
 
CDN Services
 
Our CDN services enable our customers to quickly and securely stream and distribute video, audio and software to audiences across the globe through strategically located data centers. Providing capacity-on-demand to handle large events and unanticipated traffic spikes, we deliver high-quality content regardless of audience size or geographic location. Our MediaConsole® content management tool provides our customers the benefit of a single, easy to navigate system featuring Media Asset Management, Digital Rights Management, or DRM, support and detailed reporting tools. With MediaConsole, our customers can use one application to manage and control access to their digital assets, view network conditions and gain insight into habits of their viewing audience. Prior to our acquisition of VitalStream in February 2007, we did not offer proprietary CDN services, but instead, we were a reseller of third party CDN services for which the results of operations are included in “—Other Revenues and Direct Costs of Network, Sales and Services,” discussed below.
 
We offer the following products and services based on our CDN:
 
          Next Generation Route-Optimized Hybrid Content Delivery. Our route-optimized hybrid content delivery model is a blend of both decentralized, or “edge caching,” and centralized storage content delivery models. It incorporates large geographically-distributed caches strategically located at “route-optimized” locations throughout the provider’s network along with a small number of large content storage locations. Our integration of route optimization technology within the CDN overcomes the issues that arise when the content is being delivered by a poorly performing network. The route optimization technology analyzes the traffic situation on every major Internet backbone and then detects the best route for the content to take. The technology also allows for the adjustment of additional locations in which popular content is cached, so that popular files may end up on many servers, as opposed to less popular or larger-sized files that may only exist on a handful of servers. It also directs the end-user to the most appropriate data center for streaming or downloading content based on capacity and availability, improving delivery performance at the source by avoiding overload at one location (thus eliminating stuttering videos or plain stops in the stream).
 
 
- 5 -

 
 
Our network is protected by security systems, including firewalls, proxies and private networking to protect critical systems from intruders. We continuously monitor for security vulnerabilities and malicious activity and employ a staff of security experts to respond to security-related incidents. Additionally, we provide various encryption and digital rights management services that allow our customers to protect their content on our network.
 
Streaming Service for Flash . We worked closely with Adobe and Microsoft to develop streaming platforms. We are an experienced Flash video and Windows Media streaming service provider, supporting Flash 8 and Flash Media Server 2.5, and we have been a Microsoft Premier Certified Hosting Service provider since 2002. These methods of delivering video on demand and other content are reliable, interactive and easy to use, giving our customers the opportunity to utilize their existing development environment and streamlining their workflow. Our video streaming services permit our customers to upload files to our streaming network without having to set up and maintain video servers.
 
Content Delivery Service . Our streaming customers often need to utilize download services as part of their business solution. In response to this customer demand, we provide file download services to enable our customers to download critical content including HTML, graphics, media files, software and podcasts to their customers.
 
Value-Added Services . We also provide a suite of value-added services that provides our customers with a comprehensive solution including Managed Server, Content Management, Transcoding, Video Players, Authentication and various virtualization technologies. This single-solution provider approach enables our customers to accelerate time-to-market, lower operating expenses and simplify implementation and on-going support.
 
Network Access Points, Points of Presence and Data Centers
 
We provide our services through our network access points across North America, and in Europe, Asia, India and Australia. Our network access points and data centers feature direct high-speed connections to multiple major Internet backbones, also referred to as network service providers or NSPs, including AT&T Inc.; Sprint Nextel Corporation; Verizon Communications Inc.; Global Crossing Limited; and Level 3 Communications. Through our CDN points of presence, or POPs, we provide access to the Internet for our CDN customers. As of December 31, 2008, we provided services worldwide through 62 IP service points, 25 CDN POPs and 46 data center locations. We directly operate eight of these data center sites and have operating agreements with third parties for the remaining locations in the following markets, some of which have multiple sites:
     
Internap operated
 
Operated under third party agreements
Atlanta
 
Atlanta
Oakland
Amsterdam
Boston
 
Boston
Orange County/
Hong Kong
Houston
 
Chicago
San Diego
London
New York
 
Dallas
Philadelphia
Mumbai
Seattle
 
Denver
Phoenix
Osaka (1)
   
Los Angeles
San Francisco
Singapore
   
Miami
San Jose
Sydney
   
New York
Washington DC
Tokyo (1)
   
 
 
Toronto
____________________
(1)
Through our joint venture in Internap Japan Co., Ltd. with NTT-ME Corporation and Nippon Telegraph and Telephone Corporation.
 
We are dependent upon the NSPs noted above as well as other ISPs, telecommunications carriers and other vendors in the United States, Europe, Asia, India and Australia.
 
Other
 
Other revenues and direct costs of network, sales and services consist of third party CDN services. Throughout 2007, other revenues and direct costs of network, sales and services decreased steadily as the revenue streams from our acquisition of VitalStream replaced the activity of the former third-party CDN service provider.

 
- 6 -

 
 
Financial Information about Geographic Areas
 
For each of the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, we derived less than 10% of our total revenues from our operations outside the United States.
 
Sales and Marketing
 
Our sales and marketing objective is to achieve market penetration and increase brand recognition among business customers in key industries that use the Internet for strategic and business-critical operations. We employ a direct sales team with extensive and relevant sales experience with our target market. Our sales offices are located in key cities across North America, as well as one office each in the United Kingdom and Singapore.
 
Our sales and service organization includes 106 employees in direct and channel sales, professional services, account management and technical consulting. As of December 31, 2008, we had approximately 66 direct sales representatives whose performance is measured on the basis of achievement of quota objectives.
 
To support our sales efforts and promote the Internap brand, we conduct comprehensive marketing programs. Our marketing strategies include on-line advertisements, participation at trade shows, an active public relations campaign and continuing customer communications. As of December 31, 2008, we had seven employees in our marketing department.
 
Research and Development
 
Product development costs are primarily related to network engineering costs associated with changes to the functionality of our proprietary services and network architecture. Research and development costs, which we include in product development cost and expense as incurred, primarily consist of compensation related to our development and enhancement of IP routing technology, progressive download and streaming technology for our CDN, acceleration and cloud technologies. Research and development costs were $5.0 million, $3.1 million and $2.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. These costs do not include $1.4 million, $1.6 million and $0.9 million in internal software development costs capitalized during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. We also expense as incurred those costs that do not qualify for capitalization as software development costs.
 
Customers
 
As of December 31, 2008, we had approximately 3,600 customers. We provide services to customers in multiple vertical industry segments including entertainment and media, financial services, healthcare, travel, e-commerce, retail and technology. However, our customer base is not concentrated in any particular industry. In each of the past three fiscal years, no single customer has accounted for 10% or more of our net sales. We did not derive any significant amounts of revenue for any of the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 from contracts or subcontracts terminable or renegotiation at the election of the federal government, and we do not expect such contracts to be a significant percentage of our total revenue in 2009.
 
Competition
 
The market for managed services, premise-based products and content delivery is intensely competitive and is characterized by technological change, the introduction of new products and services and price erosion. We believe that the principal factors of competition for service providers in our target markets include: speed and reliability of connectivity, quality of facilities, level of customer service and technical support, price and brand recognition. We believe that we compete favorably on the basis of these factors.
 
Our current and potential competition primarily consists of:
     
 
NSPs that provide connectivity services, including AT&T Inc.; Sprint Nextel Corporation; Verizon Communications Inc.; Level 3 Communications, Inc.; Global Crossing Limited and Verio, an NTT Communications Company;
     
 
regional Bell operating companies that offer Internet access and managed services;
     
 
global, national and regional ISPs such as Orange Business Services, BT Infonet, and Savvis, Inc.;
     
 
providers of specific applications or solutions, such as content delivery, security or storage such as Akamai Technologies, Inc.; Limelight Networks, Inc.; CD Networks Co., Ltd.; Mirror Image Internet, Inc.; Symantec Corporation; Network Appliance, Inc. and Virtela Communications, Inc.;

 
- 7 -

 

 
software-based, Internet infrastructure companies focused on IP route control and wide area network optimization products such as Riverbed Technology, Inc.; F5 Networks, Inc. and Radware Ltd.; and
     
 
colocation and data center providers, including Equinix, Inc.; Switch & Data Facilities Company, Inc.; Terremark Worldwide, Inc.; Navisite, Inc.; 365 Main Inc.; Quality Technology Services; Savvis, Inc. and Neon Communications Group, Inc.
 
Competition has resulted, and will likely continue to result, in declining prices for our services.
 
Many of our competitors have longer operating histories and presence in key markets, greater name recognition, larger customer bases and significantly greater financial, sales and marketing, distribution, technical and other resources than we have. As a result, these competitors may be able to adapt more quickly to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements or to devote greater resources to the promotion and sale of their products. In all of our target markets, we also may face competition from newly established competitors, suppliers of products or services based on new or emerging technologies and customers that choose to develop their own network solutions. We also may encounter further consolidation in the markets in which we compete. In addition, competitors may develop technologies that more effectively address our markets with services that offer enhanced features or lower costs. Increased competition could result in pricing pressures, decreased gross margins and loss of market share, which may materially and adversely affect our business, consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
See “Risk Factors—We may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors” below.
 
Intellectual Property
 
We rely on a combination of copyright, patent, trademark, trade secret and other intellectual property law, nondisclosure agreements and other protective measures to protect our proprietary rights. We also utilize unpatented, proprietary know-how and trade secrets and employ various methods to protect such intellectual property. As of December 31, 2008, we had 14 patents (nine issued in the United States and five issued worldwide) that extend to various dates between approximately 2017 and 2027, and eight registered trademarks. We believe our intellectual property rights are significant and that the loss of all or a substantial portion of such rights could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. We can offer no assurance that our intellectual property protection measures will be sufficient to prevent misappropriation of our technology. In addition, the laws of many foreign countries do not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. From time-to-time, third parties have or may assert infringement claims against us or against our customers in connection with their use of our products or services. In addition, we may desire or be required to renew or to obtain licenses from others to further develop and market commercially viable products or services effectively. We can offer no assurances that any necessary licenses will be available on reasonable terms.
 
Employees
 
As of December 31, 2008, we had approximately 430 employees, substantially all of whom are full-time employees. None of our employees are represented by a labor union, and we have not experienced any work stoppages to date. We consider the relationships with our employees to be good. Competition for technical personnel in the industries in which we compete is intense. We believe that our future success depends in part on our continued ability to hire, assimilate and retain qualified personnel. We can offer no assurances that we will be successful in recruiting and retaining qualified employees in the future.
 
Other Matters
 
While we are dependent upon our proprietary technology and vendors, including NSPs, telecommunications carriers and others, we are not dependent upon raw materials. Our business is generally not seasonal. We do not have significant backlog orders, nor do we have any practices relating to required working capital items.
 
Available Information
 
The reports we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, including annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and proxy statements, are available free of charge on our website at www.internap.com. You may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. For information on the operation of the Public Reference Room, call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a website ( www.sec.gov ) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information that we file with the SEC. Our Code of Ethics is available on our website at www.internap.com under the “Investor Services” section. Copies of the information identified above may be obtained without charge from us by writing to Internap Network Services Corporation, 250 Williams Street, Suite E-100, Atlanta, Georgia 30303, Attention: Corporate Secretary. Information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K.

 
- 8 -

 
 
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
 
We operate in a changing environment that involves numerous known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could materially adversely affect our operations. The risks described below highlight some of the factors that have affected, and in the future could affect our operations. You should carefully consider these risks. These risks are not the only ones that we may face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently deem immaterial, also may become important factors that affect us. If any of the following events or circumstances described in the followings risks occurs, our business, consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows could be materially and adversely affected.
 
Risks Related to Our Business
 
Failure to sustain or increase our revenues may cause our business and financial results to suffer.
 
We have considerable fixed expenses, and we plan to continue to incur significant expenses, particularly with the expansion of our colocation and data center facilities. We incur a substantial portion of these expenses upfront, and are only able to recover these costs from customers over time. We must, therefore, at least sustain or generate higher revenues to maintain profitability. Although revenue from our data center services segment is growing, that segment has lower margins than our other segments. If we are unable to increase our margins in that segment, our business may suffer.
 
In addition to adding new customers, to increase our revenue, we must sell additional services to existing customers and encourage existing customers to increase their usage levels. If our existing and prospective customers do not perceive our services to be of sufficiently high value and quality, we may not be able to retain our current customers or attract new customers. Our customers have no obligation to renew their contracts for our services after the expiration of their initial commitment, and these service agreements may not be renewed at the same or higher level of service, if at all. Moreover, under some circumstances, some of our customers have the right to cancel their service agreements prior to the expiration of the terms of their agreements. Due to the significant upfront costs of managing data centers, if our customers fail to renew or cancel their service agreements, we may not be able to recover the initial costs resulting from the expansion of our facilities. Numerous factors could affect our ability to increase revenue, either alone or in combination with other factors, including:
     
 
failure to increase sales of our products and services;
     
 
pricing pressures;
     
 
significant increases in bandwidth and data center costs or other operating expenses;
     
 
failure of our services or software to operate as expected;
     
 
loss of customers or inability to attract new customers or loss of existing customers at a rate greater than our increase in new customers;
     
 
inability of a customer to pay our fees on a timely basis or at all or failure to continue to purchase our services in accordance with their contractual commitments; or
     
 
network failures and any breach or unauthorized access to our network.
     
Our customers’ renewal rates may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including:
 
 
their satisfaction or dissatisfaction with our services;
     
 
the prices of our services and those of our competitors;
     
 
discontinuation by our customers of their Internet or web-based content distribution businesses;
     
 
mergers and acquisitions affecting our customer base; and
     
 
reduction in our customers’ spending levels.
 
 
- 9 -

 
 
If our customers do not renew their service agreements with us or if they renew on less favorable terms, our revenue may decline and our business may suffer. Similarly, our customer agreements often provide for minimum commitments that are often significantly below our customers’ historical usage levels. Consequently, even if we have agreements with our customers to use our services, these customers could significantly curtail their usage without incurring any penalties under our agreements. In this event, our revenue would be lower than expected and our operating results could suffer.
 
Pricing pressure could decrease our revenue and threaten the attractiveness of our premium priced services.
 
Pricing for Internet connectivity services has declined significantly in recent years and may decline in the future. An economic downturn, such as the one the worldwide economy is now experiencing, could further contribute to this effect. We currently charge, and expect to continue to charge, premium prices for our high performance IP services compared to the prices charged by our competitors for their connectivity services. By bundling their services and reducing the overall cost of their solutions, certain of our competitors may be able to provide customers with reduced communications costs in connection with their Internet connectivity services or private network services, thereby significantly increasing the pressure on us to decrease our prices. Increased price competition, significant price deflation and other related competitive pressures could erode our revenue and could materially and adversely affect our results of operations if we are unable to control or reduce our costs. Because we rely on NSPs to deliver our services and have agreed with some of these providers to purchase minimum amounts of service at predetermined prices, our profitability could be adversely affected by competitive price reductions to our customers even if accompanied with an increased number of customers.
 
In light of economic factors and technological advances, companies that require Internet connectivity have evaluated and will continue to evaluate the cost of such services, particularly high performance connectivity services such as those we currently offer. Consequently, existing and potential customers may be less willing to pay premium prices for high performance Internet connectivity services and may choose to purchase lower quality services at lower prices, which could materially and adversely affect our business, consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
In addition, prices for content delivery services have fallen in recent years and may continue to fall further in the future. If the price that we are able to charge customers to deliver their content falls to a greater extent than we anticipate, if we over-estimate future demand for our services or if our costs to deliver our services do not fall commensurate with any future price declines, we may not be able to achieve acceptable rates of return on our infrastructure investments, and our gross profit and results of operations may suffer dramatically.
 
We have a history of losses and may not sustain profitability.
 
We incurred net losses in each quarterly and annual period since we began operations in May 1996 through the year ended December 31, 2005. For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, we recognized net loss of $104.8 million, net loss of $5.6 million and net income of $3.7 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2008, our accumulated deficit was $966.8 million. Considering the competitive and evolving nature of the industry in which we operate, we may not be able to achieve or sustain profitability on a quarterly or annual basis, and our failure to do so could materially and adversely affect our business, including our ability to raise additional funds.
 
We may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors.
 
The Internet connectivity and IP services market is highly competitive, as evidenced by recent declines in pricing for Internet connectivity services. The content delivery market is also highly competitive and rapidly changing. We expect competition from existing competitors to continue to intensify in the future, and we may not have the financial resources, technical expertise, sales and marketing abilities or support capabilities to compete successfully. Our competitors currently include: regional Bell operating companies that offer Internet access; global, national and regional NSPs and ISPs; providers of specific applications or solutions such as content delivery, security or storage; software-based and other Internet infrastructure providers and manufacturers; and colocation and data center providers. In addition, NSPs and ISPs may make technological advancements, such as the introduction of improved routing protocols to enhance the quality of their services, which could negatively impact the demand for our products and services.
 
In addition, we expect that we will face additional competition as we expand our managed services product offerings, including competition from technology and telecommunications companies. A number of telecommunications companies, NSPs and ISPs have offered or expanded their network services. Further, the ability of some of these potential competitors to bundle other services and products with their network services could place us at a competitive disadvantage. Various companies also are exploring the possibility of providing, or are currently providing, high-speed, intelligent data services that use connections to more than one network or use alternative delivery methods, including the cable television infrastructure, direct broadcast satellites and wireless local loop. Many of our existing and future competitors may have greater market presence, engineering and marketing capabilities and financial, technological and personnel resources than we have. As a result, our competitors may have significant advantages over us and may be able to respond more quickly to emerging technologies and ensuing customer demands. Increased competition and technological advancements by our competitors could materially and adversely affect our business, consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 
- 10 -

 
 
We previously identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting which prevented us from accurately reporting our financial results in a timely manner. We cannot guarantee that in the future we will not identify another material weakness, which could prevent us from accurately reporting our financial results in a future period in a timely manner, which could in turn adversely affect our business.
 
We must maintain effective internal controls to provide reliable and accurate financial reports and prevent fraud. In addition, Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires that we assess the design and operating effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. In connection with our evaluation of internal control over financial reporting for the year ended December 31, 2007, we identified a material weakness related to effective controls over the analysis of requests for sales credits and billing adjustments to provide timely information for management to assess the completeness, accuracy, valuation and disclosure of sales adjustments. We remediated these weaknesses during the year ended December 31, 2008. However, we may also discover in the future additional areas of our internal controls that need improvement. We cannot be certain that any remedial measures we may be required to take in the future will sufficiently address and eliminate any identified material weakness. Any additional deficiencies, significant deficiencies or material weaknesses that we may identify in the future could require us to incur significant costs, expend significant time and management resources or make other changes. Any delay or failure to design and implement new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation or operation may cause us to fail to meet our financial reporting obligations or prevent us from providing reliable and accurate financial reports or avoiding or detecting fraud. Disclosure of this material weakness, any failure to remediate such material weakness in a timely fashion or having or maintaining ineffective internal controls could cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information.
 
If we are unable to develop new and enhanced products and services that achieve widespread market acceptance, or if we are unable to improve the performance and features of our existing products and services or adapt our business model to keep pace with industry trends, our business and operating results could be adversely affected.
 
Our industry is constantly evolving. The process of developing new services and the technologies that support them is expensive, time and labor intensive and uncertain. We may fail to understand the market demand for new services or not be able to overcome technical problems with new services. In addition, our customers’ needs may change in ways that we do not anticipate and these changes could eliminate our customers’ needs for our services and render our products and services obsolete.
 
Our future success depends on our ability to respond to the rapidly changing needs of our customers by developing or introducing new products, product upgrades and services on a timely basis. New product development and introduction involves a significant commitment of time and resources and is subject to a number of risks and challenges including:
     
 
managing the length of the development cycle for new products and product enhancements, which historically has been longer than expected;
     
 
adapting to emerging and evolving industry standards and to technological developments by our competitors and customers;
     
 
extending the operation of our products and services to new platforms and operating systems;
     
 
entering into new or unproven markets where we have limited experience;
     
 
managing new product and service strategies and integrating those with our existing products and services;
     
 
incorporating acquired products and technologies;
     
 
trade compliance issues affecting our ability to ship new products to international markets;
     
 
developing or expanding efficient sales channels; and
     
 
obtaining required technology licenses and technical access from operating system software vendors on reasonable terms to enable the development and deployment of interoperable products.
 
In addition, if we cannot adapt our business models to keep pace with industry trends, our revenue could be negatively impacted. If we are not successful in managing these risks and challenges, or if our new products, product upgrades and services are not technologically competitive or do not achieve market acceptance, we may lose market share, resulting in a decrease in our revenues and earnings.

 
- 11 -

 
 
Many of our current and potential customers are pursuing emerging or unproven business models and the demand for our services and products may decline if such models are unsuccessful.
 
The need for a content delivery network is a recent technological advancement and our customers’ business models that rely on the delivery of streaming video and other content remain unproven. These customers will not continue to purchase our products and services if their investment does not generate a sufficient return. Deteriorating global economic conditions may make it more difficult for our customers to achieve successful and sustainable returns from business models. A reduction in spending on CDN services by such customers could materially and adversely affect our financial condition.
 
We may lose customers if they elect to develop solutions internally.
 
Our customers and potential customers may decide to develop their own IP or content delivery solutions rather than outsource these solutions to services providers like us. In addition, our customers could decide to host their Internet applications internally bypassing outside vendors like us. This is particularly true as our customers increase their operations and spend greater resources on delivering their content using third-party solutions. If we fail to offer IP, data center or CDN services that compete favorably with in-sourced solutions, we may lose customers or fail to attract customers that may consider pursuing this in-sourced approach, and our business and financial results would suffer.
 
We depend on a number of NSPs to provide Internet connectivity to our network access points. If we are unable to obtain required connectivity services on a cost-effective basis, or at all, or if such services are interrupted or terminated, our growth prospects and business, consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may be adversely affected.
 
In delivering our services, we rely on a number of Internet networks, many of which are built and operated by others. In order to provide high performance connectivity services to our customers through our network access points, we purchase connections from several NSPs. We can offer no assurances that these NSPs will continue to provide service to us on a cost-effective basis or on otherwise competitive terms, if at all, or that these providers will provide us with additional capacity to adequately meet customer demand or to expand our business. Consolidation among NSPs limits the number of vendors from which we obtain service, possibly resulting in higher network costs to us. We may be unable to establish and maintain relationships with other NSPs that may emerge or that are significant in geographic areas, such as Asia, India and Europe, in which we may locate our future network access points. Any of these situations could limit our growth prospects and materially and adversely affect our business, consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
We depend on third party suppliers for services and key elements of our network infrastructure. If we are unable to obtain products or services, such as network access loops or local loops, on favorable terms, or at all, or in the event of a failure of these suppliers to deliver their products and services as agreed, our ability to provide our services on a competitive and timely basis may be impaired and our consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected.
 
In addition to depending on services from third party NSPs, we depend on other companies to supply various key elements of our infrastructure, including the network access loops between our network access points and our NSPs and the local loops between our network access points and our customers’ networks. Pricing for such network access loops and local loops has risen significantly over time, and we generally bill these charges to our customers at low or no margin. Some of our competitors have their own network access loops and local loops and are, therefore, not subject to similar availability and pricing issues. In addition, we currently purchase routers and switches from a limited number of vendors. Furthermore, we do not carry significant inventories of the products we purchase, and we have no guaranteed supply arrangements with our vendors. A loss of a significant vendor could delay any build-out of our infrastructure and increase our costs. If our limited source of suppliers fails to provide products or services that comply with evolving Internet standards or that interoperate with other products or services we use in our network infrastructure, we may be unable to meet all or a portion of our customer service commitments, which could materially and adversely affect our business, consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
Our business depends on continued and unimpeded access to third-party controlled end-user access networks.
 
Our CDN services depend on our ability to access certain end-user access networks. We achieve this access through mutually beneficial cooperation with these end-user access networks in order to complete the delivery of rich media and other online content to end-users. Some operators of these networks may take measures, such as the deployment of a variety of filters, that could degrade, disrupt or increase the cost of our or our customers’ access to certain of these end-user access networks by restricting or prohibiting the use of their networks to support or facilitate our services, or by charging increased fees to us, our customers or end-users in connection with our services. This or other types of interference could result in a loss of existing customers, increased costs and impairment of our ability to attract new customers, thereby harming our revenue and growth. If in the future a significant percentage of these network operators elected to no longer allow unimpeded access to our CDN, our costs could increase as we replace the network operators, the performance of our infrastructure could be diminished, or both, and our business could suffer.

 
- 12 -

 
 
The increased use of high-power density equipment may limit our ability to fully utilize our data centers.
 
Customers continue to increase their use of high-power density equipment, such as blade servers, in our data centers, which has significantly increased the demand for power on a per cabinet basis. The current demand for electrical power may exceed our designed capacity in these facilities. As electrical power, not space, is typically the primary factor limiting capacity in our data centers, our ability to fully utilize our data centers may be limited in these facilities. If we are unable to adequately utilize our data centers, our ability to grow our business cost-effectively could be materially and adversely affected.
 
Our business could be harmed by prolonged electrical power outages or shortages, increased costs of energy or general availability of electrical resources. In addition, a failure in the redundancies in our network operations centers, network access points or computer systems could cause a significant disruption in our IP services, and we may experience significant disruptions in our ability to service our customers.
 
Our data centers and P-NAPs are susceptible to regional costs and supply of power, electrical power shortages, planned or unplanned power outages or natural disasters and limitations, especially internationally, and availability of adequate power resources. Power outages could harm our customers and our business. We attempt to limit exposure to system downtime by using backup generators and uninterruptible power systems. We may not be able to limit our exposure entirely, however, even with these protections in place, as has been the case with power outages we have experienced in the past and may experience in the future. In addition, our energy costs have recently increased and may continue to increase for a variety of reasons including increased pressure on legislators to pass green legislation. As energy costs increase, we may not be able to pass on to our customers the increased cost of energy, which could harm our business and operating results.
 
If we experience a problem at our network operations centers, including the failure of redundant systems, we may be unable to provide IP services to our customers, provide customer service and support or monitor our network infrastructure or network access points, any of which would seriously harm our business and operating results. Also, because we provide continuous Internet availability under our SLAs, we may be required to issue a significant amount of customer credits as a result of such interruptions in service. These credits could negatively affect our revenues and results of operations. In addition, interruptions in service to our customers could harm our customer relations, expose us to potential lawsuits and require additional capital expenditures.
 
In each of our markets, we rely on utility companies to provide a sufficient amount of power for current and future customers. We generally do not control the amount of power our customers draw from their installed circuits. Because we rely on third parties to provide power, we cannot ensure that these third parties will deliver such power in adequate quantities or on a consistent basis. At the same time, power and cooling requirements are growing on a per unit basis. As a result, some customers are consuming an increasing amount of power per cabinet. We do not have long-term power agreements in all our markets for long-term guarantees of provisioned amounts and may face power limitations in our centers. This limitation could have a negative impact on the effective available capacity of a given data center and limit our ability to grow our business, which could have a negative impact on our relationships with our customers as well as our consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
A significant number of our network access points are located in facilities owned and operated by third parties. In many of those arrangements, we do not have property rights similar to those customarily possessed by a lessee or subtenant but instead have lesser rights of occupancy. In certain situations, the financial condition of those parties providing occupancy to us could have an adverse impact on the continued occupancy arrangement or the level of service delivered to us under such arrangements.
 
Any failure of the physical infrastructure in our data service centers could lead to significant costs and disruptions that could reduce our revenue and harm our business reputation, consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
Our business depends on providing customers with highly reliable service. We must protect our infrastructure and our customers’ data and their equipment located in our data centers. The services we provide in each of our data centers are subject to failure resulting from numerous factors, including:
     
 
human error;
     
 
physical or electronic security breaches;
     
 
fire, earthquake, hurricane, flood, tornado and other natural disasters;
     
 
improper building maintenance by the landlords of the buildings in which our data centers are located;
     
 
water damage;
     
 
extreme temperatures;

 
- 13 -

 
 
 
fiber cuts;
     
 
power loss or equipment failure;
     
 
sabotage and vandalism; and
     
 
failures experienced by underlying service providers upon which our business relies.
 
Problems at one or more of the data centers operated by us or any of our colocation providers, whether or not within our control, could result in service interruptions or significant equipment damage. We have service level commitment obligations to most of our customers. As a result, service interruptions or equipment damage in our data centers could result in difficulty maintaining service level commitments to these customers and potential claims related to such failures. We have in the past given credits to our customers as a result of service interruptions due to equipment failures. Because our data centers are critical to many of our customers’ businesses, service interruptions or significant equipment damage in our data centers also could result in lost profits or other indirect or consequential damages to our customers. We cannot guarantee that a court would enforce any contractual limitations on our liability in the event that a customer brings a lawsuit against us as the result of a problem at one of our data centers.
 
If we incur significant financial commitments to our customers in connection with a loss of power or we fail to meet other service level commitment obligations, our revenue reserves may not be adequate. In addition, any loss of services, equipment damage or inability to meet our service level commitment obligations could reduce the confidence of our customers and could consequently impair our ability to obtain and retain customers, which would adversely affect both our ability to generate revenues and our operating results.
 
Furthermore, we are dependent upon NSPs and telecommunications carriers in the United States, Europe, Asia, India and Australia, some of whom have experienced significant system failures and electrical outages in the past. Users of our services may experience difficulties due to system failures unrelated to our systems and services. If, for any reason, these providers fail to provide the required services, our business, consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely impacted.
 
No ultimate prevention or defense against denial of service attacks exists. During a prolonged denial of service attack, Internet service may not be available for several hours, thus negatively impacting hosted customers’ on-line business transactions. Affected customers might file claims against us under such circumstances, and our property and liability insurance may not be adequate to cover these claims.
 
Our results of operations have fluctuated in the past and may continue to fluctuate, which could have a negative impact on the price of our common stock.
 
We have experienced fluctuations in our results of operations on a quarterly and annual basis. The fluctuation in our operating results may cause the market price of our common stock to decline. We expect to experience continued fluctuations in our operating results in the foreseeable future due to a variety of factors, including:
     
 
competition and the introduction of new services by our competitors;
     
 
continued pricing pressures resulting from competitors’ strategies or excess bandwidth supply;
     
 
fluctuations in the demand and sales cycle for our services;
     
 
fluctuations in the market for qualified sales and other personnel;
     
 
changes in the prices for Internet connectivity we pay to NSPs;
     
 
the cost and availability of adequate public utilities, including power;
     
 
our ability to obtain local loop connections to our network access points at favorable prices;
     
 
integration of people, operations, products and technologies of acquired businesses;
     
 
general economic conditions; and
     
 
any impairments or restructurings charges that we may incur in the future.

 
- 14 -

 
 
In addition, fluctuations in our results of operations may arise from strategic decisions we have made or may make with respect to the timing and magnitude of capital expenditures such as those associated with the expansion of our data center facilities, the deployment of additional network access points and the terms of our network connectivity purchase agreements. These and other factors discussed in this Form 10-K could have a material adverse effect on our business, consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, a relatively large portion of our expenses are fixed in the short-term, particularly with respect to lease and personnel expense, depreciation and amortization and interest expense. Our results of operations, therefore, are particularly sensitive to fluctuations in revenue. Because our results of operations have fluctuated in the past and we expect them to continue to fluctuate in the future, we can offer no assurance that the results of any particular period are an indication of future performance in our business operations. Fluctuations in our results of operations could have a negative impact on our ability to raise additional capital and execute our business plan. Our operating results in one or more future quarters may fail to meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors, which could cause an immediate and significant decline in the trading price of our stock.
 
We have acquired and may acquire other businesses, and these acquisitions involve integration and other risks that could harm our business.
 
We may pursue acquisitions of complementary businesses, products, services and technologies to expand our geographic footprint, enhance our existing services, expand our service offerings and enlarge our customer base. If we complete future acquisitions, we may be required to incur or assume additional debt, make capital expenditures or issue additional shares of our common stock or securities convertible into our common stock as consideration, which would dilute our existing stockholders’ ownership interest and may adversely affect our results of operations. Our ability to grow through acquisitions involves a number of additional risks, including the following:
     
 
the ability to identify and consummate complementary acquisitions;
     
 
the possibility that we may not be able to integrate the operations, personnel, technologies, products and services of the acquired companies in a timely and efficient manner or achieve the level of quality in such businesses to which our customers are accustomed;
     
 
diversion of management’s attention from other ongoing business concerns;
     
 
insufficient revenue to offset significant unforeseen costs, including transaction costs, and increased expenses associated with the acquisitions;
     
 
challenges in completing projects associated with in-process research and development being conducted by the acquired businesses;
     
 
risks associated with entering markets in which we have little or no prior experience or where competitors have a stronger market presence;
     
 
deferral of purchasing decisions by current and potential customers as they evaluate the likelihood of success of our acquisitions;
     
 
incurring or assuming contingent liabilities and amortization expense for acquired intangible assets;
     
 
incurring acquisition liabilities as a result of integrating acquired businesses;
     
 
difficulties in successfully integrating the management teams and employees of both companies; and
     
 
loss of key employees of the acquired companies.
 
Failure to effectively manage our growth through acquisitions could adversely affect our growth prospects, business, consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
Any failure to meet our debt obligations would damage our business.
 
As of December 31, 2008, our total long-term debt, including capital leases, was $23.2 million. If we use more cash than we generate in the future, our level of indebtedness could adversely affect our future operations by increasing our vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic and industry conditions and by limiting or prohibiting our ability to obtain additional financing for future capital expenditures, acquisitions and general corporate and other purposes. In addition, if we are unable to make interest or principal payments when due, we would be in default under the terms of our long-term debt obligations, which would result in all principal and interest becoming due and payable which, in turn, would seriously harm our business.

 
- 15 -

 
 
The terms of our existing credit agreement impose restrictions upon us.
 
The terms of our existing credit agreement impose operating and financial restrictions on us and require us to meet certain financial tests. These restrictions may also have a negative impact on our business, consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows by significantly limiting or prohibiting us from engaging in certain transactions. Our credit agreement contains certain covenants, including covenants that restrict our ability to incur further indebtedness, make acquisitions or investments, make certain capital expenditures, create liens on our assets and require us to maintain minimum liquidity.
 
If we do not satisfy these covenants we would be in default under the credit agreement. Any defaults, if not waived, could result in the lender ceasing to make loans or extending credit to us, accelerating or declaring all or any obligations immediately due or taking possession of or liquidating collateral. If any of these events occur, we may not be able to borrow sufficient funds to refinance the credit agreement on terms that are acceptable to us, which could materially and adversely impact our business, consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
As of December 31, 2008, we were in compliance with the various loan covenants required by the credit agreement.
 
Our investments in auction rate securities are subject to risks that may cause losses and affect the liquidity of these investments.
 
As of December 31, 2008, we held $6.4 million of auction rate securities classified as non-current investments. Auction rate securities are variable rate bonds tied to short-term interest rates with maturities on the face of the securities in excess of 90 days and have interest rate resets through a modified Dutch auction, at predetermined short-term intervals, usually every seven, 28 or 35 days. Auction rate securities generally trade at par value and are callable at par value on any interest payment date at the option of the issuer. Interest received during a given period is based upon the interest rate determined through the auction process. The underlying assets of our auction rate securities are state-issued student and educational loans that are substantially backed by the federal government and carried AAA/Aaa ratings as of December 31, 2008. Although these securities are issued and rated as long-term bonds, they have historically been priced and traded as short-term instruments because of the liquidity provided through the interest rate resets. While we continue to earn and accrue interest on our auction rate securities at contractual rates, these investments are not currently trading. Due to the uncertainty as to when the auction rate securities markets will improve, we have classified our auction rate securities as non-current investments as of December 31, 2008.
 
In October 2008, we received an offer providing us with rights, or ARS Rights, from one of our investment providers to sell at par value auction rate securities originally purchased from the investment provider ($7.2 million) at anytime during a two-year period beginning June 30, 2010. On November 14, 2008, we accepted the offer and intend to exercise the ARS Rights if we are otherwise unable to recover par value on the securities at an earlier date.
 
Continued overcapacity in the Internet connectivity and IP services market, adverse experience in the CDN services market or delay in subleasing certain of our locations may result in our recording additional goodwill and other intangible asset impairment charges, restructuring charges or both.
 
We are required to assess goodwill for impairment under GAAP at least annually. We perform our annual goodwill impairment test as of August 1 of each calendar year, following our annual strategic planning cycle, which includes an update of our long-term financial outlook. As a result of our August 1, 2008 assessment, we concluded that the current carrying value of our goodwill in the CDN services reporting unit was impaired. We recorded the CDN services goodwill following our February 2007 acquisition of VitalStream. For the year ended December 31, 2008, we recorded a $99.7 million goodwill impairment charge to adjust goodwill in our CDN services segment to an implied fair value of $54.7 million. The impairment also caused us to reverse a deferred tax liability and create an income tax benefit of $0.6 million associated with the CDN services goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
In conjunction with our review of our long-term financial outlook, we also performed an analysis of the potential impairment, and re-assessed the remaining asset lives, of other identifiable intangible assets acquired in the VitalStream acquisition. This analysis and re-assessment resulted in, during the year ended December 31, 2008: (1) an impairment charge of $1.9 million in developed advertising technology due to a strategic change in market focus, (2) an impairment charge of $0.8 million in trade names as a result of discontinuing use of the VitalStream trade name and (3) a change in our estimates that resulted in acceleration of amortization expense of our customer relationships intangible asset over a shorter estimated useful life (four remaining years instead of the original estimated nine years) due to customer churn resulting in higher than expected attrition as of our acquisition date.
 
We also assessed the likelihood of triggering events and concluded that none had occurred that would cause us to re-assess goodwill for impairment subsequent to August 1, 2008. However, we may incur additional restructuring or impairment charges in the future, which could materially and adversely affect our business, consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

 
- 16 -

 
 
Furthermore, when circumstances warrant, we may elect to exit certain business activities or change the manner in which we conduct ongoing operations. When we make such a change, we will estimate the costs to exit a business or restructure ongoing operations. The components of the estimates may include estimates and assumptions regarding the timing and costs of future events and activities that represent our best expectations based on known facts and circumstances at the time of estimation. Should circumstances warrant, we will adjust our previous estimates to reflect what we then believe to be a more accurate representation of expected future costs.
 
Because our estimates and assumptions regarding restructuring costs include probabilities of future events, such as the ability to find a sublease tenant within a reasonable period of time or the rate at which a sublease tenant will pay for the available space, such estimates are inherently vulnerable to changes due to unforeseen circumstances that could materially and adversely affect our results of operations. If we do not find a sublease tenant for one of our more significant restructured locations by the end of the second quarter of 2010 or if we do not obtain a certain rate per square foot for the available space, we will need to take an additional charge in our statement of operations that may be material. We monitor market conditions at each period end reporting date and will continue to assess our key assumptions and estimates used in the calculation of our restructuring accrual.
 
If we are unable to deploy new network access points or do not adequately control expenses associated with the deployment of new network access points, our results of operations could be adversely affected.
 
As part of our strategy, we may continue to expand our network access points, particularly into new geographic markets. We face various risks associated with identifying, obtaining and integrating attractive network access point sites, negotiating leases for data centers on competitive terms, cost estimation errors or overruns, delays in connecting with local exchanges, equipment and material delays or shortages, the inability to obtain necessary permits on a timely basis, if at all, and other factors, many of which are beyond our control and all of which could delay the deployment of new network access points. We can offer no assurance that we will be able to open and operate new network access points on a timely or profitable basis. Deployment of new network access points will increase operating expenses, including expenses associated with hiring, training, retaining and managing new employees, provisioning capacity from NSPs, purchasing new equipment, implementing new systems, leasing additional real estate and incurring additional depreciation expense. If we are unable to control our expenses as we expand in geographically dispersed locations, our consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected.
 
Our international operations may not be successful.
 
We have limited experience operating internationally and have only recently begun to achieve successful international experiences. We currently have network access points or CDN POPs in London, Hong Kong, Singapore, Sydney, Amsterdam and Mumbai. We also participate in a joint venture with NTT-ME Corporation and Nippon Telegraph and Telephone Corporation, or NTT Holdings, that operates network access points in Tokyo and Osaka, Japan. As part of our strategy to expand our geographic markets, we may develop or acquire network access points or complementary businesses in additional international markets. The risks associated with expansion of our international business operations include:
     
 
challenges in establishing and maintaining relationships with foreign customers as well as foreign NSPs and local vendors, including data center and local network operators;
     
 
challenges in staffing and managing network operations centers and network access points across disparate geographic areas;
     
 
potential loss of proprietary information due to misappropriation or laws that may be less protective of our intellectual property rights than the laws in the United States;
     
 
challenges in reducing operating expense or other costs required by local laws, and longer accounts receivable payment cycles and difficulties in collecting accounts receivable;
     
 
exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates;
     
 
costs of customizing network access points for foreign countries and customers;
     
 
requirements of foreign laws and other governmental controls, including trade and labor restrictions and related laws that reduce the flexibility of our business operations;
     
 
protectionist laws and practices favoring local competition;
     
 
deteriorating economic conditions in foreign markets;
     
 
political and economic instability; and
     
 
compliance with governmental regulations.

 
- 17 -

 
 
We may be unsuccessful in our efforts to address the risks associated with our international operations, which may limit our international sales growth and materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.
 
Disputes with vendors regarding the delivery of services may materially impact our results of operations and cash flows.
 
In delivering our services, we rely on a number of Internet network, telecommunication and other vendors. We work directly with these vendors to provide services such as establishing, modifying or discontinuing services for our customers. Because of the volume of activity, billing disputes inevitably arise. These disputes typically stem from disagreements concerning the starting and ending dates of service, quoted rates, usage and various other factors. We research and discuss disputed costs, both in the vendors’ favor and our favor, with vendors on an ongoing basis until ultimately resolved. We record the cost and liability based on our estimate of the most likely outcome of the dispute. We periodically review and, if necessary, modify these estimates in light of new information or developments, if any. Because estimates regarding disputed costs include assessments of uncertain outcomes, such estimates are inherently vulnerable to changes due to unforeseen circumstances that could materially and adversely affect our consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
Our inability to renew our data center leases on favorable terms could have a negative impact on our financial results.
 
Our leased data centers have lease terms that expire between 2010 and 2023. The majority of these leases provide us with the opportunity to renew the lease at our option for periods generally ranging from five to 10 years. Many of these options however, if renewed, provide that rent for the renewal period will be equal to the fair market rental rate at the time of renewal. If the fair market rental rates are significantly higher than our current rental rates, we may be unable to offset these costs by charging more for our services, which could have a negative impact on our financial results.
 
Our business requires the continued development of effective business support systems to support our customer growth and related services.
 
The growth of our business depends on our ability to continue to develop effective business support systems. This is a complicated undertaking requiring significant resources and expertise. Business support systems are needed for:
     
 
implementing customer orders for services;
     
 
delivering these services; and
     
 
timely billing for these services.
 
Because our business plan provides for continued growth in the number of customers that we serve and services offered, there is a need to continue to develop our business support systems on a schedule sufficient to meet proposed service rollout dates. The failure to continue to develop effective business support systems could harm our ability to implement our business plans and meet our financial goals and objectives.
 
We depend upon our key employees and may be unable to attract or retain sufficient numbers of qualified personnel.
 
Our future performance depends to a significant degree upon the continued contributions of our executive management team and other key employees. To the extent we are able to expand our operations and deploy additional network access points, we may need to increase our workforce. Accordingly, our future success depends on our ability to attract, hire, train and retain highly skilled management, technical, sales, marketing and customer support personnel. Competition for qualified employees is intense, and we compete for qualified employees with companies that may have greater financial resources than we have. Our employment security plan with our executive officers provides that either party may terminate their employment at any time. Consequently, we may not be successful in attracting, hiring, training and retaining the people we need, which would seriously impede our ability to implement our business strategy.
 
Our senior management team has not had time to develop a working relationship with our new Chief Executive Officer and President which could result in not being able to manage our business effectively.
 
We have hired a new Chief Executive Officer and President effective March 16, 2009. Accordingly, our senior management team has not had time to develop a working relationship with our new Chief Executive Officer and President. If the full senior management team is not able to develop a strong and effective working relationship, our management team’s ability to quickly and efficiently respond to problems and effectively manage our business could be adversely impacted.

 
- 18 -

 
 
Changes in our senior management team during the past several years also have resulted in paying significant severance and hiring costs. If we continue to experience similar levels of turnover in our senior management team, the costs of such changes could harm our consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
If we fail to adequately protect our intellectual property, we may lose rights to some of our most valuable assets.
 
We rely on a combination of copyright, patent, trademark, trade secret and other intellectual property law, nondisclosure agreements and other protective measures to protect our proprietary rights. We also utilize unpatented proprietary know-how and trade secrets and employ various methods to protect such intellectual property. We believe our intellectual property rights are significant and that the loss of all or a substantial portion of such rights could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. We can offer no assurance that our intellectual property protection measures will be sufficient to prevent misappropriation of our technology. In addition, the laws of many foreign countries do not protect our intellectual property to the same extent as the laws of the United States. From time-to-time, third parties have or may assert infringement claims against us or against our customers in connection with their use of our products or services.
 
In addition, we rely on the intellectual property of others. We may desire or be required to renew or to obtain licenses from these other parties in order to further develop and market commercially viable products or services effectively. We can offer no assurance that any necessary licenses will be available on reasonable terms.
 
We may face litigation and liability due to claims of infringement of third party intellectual property rights.
 
The Internet services industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of patents and frequent litigation based on allegations of patent infringement. From time-to-time, third parties may assert patent, copyright, trademark, trade secret and other intellectual property rights to technologies that are important to our business. Any claims that our products or services infringe or may infringe proprietary rights of third parties, with or without merit, could be time-consuming, result in costly litigation, divert the efforts of our technical and management personnel or require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements, any of which could significantly harm our operating results. In addition, our customer agreements generally provide for us to indemnify our customers for expenses and liabilities resulting from claimed infringement of patents or copyrights of third parties, subject to certain limitations. If an infringement claim against us were to be successful, and we were not able to obtain a license to the relevant technology or a substitute technology on acceptable terms or redesign our products or services to avoid infringement, our ability to compete successfully in our market would be materially impaired.
 
If our ability to deliver media files in certain formats is restricted or becomes cost-prohibitive, demand for our services would decline and our financial results would suffer .
 
Our CDN products and services depend on our ability to deliver media content in all major formats. If our legal right to store and deliver content in certain formats, like Adobe Flash or Windows Media, for example, was limited, we could not serve our customers and the demand for our services would decline. Owners of proprietary content formats may be able to block, restrict or impose fees or other costs on our use of such formats, leading to additional expenses or prevent our delivery of this type of content, which could materially and adversely affect our operating results.
 
We are currently subject to a securities class action lawsuit, the unfavorable outcome of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
On November 12, 2008, a putative securities fraud class action lawsuit was filed against us and our Chief Executive Officer, James P. DeBlasio, in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Georgia, captioned Catherine Anastasio and Stephen Anastasio v. Internap Network Services Corp. and James P. DeBlasio , Civil Action No. 1:08-CV-3462-JOF. The complaint alleges that we and the individual defendant violated Section 10(b) of the Exchange Act and that the individual defendant also violated Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act as a “control person” of Internap. Plaintiffs purport to bring these claims on behalf of a class of our investors who purchased our stock between March 28, 2007 and March 18, 2008.
 
Plaintiffs allege generally that, during the putative class period, we made misleading statements and omitted material information regarding (1) integration of VitalStream, (2) customer issues and related credits due to services outages, and (3) our previously reported 2007 revenue that we subsequently reduced in 2008 as announced on March 18, 2008. Plaintiffs assert that we and the individual defendant made these misstatements and omissions in order to keep our stock price high. Plaintiffs seek unspecified damages and other relief.
 
While we intend to vigorously contest this lawsuit, we cannot determine the final resolution of this lawsuit or when it might be resolved. In addition to the expenses incurred in defending this litigation and any damages that may be awarded in the event of an adverse ruling, our management’s efforts and attention may be diverted from the ordinary business operations to address these claims. Regardless of the outcome, this litigation may have a material adverse impact on our results because of defense costs, including costs related to our indemnification obligations, diversion of resources and other factors. 

 
- 19 -

 
 
We may become involved in other litigation that may adversely affect us .
 
In the ordinary course of business, we are or may become involved in litigation, administrative proceedings and governmental proceedings. Such matters can be time-consuming, divert management’s attention and resources and cause us to incur significant expenses. Furthermore, the results of any such actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
Risks Related to Our Industry
 
We cannot predict with certainty the future evolution of the high performance Internet connectivity market, and therefore the role of our products and services.
 
We face the risk that the market for high performance Internet connectivity services might develop more slowly or differently than currently projected, or that our services may not achieve continued widespread market acceptance. Furthermore, we may be unable to market and sell our services successfully and cost-effectively to a sufficiently large number of customers. We typically charge a premium for our services, which may affect market acceptance of our services or adversely impact the rate of market acceptance. We believe the danger of non-acceptance is particularly acute during economic slowdowns, which exert significant pricing pressure on NSPs. If the Internet becomes subject to a form of central management, or if NSPs establish an economic settlement arrangement regarding the exchange of traffic between Internet networks, the demand for our IP services could be materially and adversely affected.
 
If we are unable to respond effectively and on a timely basis to rapid technological change, we may lose or fail to establish a competitive advantage in our market.
 
Our industry is characterized by rapidly changing technology, industry standards and customer needs, as well as by frequent new product and service introductions. New technologies and industry standards have the potential to replace or provide lower cost alternatives to our services. The adoption of such new technologies or industry standards could render our existing services obsolete and unmarketable. Our failure to anticipate the prevailing standard, to adapt our technology to any changes in the prevailing standard or the failure of a common standard to emerge could materially and adversely affect our business. Our pursuit of necessary technological advances may require substantial time and expense, and we may be unable to successfully adapt our network and services to alternative access devices and technologies.
 
Rapidly evolving technologies or new business models could cause demand for our services to decline or could cause these services to become obsolete.
 
Customers or third parties may develop technological or business model innovations that address their requirements in a manner that is, or is perceived to be, equivalent or superior to our services. If competitors introduce new products or services that compete with or surpass the quality or the price/performance of our services, we may be unable to renew our agreements with existing customers or attract new customers at the prices and levels that allow us to generate attractive rates of return on our investment.
 
For example, one or more third parties might develop improvements to current peer-to-peer technology, which is a technology that relies upon the computing power and bandwidth of its participants, such that this technological approach is better able to deliver content in a way that is competitive to our CDN services, or even that makes CDN services obsolete. We may not anticipate such developments and may be unable to adequately compete with these potential solutions. In addition, our customers’ business models may change in ways that we do not anticipate and these changes could reduce or eliminate our customers’ needs for CDN services. If this occurred, we could lose customers or potential customers, and our business and financial results would suffer. As a result of these or similar potential developments, in the future it is possible that competitive dynamics in our market may require us to reduce our prices, which could harm our revenue, gross margin and operating results.
 
Our network and software are subject to potential security breaches and similar threats that could result in our liability for damages and harm our reputation.
 
A number of widespread and disabling attacks on public and private networks have occurred recently. The number and severity of these attacks may increase in the future as network assailants take advantage of outdated software, security breaches or incompatibility between or among networks. Computer viruses, intrusions and similar disruptive problems could cause us to be liable for damages under agreements with our customers, and our reputation could suffer, thereby deterring potential customers from working with us. Security problems or other attacks caused by third parties could lead to interruptions and delays, or to the cessation of service to our customers. Furthermore, inappropriate use of the network by third parties could also jeopardize the security of confidential information stored in our computer systems and in those of our customers and could expose us to liability under unsolicited commercial e-mail, or “spam,” regulations. In the past, third parties have occasionally circumvented some of these industry-standard measures. We can offer no assurance that the measures we implement will not be circumvented. Our efforts to eliminate computer viruses and alleviate other security problems, or any circumvention of those efforts, may result in increased costs, interruptions, delays or cessation of service to our customers, which could hurt our business, consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 
- 20 -

 
 
If the world-wide financial crisis intensifies, potential disruptions in the capital and credit markets may adversely affect our business, including our ability to meet long-term commitments and our ability to grow our business.
 
The global economy is currently experiencing a significant contraction, with an almost unprecedented lack of availability of business and consumer credit. We rely on the credit markets to meet our financial commitments and short-term liquidity needs if internal funds are not available from our operations. Long-term disruptions in the capital and credit market, similar to those that have been experienced during 2008, could result from uncertainty, changing or increased regulation, reduced alternatives or failures of significant financial institutions and could adversely affect our access to liquidity needed for our business. Any disruption could require us to take measures to conserve cash until the markets stabilize or until alternative credit arrangements or other funding for our business needs can be arranged. Such measures could include deferring capital expenditures and reducing or eliminating discretionary uses of cash.
 
Besides our cash on hand and any financing activities we may pursue, customer collections are our primary source of cash. While we believe we have a well diversified customer base and no concentration of credit risk with any single customer, if the current market conditions continue to deteriorate, we may experience increased churn in our customer base, including reductions in their commitments to us. This could result in an increase in our provision for doubtful accounts and ultimately could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity.
 
Continued market disruptions could cause broader economic downturns, which may lead to lower demand for our services and increased incidence of customers’ inability to pay their accounts. Further, bankruptcies or similar events by customers may cause us to incur bad debt expense at levels higher than historically experienced. These events would adversely impact our results of operations, cash flows and financial position.
 
We may be unable to draw down on existing credit facilities if our current lender fails and we may be unable to access, at all or on acceptable terms, alternative sources of credit or the debt capital markets due to the global disruptions in these markets.
 
The turmoil in the financial services industry has led to the bankruptcy, failure, collapse or sale of several large financial institutions. Despite an unprecedented level of intervention from both the United States federal government and certain European governments, there can be no assurance that government responses to this crisis will stabilize the credit and debt capital markets or increase liquidity and the availability of credit generally.
 
Deteriorating market and liquidity conditions also may give rise to issues which may impact our lender’s ability to hold debt commitments to us to their full term. Accordingly, while this would be highly unusual, our lender could attempt to call this debt which would have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, even though no call provisions exist without being in default.
 
Our ability to meet our obligations depends on the financial health of our lenders, their ability to meet their own obligations under our credit facilities and the availability of the credit markets generally. Finally, our ability to access the capital markets may be severely restricted at a time when we would like, or need, to do so, which could have an impact on our flexibility to pursue additional expansion opportunities and maintain our desired level of revenue growth in the future.
 
Terrorist activity throughout the world and military action to counter terrorism could adversely impact our business.
 
The continued threat of terrorist activity and other acts of war or hostility may have an adverse effect on business, financial and general economic conditions internationally. Effects from any future terrorist activity, including cyber terrorism, may, in turn, increase our costs due to the need to provide enhanced security, which would adversely affect our business, consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. These circumstances may also damage or destroy the Internet infrastructure and may materially and adversely affect our ability to attract and retain customers, our ability to raise capital and the operation and maintenance of our network access points.
 
If governments modify or increase regulation of the Internet, the provision of our services could become more costly.
 
International bodies and federal, state and local governments have adopted a number of laws and regulations that affect the Internet and are likely to continue to seek to implement additional laws and regulations. In addition, federal and state agencies are actively considering regulation of various aspects of the Internet, including taxation of transactions, imposition of access fees for VoIP and enhanced data privacy and retention legislation. The Federal Communications Commission and state agencies also review the regulatory requirements, if any, that should be applicable to VoIP. If we seek to offer additional products and services, we could be required to obtain additional authorizations from regulatory agencies. We may not be able to obtain such authorizations in a timely manner, or at all, and conditions could be imposed upon such authorization that may not be favorable to us.

 
- 21 -

 
 
In 2007, the Internet Tax Freedom Act Amendment Acts of 2007 was signed into law which extended the moratorium against certain state and local taxation of Internet access, until November 1, 2014. Pursuant to this moratorium, most of our services are not subject to state and local taxation. We cannot predict whether this moratorium will be extended in the future or whether future legislation will alter the nature of the moratorium. If this moratorium is not extended in its current form, state and local governments could impose taxes on our services, and these taxes could decrease our ability to compete and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
In addition, laws relating to the liability of private network operators and information carried on or disseminated through their networks are unsettled, both in the United States and abroad. Network operators have been sued in the past based on the content of material disseminated through their networks. We may become subject to legal claims such as defamation, invasion of privacy, obscenity and copyright infringement in connection with content stored on or distributed through our network. Also, our reputation could suffer as a result of our perceived association with the type of content that some of our customers deliver.
 
The adoption of any future laws or regulations might decrease the growth of the Internet, decrease demand for our services, impose taxes or other costly technical requirements, regulate the Internet similar to the regulation of traditional telecommunications services or otherwise increase the cost of doing business on the Internet in some other manner. Any of these actions could significantly harm our customers or us. Moreover, the nature of any new laws and regulations and the interpretation of applicability to the Internet of existing laws governing intellectual property ownership and infringement, copyright, trademark, trade secret, obscenity, libel, employment, personal privacy and other issues is uncertain and developing. We cannot predict the impact, if any, that future regulation or regulatory changes may have on our business.
 
Risks Related to Our Capital Stock
 
Our common stockholders may experience significant dilution, which could depress the market price of our common stock.
 
Holders of our stock options may exercise their options to purchase our common stock, which would increase the number of outstanding shares of common stock in the future. As of December 31, 2008, options to purchase an aggregate of 2.8 million shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $11.91 were outstanding. Also, the vesting of 0.8 million outstanding restricted stock awards will increase the weighted average number of shares used for calculating diluted net income per share. We issued approximately 12.2 million shares of our common stock to VitalStream’s stockholders in connection with the acquisition in February 2007. We also assumed outstanding options for the purchase of shares of VitalStream common stock, converted into options to purchase approximately 1.5 million shares of our common stock. Furthermore, greater than expected capital requirements could require us to obtain additional financing through the issuance of securities, which could be in the form of common stock or preferred stock or other securities having greater rights than our common stock. The issuance of our common stock or other securities, whether upon the exercise of options, the future vesting and issuance of stock awards to our executives and employees or in financing transactions, could depress the market price of our common stock by increasing the number of shares of common stock or other securities outstanding on an absolute basis or as a result of the timing of additional shares of common stock becoming available on the market.
 
Provisions of our charter documents, our stockholder rights plan and Delaware law may have anti-takeover effects that could prevent a change in control even if the change in control would be beneficial to our stockholders.
 
Provisions of our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and Delaware law could make an acquisition more difficult, even if doing so would be beneficial to our stockholders. In addition, our board of directors adopted a stockholder rights plan in 2007 that renders the consummation of an acquisition without the approval of the board of directors more difficult.
 
Our stock price may be volatile.
 
The market for our equity securities has been extremely volatile. Our stock price could suffer in the future as a result of any failure to meet the expectations of public market analysts and investors about our results of operations from quarter to quarter. The following factors could cause the price of our common stock in the public market to fluctuate significantly:
     
 
actual or anticipated variations in our quarterly and annual results of operations;
     
 
changes in market valuations of companies in the Internet connectivity and services industry;

 
- 22 -

 
 
 
changes in expectations of future financial performance or changes in estimates of securities analysts;
     
 
fluctuations in stock market prices and volumes;
     
 
future issuances of common stock or other securities;
     
 
the addition or departure of key personnel; and
     
 
announcements by us or our competitors of acquisitions, investments or strategic alliances.
 
Changes in financial accounting standards may adversely affect our reported results of operations .
 
A change in financial accounting standards or practices that cause a change in the methodology or procedures by which we track, calculate, record or report our results of operations or financial condition or both could cause fluctuations in and adversely affect our reported results of operations and cause our historical financial information to not be reliable as an indicator of future results. New pronouncements and varying interpretations of pronouncements have occurred and may occur in the future. Changes to existing rules or the questioning of current practices may adversely affect our reported financial results or the way we conduct our business.
 
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
 
None.
 
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
 
Our principal executive offices are located in Atlanta, Georgia adjacent to our network operations center, one of our P-NAPs and data center facilities. Our Atlanta facility, included in the table below, consists of 120,298 square feet under a lease agreement that expires in 2020. We lease other facilities to fulfill our real estate requirements in metropolitan areas and specific cities where our service points are located. We believe our existing facilities are adequate for our current needs and that suitable additional or alternative space will be available in the future on commercially reasonable terms as needed. The following table shows the number and gross square footage of our facilities in our top markets as of March 9, 2009:
               
Top Markets
 
Number of
our Facilities
 
Approximate
Gross Square
Footage
 
New York Metro area
   
2
   
152,848
 
Boston area
   
2
   
116,699
 
Atlanta
   
1
   
120,298
 
Houston
   
1
   
36,649
 
Seattle
   
3
   
70,535
 
Los Angeles
   
1
   
15,320
 
Top Markets Total
   
10
   
512,349
 
 
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
On November 12, 2008, a putative securities fraud class action lawsuit was filed against us and our Chief Executive Officer, James P. DeBlasio, in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Georgia, captioned Catherine Anastasio and Stephen Anastasio v. Internap Network Services Corp. and James P. DeBlasio , Civil Action No. 1:08-CV-3462-JOF. The complaint alleges that we and the individual defendant violated Section 10(b) of the Exchange Act and that the individual defendant also violated Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act as a “control person” of Internap. Plaintiffs purport to bring these claims on behalf of a class of our investors who purchased our stock between March 28, 2007 and March 18, 2008.
 
Plaintiffs allege generally that, during the putative class period, we made misleading statements and omitted material information regarding (1) integration of VitalStream, (2) customer issues and related credits due to services outages, and (3) our previously reported 2007 revenue that we subsequently reduced in 2008 as announced on March 18, 2008. Plaintiffs assert that we and the individual defendant made these misstatements and omissions in order to keep our stock price high. Plaintiffs seek unspecified damages and other relief.

 
- 23 -

 
 
While we intend to vigorously contest this lawsuit, we cannot determine the final resolution of this lawsuit or when it might be resolved. In addition to the expenses incurred in defending this litigation and any damages that may be awarded in the event of an adverse ruling, our management’s efforts and attention may be diverted from the ordinary business operations to address these claims. Regardless of the outcome, this litigation may have a material adverse impact on our results because of defense costs, including costs related to our indemnification obligations, diversion of resources and other factors.
 
We currently, and from time to time, are involved in other litigation incidental to the conduct of our business. Although the amount of liability that may result from these matters cannot be ascertained, we do not currently believe that, in the aggregate, such matters will result in liabilities material to our consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
 
ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
 
None.
 
PART II
 
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
 
Our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “INAP”. The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the range of high and low per share sales prices of our common stock, as reported on the NASDAQ Global Market.
 
On July 11, 2006, we implemented a one-for-10 reverse stock split of our common stock. The information in the following table has been adjusted to reflect this stock split. Our fiscal year ends on December 31.
             
Year Ended December 31, 2008:
 
High
   
Low
 
Fourth Quarter
  $ 3.72     $ 2.00  
Third Quarter
    5.08       2.65  
Second Quarter
    5.90       4.20  
First Quarter
    9.02       3.63  

Year Ended December 31, 2007
 
High
   
Low
 
Fourth Quarter
  $ 17.18     $ 8.14  
Third Quarter
    16.15       13.04  
Second Quarter
    19.33       12.95  
First Quarter
    20.98       15.60  
 
As of March 5, 2009, we had approximately 1,234 stockholders of record of our common stock.
 
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock, and we do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. We are prohibited from paying cash dividends under covenants contained in our credit agreement. We currently intend to retain our earnings, if any, for future growth. Future dividends on our common stock, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our operations, capital requirements and surplus, general financial condition, contractual restrictions and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant.

 
- 24 -

 

 
The following table provides information regarding our current equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2008 (shares in thousands):
 
Equity Compensation Plan Information
Plan category
 
Number of securities
to be issued upon
exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
(a)
 
Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
(b)
 
Number of securities
remaining available
for future issuance
under equity
compensation
plans (excluding
securities reflected
in column (a))
(c)
 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
   
2,781
(1)
$
11.91
   
6,988
(2)
                     
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
   
   
   
 
                     
Total
   
2,781
 
$
11.91
   
6,988
 
__________________
(1)
Excludes purchase rights accruing under the 2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the Purchase Plan. Under the Purchase Plan, each eligible employee may purchase up to $12,500 worth of our common stock at each semi-annual purchase date (the last business day of June and December each year), but not more than $25,000 worth of such stock (determined on the basis of the fair market value per share on the date(s) such rights are granted) per calendar year that the purchase right remains outstanding. The purchase price payable per share is equal to 95% of the closing selling price per share of our common stock on the purchase date.
   
(2)
Includes 229,000 shares available for issuance under the Purchase Plan.
 
 
- 25 -

 
 
STOCK PERFORMANCE GRAPH
 
The following graph compares, for the five-year period ended December 31, 2008, the cumulative total stockholder return on our common stock with that of the NASDAQ Market Index and the Hemscott Group Index. The graph assumes that $100 was invested on December 31, 2003 and assumes reinvestment of any dividends. The information in the following table has been adjusted to reflect the one-for-10 reverse stock split implemented in July 2006. Our fiscal year ends on December 31. The stock price performance on the following graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance.
 
This performance graph shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act or otherwise subject to the liabilities under that Section and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing we make under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act.
 
(LINE GRAPH)
                                     
   
12/31/03
   
12/31/04
   
12/31/05
   
12/31/06
   
12/31/07
   
12/31/08
 
                                     
Internap Network Services Corporation
 
$
100.00    
$
37.96    
$
17.55    
$
81.10    
$
34.00    
$
10.20  
Hemscott Group Index
    100.00       126.04       109.07       103.53       110.68       71.06  
NASDAQ Market Index
    100.00       108.41       110.79       122.16       134.29       79.25  

 
- 26 -

 
 
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
 
The following table sets forth information regarding our repurchases of securities for each calendar month in the quarter ended December 31, 2008:
 
                                 
 
Period
    (a)






Total Number of Shares
(or Units) Purchased*  
      (b)






Average Price Paid
per Share (or Unit)  
      (c)


Total Number of
Shares (or Units)
Purchased as Part
of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs  
      (d)

Maximum Number
(or Approximate
Dollar Value) of
Shares (or Units) that
May Yet Be
Purchased Under the
Plans or Programs  
 
October 1 to 31, 2008
    2,382    
$
2.60              
November 1 to 30, 2008
    811       2.71              
December 1 to 31, 2008
    8,921       2.54              
Total
    12,114    
$
2.57              
 
* These shares were surrendered to us by employees to satisfy tax withholding obligations in connection with the vesting of restricted stock.

 
- 27 -

 
 
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
The selected financial data shown below for each of the five years in the period ended December 31, 2008 has been derived from our accompanying consolidated financial statements. The following data should be read in conjunction with the accompanying consolidated financial statements and related notes contained and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in this Form 10-K (in thousands, except per share data) .
                               
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2008 (1)
   
2007 (2)
   
2006 (3)
   
2005
   
2004
 
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
                             
Revenues
  $ 253,989     $ 234,090     $ 181,375     $ 153,717     $ 144,546  
                                         
Operating costs and expenses:
                                       
Direct costs of network, sales and services, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, shown below
    135,877       118,394       97,338       81,958       76,990  
Direct costs of amortization of acquired technologies
    6,649       4,165       516       577       579  
Direct costs of customer support
    16,217       16,547       11,566       10,670       10,180  
Product development
    8,477       6,564       4,475       4,864       6,412  
Sales and marketing
    30,888       31,533       27,173       25,864       23,411  
General and administrative
    30,675       30,251       21,556       18,665       22,357  
Provision for doubtful accounts
    5,083       2,261       548       1,431       2,415  
Depreciation and amortization
    23,865       22,242       15,856       14,737       15,461  
Goodwill impairment
    99,700                          
Restructuring and other impairments
    1,741       11,349       323       44       3,644  
Acquired in-process research and development
          450                    
Gain on disposals of property and equipment
    (16 )     (5 )     (113 )     (19 )     (3 )
Other
          50             60        
Total operating costs and expenses
    359,156       243,801       179,238       158,851       161,446  
(Loss) income from operations
    (105,167 )     (9,711 )     2,137       (5,134 )     (16,900 )
Non-operating (income) expense
    (245 )     (937 )     (1,551 )     (87 )     772  
(Loss) income before income taxes and equity in earnings of equity-method investment
    (104,922 )     (8,774 )     3,688       (5,047 )     (17,672 )
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    174       (3,080 )     145              
Equity in earnings of equity-method investment, net of taxes
    (283 )     (139 )     (114 )     (83 )     390  
Net (loss) income
  $ (104,813 )   $ (5,555 )   $ 3,657     $ (4,964 )   $ (18,062 )
                                         
Net (loss) income per share:
                                       
Basic
  $ (2.13 )   $ (0.12 )   $ 0.11     $ (0.15 )   $ (0.63 )
Diluted
  $ (2.13 )   $ (0.12 )   $ 0.10     $ (0.15 )   $ (0.63 )
                                         
Weighted average shares used in per share calculations:
                                       
Basic
    49,238       46,942       34,748       33,939       28,732  
Diluted
    49,238       46,942       35,739       33,939       28,732  
 
 
- 28 -

 
 
                               
   
December 31,
 
   
2008 (1)
   
2007 (2)
   
2006
   
2005
   
2004
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
                             
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments in marketable securities
  $ 54,069     $ 71,599     $ 58,882     $ 40,494     $ 45,985  
Non-current marketable securities
    6,378                         4,656  
Total assets
    330,083       427,010       173,702       155,369       168,149  
Note payable and capital lease obligations, less current portion
    23,244       17,806       3,364       7,903       12,837  
Total stockholders’ equity
    248,195       346,633       126,525       109,728       113,738  
 
 
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
   
2005
   
2004
 
Other Financial Data:
                             
Purchases of property and equipment
  $ 51,154     $ 30,271     $ 13,382     $ 10,161     $ 13,066  
Net cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities
    37,951       27,526       29,387       5,493       (1,150 )
Net cash flows used in investing activities
    (41,690 )     (36,393 )     (10,399 )     (9,428 )     (29,659 )
Net cash flows (used in) provided by financing activities
    (821 )     15,240       1,957       (5,454 )     45,747  
 
  __________________
 
(1)
As a result of our annual goodwill impairment test on August 1, 2008, we recorded a $99.7 million impairment charge to adjust goodwill in our CDN services segment to an implied fair value of $54.7 million.
     
 
(2)
On February 20, 2007, we completed our acquisition of VitalStream, whereby VitalStream became our wholly-owned subsidiary. Prior to this acquisition, we did not offer proprietary CDN services, but instead, we were a reseller of third party CDN services. Under the purchase method of accounting, we allocated the total estimated purchase price to VitalStream’s net tangible and intangible assets based on their estimated fair values as of February 20, 2007. We recorded the excess purchase price over the value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets as goodwill. Also, as a result of the acquisition, we issued approximately 12.2 million shares of our common stock.
     
 
(3)
Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, or SFAS, No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment (SFAS No. 123R) and related interpretations, using the modified prospective transition method and therefore have not restated prior periods’ results. Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123R on January 1, 2006, we accounted for stock-based compensation plans under the recognition and measurement provisions of Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees , and related interpretations. We also provided disclosures in accordance with SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation , as amended by SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure —an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 123 . Accordingly, we did not recognize expense for options to purchase our common stock that we granted with an exercise price equal to fair market value at the grant date and we did not recognize expense in connection with purchases under employee stock purchase plans for any periods prior to January 1, 2006.
 
 
- 29 -

 
 
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes provided under Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K. Certain prior year disclosures within the following discussion have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.
 
Overview
 
We deliver Internet solutions through a suite of network optimization and delivery products and services. These solutions and our technical support enable companies to migrate business-critical applications, including audio and video streaming and monetization services, to the Internet. Our suite of products and services support a broad range of Internet applications. We currently have approximately 3,600 customers in the United States and abroad, serving a variety of industries, including entertainment and media, financial services, healthcare, travel, e-commerce, retail and technology. Our product and service offerings are complemented by Internet protocol, or IP, access solutions such as data center services and content delivery networks, or CDN. We deliver services through our 64 service points across North America, Europe, Asia, India and Australia. Our Private Network Access Points, or P-NAPs, feature multiple direct high-speed connections to multiple major Internet backbones including AT&T Inc.; Sprint Nextel Corporation; Verizon Communications Inc.; Global Crossing Limited; and Level 3 Communications, Inc.
 
We believe our portfolio of patented and patent-pending route optimization solutions differentiates us from our competitors. Our portfolio addresses the inherent weaknesses of the Internet and overcomes the inefficiencies of traditional IP connectivity options. Our intelligent routing technology can facilitate traffic over multiple carriers, as opposed to just one carrier’s network, to ensure highly-reliable performance over the Internet.
 
We believe our unique managed multi-network approach provides better performance, control and reliability compared to conventional Internet connectivity alternatives. Our SLAs guarantee performance across the entire Internet in the United States, excluding local connections, whereas providers of conventional Internet connectivity typically only guarantee performance on their own network.
 
On February 20, 2007, we closed the acquisition of VitalStream in an all-stock transaction accounted for using the purchase method of accounting for business combinations. Our results of operations include the activities of VitalStream from February 21, 2007 through December 31, 2008.
 
We operate in three business segments: IP services, data center services and CDN services. The following is a brief description of our reportable business segments.
 
IP Services
 
Our patented and patent-pending network performance optimization technologies address the inherent weaknesses of the Internet, allowing enterprises to take advantage of the convenience, flexibility and reach of the Internet to connect to customers, suppliers and partners. Our solutions take into account the unique performance requirements of each business application to ensure performance as designed, without unnecessary cost. Prior to recommending appropriate network solutions for our customers’ applications, we consider key performance objectives including (1) performance and cost optimization, (2) application control and speed and (3) delivery and reach. Our fees for IP services are based on a fixed-fee, usage or a combination of both.
 
Our IP services segment also includes our flow control platform, or FCP. Our FCP is a premise-based intelligent routing hardware product for customers who run their own multiple network architectures, known as multi-homing. The prevalence of multi-homed networks is increasing. To operate each network at the highest performance level, a significant amount of expertise is required to monitor and adjust to global Internet routing, which is very dynamic in nature. The FCP functions similarly to our P-NAP, monitoring the global Internet and automatically adjusting the routing in real-time to balance the traffic across multiple links to optimize performance. FCP can be tuned to manage network traffic on two dimensions: cost and performance. The user can set thresholds that balance performance against cost, for example routing all traffic across low cost providers while specific minimum performance thresholds are met. If the performance deteriorates, then the traffic can be routed over a better performing but more costly provider to maintain minimum specified performance. This option allows our customer to enjoy service with the optimized performance and economics. Another key feature is minute-by-minute visibility reports and logs on the performance and operation of the customer’s network. Our customers find this information to be useful for carrier SLA verification, monitoring and overall network management. FCP is one of only a few of the industry’s route control appliances that analyzes and re-routes Internet traffic flows in real-time. We offer FCP as either a one-time hardware purchase or as a monthly subscription service. Sales of FCP also generate annual maintenance fees and professional service fees for installation and ongoing network configuration. Since the FCP emulates our P-NAP service in many ways, this product affords us the opportunity to serve customers outside of our P-NAP market footprint. This product represents approximately 4% of our IP services revenue and approximately 2% of our consolidated revenue for the year ended December 31, 2008.

 
- 30 -

 
 
Data Center Services
 
Our data center, or colocation, services allow us to expand the reach of our high performance IP services to customers who wish to take advantage of locating their network and application assets in secure, high-performance facilities. We operate data centers where customers can host their applications directly on our network to eliminate the issues associated with the quality of local connections. Data center services also enable us to have a more flexible product offering, such as bundling our high performance IP connectivity and managed services such as content delivery along with hosting customers’ applications. Our data center services provide a single source for network infrastructure, IP and security, all of which are designed to maximize solution performance while providing a more stable, dependable infrastructure, and are backed by guaranteed service levels and our team of dedicated support professionals.
 
To maximize this footprint, we use a combination of facilities managed by us and facilities managed by third parties, referred to as partner sites. We offer a comprehensive solution at 46 service points, including eight locations managed by us and 38 locations managed by third parties. We charge monthly fees for data center services based on the amount of square footage that the customer leases in our facilities. We have relationships with various providers to extend our P-NAP model into markets with high demand.
 
CDN Services
 
Our CDN services enable our customers to quickly and securely stream and distribute video, audio and software to audiences across the globe through strategically located data centers. Providing capacity-on-demand to handle large events and unanticipated traffic spikes, we deliver high-quality content regardless of audience size or geographic location. Our MediaConsole® content management tool provides our customers the benefit of a single, easy to navigate system featuring Media Asset Management, Digital Rights Management, or DRM, support and detailed reporting tools. With MediaConsole, our customers can use one application to manage and control access to their digital assets, view network conditions and gain insight into habits of their viewing audience. Prior to our acquisition of VitalStream in February 2007, we did not offer proprietary CDN services, but instead, we were a reseller of third party CDN services for which results of operations are included in “—Other” below.
 
Other
 
Other revenues and direct costs of network, sales and services consist primarily of third party CDN services. Throughout 2007, other revenues and associated direct costs of network, sales and services decreased steadily as the revenue streams from our acquisition of VitalStream replaced the activity of the former third party CDN service provider.
 
2008 Highlights and Outlook
     
 
Although we experienced pricing pressure for our IP services, our revenue increased year-to-year due to an increase in demand for our services. We historically have priced our IP services at a premium compared to the services offered by conventional Internet connectivity service providers. Due to competitive forces, however, we have been required to lower pricing of our IP services, although this decrease in pricing has been offset by an increase in demand for our IP services. Our IP traffic has increased as a result of our customers requiring greater overall capacity due to growth in the usage of their applications, as well as in the nature of applications consuming greater amounts of bandwidth. We expect that we will continue to experience pricing pressure as well as gains in IP traffic for the reasons noted.
     
 
Data center services continue to be a source of revenue growth for our business, and we expect this trend to continue . We have expanded the sites that we operate and may add additional space in the future as part of our data center growth initiative. The growth in data center revenues and direct costs of data center services largely follows our expansion of data center space, and we believe the demand for data center services continues to outpace industry-wide supply. We experienced a net increase in customers in this segment as we structured our data center business to accommodate larger, global customers.
     
 
Although we experienced a net decrease in customers in our CDN segment, our revenue in that segment has increased . Revenues increased in our CDN segment, despite a net decrease in the number of our CDN customers, due to increased usage of our applications. Although this revenue growth has not met our initial expectations, we believe the growth will continue. In this regard, we have upgraded and expanded related infrastructure, including in Europe and Asia. We also have extended our 100% uptime SLA to customers purchasing or renewing CDN services. As discussed in note 8 to the accompanying financial statements and below, we recorded asset impairment charges of $102.3 million on our CDN services goodwill and other intangible assets.
 
 
- 31 -

 
 
     
   
In our existing markets, we realize incremental margins as new customers are added. Additional volume in an existing market allows improved utilization of existing facilities and an improved ability to cost-effectively predict and acquire additional network capacity. Conversely, decreases in the number of customers in an established market lead to decreased facility utilization and increase the possibility that direct network resources are not cost-efficiently employed. Although we are encouraged by our revenue growth among a smaller customer base, we will continue to strive to add additional customers to achieve these cost savings.
     
 
We have experienced impairments in our goodwill and other intangible assets and additional adjustments to our restructuring reserve, summarized as follows :
     
 
 
●           Goodwill. We are required to assess goodwill for impairment under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP, on at least an annual basis. Our annual assessment date is August 1 of each year, following our annual strategic planning cycle, which includes an update of our long-term financial outlook.
     
   
As a result of our August 1, 2008 assessment, we concluded that the current carrying value of our goodwill in the CDN services segment was impaired. We recorded the CDN services goodwill following our February 2007 acquisition of VitalStream. We recorded a $99.7 million goodwill impairment charge to adjust goodwill in our CDN services segment to an implied fair value of $54.7 million. The goodwill impairment charge was primarily due to declines in our CDN services revenues and operating results as compared to our projections and unfavorable changes in market factors used to estimate fair values.
     
   
The impairment also caused us to reverse a deferred tax liability and create an income tax benefit of $0.6 million associated with the CDN services goodwill.
     
   
We also assessed the likelihood of triggering events and concluded that none had occurred that would cause us to re-assess goodwill for impairment subsequent to August 1, 2008.
     
   
           Other Intangible Assets. In conjunction with our August 1, 2008 review of our long-term financial outlook, we also performed an analysis of the potential impairment, and re-assessed the remaining asset lives, of other identifiable intangible assets acquired in the VitalStream acquisition. This analysis and re-assessment resulted in: (1) an impairment charge of $1.9 million in developed advertising technology due to a strategic change in market focus, (2) an impairment charge of $0.8 million in trade names as a result of discontinuing use of the VitalStream trade name and (3) a change our estimates that resulted in acceleration of amortization expense of our customer relationships intangible asset over a shorter estimated useful life (four remaining years instead of the original estimated nine years) due to customer churn resulting in higher than expected attrition as of our acquisition date.
     
   
These non-cash charges to earnings and change in estimated useful life had no impact on our cash balance as of December 31, 2008 and did not result in a violation of any covenants in our debt instruments.
     
   
We discuss these impairments in note 8 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements and the section below captioned “—Results of Operations—Other Operating Expenses—Goodwill Impairment” and “—Restructuring and Other Impairments.”
     
   
●           Restructuring. In conjunction with the preparation of our financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2008 and in light of the recent and significant deterioration in the real estate market, we completed an analysis of our remaining accrued restructuring liability for leased facilities. After reviewing the analysis and specifically, the underlying assumptions related to anticipated sublease recoveries, we concluded that certain of the facilities remaining in the restructuring accrual were taking longer than expected to sublease or were otherwise not generating the expected levels of sublease income. The analyses were based on discounted cash flows using the same credit-adjusted risk-free rate that we used to measure the initial restructuring liability for leases that were part of the 2007 restructuring plan and undiscounted cash flows for leases that were part of the 2001 restructuring plan. The cumulative effect of these changes was $1.1 million which we recorded as additional restructuring expense and an increase to the liability. We discuss this charge in note 9 and report it in “Restructuring and other impairments” in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations, along with a $0.8 million impairment of the VitalStream tradename and a reduction of the accrued liability of $0.1 million for employee separations since we paid all such amounts. We estimated net related expenditures for the 2007 restructuring plan to be $12.2 million, of which we paid $4.2 million through December 31, 2008, and the balance continuing through December 2016, the last date of the longest lease term. We expect to pay these expenditures out of operating cash flows. We estimate cost savings from the restructuring to be approximately $0.8 million per year through 2016, primarily for rent.
 
 
- 32 -

 
 
     
 
We amended our Credit Agreement . On September 30, 2008, we amended our credit agreement with Bank of America, N.A. The amendment consolidated a two-tiered debt facility into a single revolving loan. Under the amended credit facility, we converted the previously-existing $20.0 million term loan balance and outstanding letters of credit with Bank of America into a $35.0 million revolving loan facility. The amendment extended the principal settlement terms from quarterly payments, scheduled to begin in the third quarter of 2008, to a single principal repayment due in 2011. As of December 31, 2008, we had $10.8 million of borrowing capacity on the revolving credit facility. We discuss this amended credit agreement in note 11 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements and the section below captioned “—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”
     
 
We have increased our provision for doubtful accounts after taking into consideration current economic conditions. We are continuing to monitor and review our performance and operations in light of the continuing negative global economic conditions. A prolonged recession, if it were to occur, may have an adverse impact on spending by the businesses we serve, resulting in a decline in demand for our products and services. In addition, deteriorating economic conditions may make it more difficult for these businesses to meet their obligations to us, which could result in delayed collection of accounts receivable and an increase in our provision for doubtful accounts. For the year ended December 31, 2008, we increased our provision for doubtful accounts by $2.8 million, compared to the year ended December 31, 2007, in part after taking into consideration current economic conditions.
 
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
 
This discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expense and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those summarized below. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ materially from these estimates.
 
Management believes the following critical accounting policies affect the judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.
 
Revenue Recognition . The majority of our revenue is derived from high performance IP services, related data center services, CDN services and other ancillary products and services throughout the United States. We derive our IP services revenue from the sale of high performance Internet connectivity services at fixed rates or usage-based pricing to our customers that desire a DS-3 or faster connection. We provide slower T-1 and fractional DS-3 connections at fixed rates. Data center revenues include both physical space for hosting customers’ network and other equipment plus associated services such as redundant power and network connectivity, environmental controls and security. Data center revenue is based on occupied space and both allocated and variable-based usage. CDN product line revenue includes three components: (1) data storage; (2) streaming/delivery and (3) a user interface/reporting tool. We provide the CDN service components via internally developed and acquired technology that resides on our network. CDN services revenues are based on either fixed rates or usage-based pricing. All of the foregoing revenue arrangements have contractual terms and in many instances, include minimum usage commitments and provide the rate at which the customer must pay for actual usage above the monthly minimum. For these services, we recognize the monthly minimum as revenue each month provided that both parties have signed an enforceable contract, we have delivered the service to the customer, the fee for the service is fixed or determinable and collection is reasonably assured. If a customer’s usage of our services exceeds the monthly minimum, we recognize revenue for such excess in the period of the usage. We record the installation fees as deferred revenue and recognize as revenue ratably over the estimated life of the customer arrangement. We also derive revenue from services sold as discrete, non-recurring events or based solely on usage. For these services, we recognize revenue after both parties have signed an enforceable contract, the fee is fixed or determinable, the event or usage has occurred and collection is reasonably assured . Other ancillary products and services include our FCP product, server management and installation, virtual private networking, managed security , data backup , remote storage and restoration.
 
We use contracts and sales or purchase orders as evidence of an arrangement. We test for availability or connectivity to verify delivery of our services. We assess whether the fee is fixed or determinable based on the payment terms associated with the transaction and whether the sales price is subject to refund or adjustment. Because the software component of our FCP is more than incidental to the product as a whole, we recognize associated FCP revenue in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Statement of Position 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition .

 
- 33 -

 
 
We also enter into multiple-element arrangements or bundled services, such as combining IP services with data center and/or CDN services. When we enter into such arrangements, we account for each element separately over its respective service period or at the time of delivery, provided that there is objective evidence of fair value for the separate elements. Objective evidence of fair value includes the price charged for the element when sold separately. If we cannot objectively determine the fair value of each element, we recognize the total value of the arrangement ratably over the entire service period to the extent that we have begun to provide the services, and we have satisfied other revenue recognition criteria.
 
Deferred revenue consists of revenues for services to be delivered in the future and consists primarily of advance billings, which we amortize over the respective service period. We defer and amortize revenues associated with billings for installation of customer network equipment over the estimated life of the customer relationship, which was two to three years during the three-year period ended December 31, 2008. We defer and amortize revenues for installation services because the installation service is integral to our primary service offering and does not have value to customers on a stand-alone basis. We also defer and amortize the associated incremental direct costs. We amortize deferred post-contract customer support associated with sales of our FCP and similar products ratably over the contract period, which is generally one year.
 
We routinely review the collectability of our accounts receivable and payment status of our customers. If we determine that collection of service revenue is uncertain, we do not recognize revenue until collection is probable. Additionally, we maintain allowances for doubtful accounts resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments on accounts receivable. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based upon specific and general customer information, which also includes estimates based on our best understanding of the customers’ ability to pay and their payment status. Customers’ ability to pay takes into consideration payment history, legal status (i.e., bankruptcy) and the status of services we are providing. We assess the payment status of customers by reference to the terms under which services or goods are provided, with any payments not made on or before their due date considered past-due. Once we have exhausted all collection efforts, we write the uncollectible balance off against the allowance for doubtful accounts.
 
We record an amount for service level agreements and other sales adjustments, which reduces net accounts receivable and revenues. Adjustments for service level agreements are identified within the billing period and revenues are reduced accordingly. The amount for sales adjustments is based upon specific customer information, including outstanding promotional credits, customer disputes, credit adjustments not yet processed through the billing system and historical activity. If the financial condition of our customers deteriorates, or if we become aware of new information impacting a customer's credit risk, we may make additional adjustments.
 
Investments . Pursuant to our formal investment policy, investments in marketable securities include high credit quality corporate debt securities, auction rate securities, commercial paper and U.S. Treasury bills. Auction rate securities are variable rate bonds tied to short-term interest rates with maturities on the face of the securities in excess of 90 days and have interest rate resets through a modified Dutch auction, at predetermined short-term intervals, usually every seven, 28 or 35 days. Auction rate securities generally trade at par and are callable at par on any interest payment date at the option of the issuer. Interest received during a given period is based upon the interest rate determined through the auction process. The underlying assets of our auction rate securities are state-issued student and educational loans that are substantially backed by the federal government and carried AAA/Aaa ratings as of December 31, 2008. Although these securities are issued and rated as long-term bonds, they have historically been priced and traded as short-term instruments because of the liquidity provided through the interest rate reset. While we continue to earn and accrue interest on our auction rate securities at contractual rates, these investments are not currently trading. Due to initial uncertainty as to when liquidity in the auction rate securities markets would improve, we have classified our auction rate securities as non-current investments throughout 2008. Subsequently, in November 2008, we accepted a rights offer, or ARS Rights, on our auction rate securities. In conjunction with our acceptance of the ARS Rights, we changed the designation of the auction rate securities to trading from available for sale and continue to classify the securities as non-current investments as of December 31, 2008.
 
Our auction rate securities and ARS Rights do not have observable market information to determine their fair value. We estimated the fair value of the auction rate securities based on a wide array of market evidence related to each security’s collateral, ratings and insurance to assess default risk, credit spread risk and downgrade risk that we believe market participants would use in pricing the securities in a current transaction. These assumptions could change significantly over time based on market conditions. We then used a trinomial discount model where the future cash flows of the auction rate securities were priced by summing the present value of the future principal and forecasted interest payments. We also considered probabilities of default, auction failure, a successful auction at par value or repurchase at par value and recovery rates in default for each of the securities. We then discounted the weighted average cash flow for each period back to present value at the determined discount rate for each auction rate security.

 
- 34 -

 
 
We estimated the fair value of the ARS Rights based on a valuation approach commonly used for forward contracts in which one party agrees to sell a financial instrument (generating cash flows) to another party at a particular time for a predetermined price. In this approach we subtracted the present value of all expected future cash flows from the current fair value of the security, and calculated the resulting value as a future value at an interest rate reflective of counterparty risk.
 
See notes 5 and 6 to our accompanying consolidated financial statements for additional information about our investments and their fair value measurement.
 
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets . We account for goodwill using an impairment-only approach. Our assessment of goodwill for impairment includes comparing the fair value to the net book value of each of our four reporting units. Our IP services operating segment is comprised of two reporting units: services and products. Our data center center services and CDN services operating segments each represent a single reporting unit; however, the data center services segment does not have any recorded goodwill. As a result of our August 1, 2008 assessment, we recorded a $99.7 million goodwill impairment charge to adjust goodwill in our CDN services segment to an implied fair value of $54.7 million.
 
We estimate fair value using a combination of discounted cash flow models and market approaches. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its net book value, goodwill is not impaired and no further testing is necessary. If the net book value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, we perform a second test to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. To measure the amount of any impairment loss, we determine the implied fair value of goodwill in the same manner as if the affected reporting unit were being acquired in a business combination. Specifically, we allocate the fair value of the affected reporting unit to all of the assets and liabilities of that unit, including any unrecognized intangible assets, in a hypothetical calculation that would yield the implied fair value of goodwill. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the goodwill recorded on our consolidated balance sheet, we record an impairment charge for the difference.
 
The impairment analysis of goodwill is based on estimated fair values. The assumptions, inputs and judgments used in performing the valuation analysis are inherently subjective and reflect estimates based on known facts and circumstances at the time the valuation is performed. These estimates and assumptions primarily include, but are not limited to, revenue and market growth, operating cash flows, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA, capital expenditures forecasts, discount rates and terminal growth rates. The use of different assumptions, inputs and judgments, or changes in circumstances, could materially affect the results of the valuation. Due to the inherent uncertainty involved in making these estimates, actual results could differ from our estimates. The following is a description of the valuation methodologies we used to derive the fair value of our CDN services segment:
 
Income Approach. To determine fair value, we discounted the expected cash flows of the CDN services reporting unit. Expected cash flows were calculated using a compounded annual revenue growth rate of approximately 20%, forecasting existing cost structures and considering capital reinvestment requirements. We used a discount rate of 20%, representing the estimated weighted average cost of capital, which reflects the overall level of inherent risk involved in our CDN services operations and the rate of return an outside investor would expect to earn. To estimate cash flows beyond the final year of our model, we used a terminal value and incorporated the present value of the resulting terminal value into our estimate of fair value.
   
Market-Based Approach. To corroborate the results of the income approach described above, we estimated the fair value of our CDN services reporting unit using several market-based approaches, including the enterprise value that we derive based on our stock price. We also used the guideline company method, which focuses on comparing our risk profile and growth prospects, to select reasonably similar/guideline publicly traded companies. Using the guideline company method, we selected revenue and EBITDA multiples below the median for our comparable companies.
 
We used similar valuation methodologies to derive the fair values of our other reporting units. Adverse changes in expected operating results and/or unfavorable changes in other economic factors used to estimate fair values could result in an additional non-cash impairment charge in the future.
 
We perform our annual goodwill impairment test as of August 1 of each calendar year, following our annual strategic planning cycle. We also assess on a quarterly basis whether any events have occurred or circumstances have changed that would indicate an impairment could exist. We have considered the likelihood of triggering events that might cause us to re-assess goodwill on an interim basis and concluded that none had occurred subsequent to August 1, 2008.
 
Accruals for Disputed Telecommunication Costs and Other Accrued Liabilities . In delivering our services, we rely on a number of Internet network, telecommunication, utilities and other vendors. We work directly with these vendors to establish, modify or discontinue services for our customers. Because of the volume of activity, billing disputes inevitably arise, and it is often necessary to estimate certain costs of providing services to our customers given that we may not receive invoices on a timely basis or due to the complexity surrounding such costs. These disputes typically stem from disagreements concerning the starting and ending dates of service, quoted rates, usage and various other factors. For potential billing errors made in the vendor’s favor, for example a duplicate billing, we initiate a formal dispute with the vendor and record the related cost and liability up to 100% of the disputed amount, depending on our assessment of the likely outcome of the dispute. Conversely, for billing errors in our favor, such as the vendor’s failure to invoice us for new service, we record an estimate based on the full amount that we should have been invoiced. If an estimate is necessary, we record the related cost and liability based on all available facts and circumstances, including but not limited to historical trends, related usage, forecasts and quotes.

 
- 35 -

 
 
We research and discuss all disputed costs with vendors on an ongoing basis until ultimately resolved. We periodically review and modify estimates in light of new information or developments, if any. We recognize any resolved disputes that will result in a credit over the disputed amounts in the appropriate month when the resolution has been determined. Because estimates regarding disputed costs include assessments of uncertain outcomes, such estimates are inherently vulnerable to changes due to unforeseen circumstances that could materially and adversely affect our consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
Restructuring Liability . When circumstances warrant, we may elect to exit certain business activities or change the manner in which we conduct ongoing operations. When we make such a change, we will estimate the costs to exit a business or restructure ongoing operations. The components of the estimates may include estimates and assumptions regarding the timing and costs of future events and activities that represent our best expectations based on known facts and circumstances at the time of estimation. Should circumstances warrant, we will adjust our previous estimates to reflect what we then believe to be a more accurate representation of expected future costs. Because our estimates and assumptions regarding restructuring costs include probabilities of future events, such as our ability to find a sublease tenant within a reasonable period of time or the rate at which a sublease tenant will pay for the available space, such estimates are inherently vulnerable to changes due to unforeseen circumstances that could materially and adversely affect our results of operations. A 10% change in our restructuring estimates in a future period, compared to the $9.0 million restructuring liability at December 31, 2008, would result in a $0.9 million expense or benefit in the statement of operations during the period in which the change in estimate occurred. If we do not find a sublease tenant for one of our more significant restructured locations by the end of the second quarter of 2010 or if we do not obtain a certain rate per square foot for the available space, we will need to take an additional charge in our statement of operations that may be material. We monitor market conditions at each period end reporting date and will continue to assess our key assumptions and estimates used in the calculation of our restructuring accrual.
 
Deferred Taxes . We record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. Historically, we have recorded a valuation allowance equal to our net deferred tax assets. Although we consider the potential for future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for the valuation allowance, in the event we determine we would be able to realize our deferred tax assets in the future in excess of our net recorded amount, an adjustment to reduce the valuation allowance would increase income in the period such determination was made. We may recognize deferred tax assets in future periods when they are estimated to be realizable, such as establishing expected continuing profitability of us or certain of our foreign subsidiaries.
 
Based on analysis of our projected future U.S. pre-tax income, we may have sufficient positive evidence within the next 12 months to release the valuation allowance currently recorded against our U.S. deferred tax assets. Currently, while we cannot guarantee that our expectations of future positive income will occur, we may recognize an income tax benefit derived from total U.S. deferred tax assets upon the release of the valuation allowance. This potential release of the valuation allowance could be affected by an ownership change as defined by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code which might limit the future use of our U.S. net operating loss carryovers and thus reduce the potential benefit of such losses in the future to offset taxable income and reduce cash outflows for income taxes.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2007, the tax provision included a net benefit of $3.5 million related to the release of the valuation allowance associated with United Kingdom, or U.K., deferred tax assets. The gross amount of U.K. deferred tax assets was $4.4 million, which was offset by a reserve of $0.9 million. The net tax provision benefit of $3.5 million reduced our net loss for the year ended December 31, 2007. The reduction in valuation allowance was due to the existence of sufficient positive evidence as of December 31, 2007 to indicate that our net operating losses in the U.K. would more likely than not be realized in the future. The evidence primarily consists of the results of prior performance in the U.K. and the expectation of future performance based on historical results. We will continue to assess the recoverability of U.S. and other deferred tax assets, and whether the valuation allowance should be reduced relative to the U.S. and other deferred tax assets outside the U.K.
 
Stock-Based Compensation . We measure stock-based compensation cost at the grant date based on the calculated fair value of the award. We recognize the expense over the employee’s requisite service period, generally the vesting period of the award. For performance-based awards, we periodically assess whether the performance conditions are probable of being met and record compensation expense based on this assessment of probability. We estimate the fair value of stock options at the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with weighted average assumptions for the activity under our stock plans. Option pricing model input assumptions, such as expected term, expected volatility and risk-free interest rate, impact the fair value estimate. Further, the forfeiture rate impacts the amount of aggregate compensation. These assumptions are subjective and generally require significant analysis and judgment to develop. When we elect to pay certain bonuses in shares of stock, the total amount to be paid is determined similarly to cash bonuses and the number of shares to be granted is determined based on the fair value of our stock at the date of grant.

 
- 36 -

 
 
The expected term represents the weighted average period of time that we expect granted options to be outstanding, giving consideration to the vesting schedules and our historical exercise patterns. Because our options are not publicly traded, assumed volatility is based on the historical volatility of our stock. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding to the expected term of the options. We have also used historical data to estimate option exercises, employee termination and stock option forfeiture rates. Changes in any of these assumptions could materially impact our results of operations in the period the change is made.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
Effective January 1, 2008, we adopted SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements . SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007. In February 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position FAS 157-1, Application of FASB Statement No. 157 to FASB Statement No. 13 and Its Related Interpretive Accounting Pronouncements That Address Leasing Transactions, which provides supplemental guidance on the application of SFAS No. 157, and Staff Position FAS 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157, which delays the effective date of SFAS No. 157 for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, except those that are recognized or disclosed at fair value on at least an annual basis until 2009. In accordance with Staff Position FAS 157-2, we have only adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 157 with respect to our financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value within the financial statements as of December 31, 2008. We have not applied the provisions of SFAS No. 157 to nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities. The major categories of assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value, for which we have not applied the provisions of SFAS No. 157, include reporting units measured at fair value in the first step of a goodwill impairment test under SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets . The adoption of SFAS No. 157 did not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
 
In October 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position FAS 157-3, Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset Is Not Active , which clarifies the application of SFAS No. 157 in a market that is not active and provides an example to illustrate key considerations in determining the fair value of a financial asset when the market for that financial asset is not active. Some of the key principles illustrated include:
 
 
determining fair value in a dislocated market depends on facts and circumstances, and may require the use of significant judgment about whether individual market transactions are forced liquidations or distressed sales and therefore poor indicators of fair value;
     
 
when relevant observable market data is not available, the use of assumptions about future cash flows and discount rates may be appropriate in determining fair value; and
     
 
the value of broker quotes in determining fair value depends on facts and circumstances, particularly when an active market does not exist.
 
Staff Position FAS 157-3 was effective immediately, including with respect to prior periods for which financial statements have not been issued. We have consistently used the methodology described in this Staff Position in calculating the fair value of our auction rate securities throughout 2008.
 
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities . SFAS No. 159 permits companies to choose to measure, on an instrument-by-instrument basis, many financial instruments and certain other assets and liabilities at fair value that are not currently required to be measured at fair value. SFAS No. 159 was effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The adoption of SFAS No. 159 did not have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operation and cash flows since we elected to apply the fair value option only to our ARS Rights. See note 6 for discussion of the fair value election of our ARS Rights.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations , or SFAS No. 141R. This pronouncement replaces SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations . SFAS No. 141R establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree and the goodwill acquired or a gain from a bargain purchase. SFAS No. 141R also determines disclosure requirements to enable the evaluation of the nature and financial effects of the business combination. SFAS No. 141R applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of a fiscal year that begins on or after December 15, 2008 and there are also implications for acquisitions that occur prior to this date. We do not expect that adoption of SFAS No. 141R will have an immediate impact on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements . SFAS No. 160 amends Accounting Research Bulletin 51, Consolidated Financial Statements , and requires all entities to report noncontrolling (minority) interests in subsidiaries within equity in the consolidated financial statements, but separate from the parent shareholders’ equity. SFAS No. 160 also requires any acquisitions or dispositions of noncontrolling interests that do not result in a change of control to be accounted for as equity transactions. Further, SFAS No. 160 requires that a parent recognize a gain or loss in net income when a subsidiary is deconsolidated. SFAS No. 160 is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008. We do not expect adoption of SFAS No. 160 will have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

 
- 37 -

 
 
In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 . SFAS No. 161 amends and expands the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 133 with the intent to provide users of financial statements with an enhanced understanding of: (1) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments; (2) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under SFAS No. 133 and its related interpretations and (3) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows. This statement is effective for financial statements for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008. We do not expect adoption of SFAS No. 161 to have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
 
In April 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position FAS 142-3, Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets . Staff Position FAS 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS No. 142. This Staff Position is effective for financial statements for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. We do not expect adoption of Staff Position FAS 142-3 to have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
 
In June 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position No. EITF 03-6-1, Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions are Participating Securities . Staff Position No. EITF 03-6-1 provides that unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends are participating securities and shall be included in the computation of earnings per share pursuant to the two class method. This Staff Position is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008 and interim periods within those years. For the quarter ended March 31, 2009, upon adoption, we are required to retrospectively adjust earnings per share data to conform to the provisions in this Staff Position. We do not expect this Staff Position to have a material impact on our calculation of earnings per share.
 
In November 2008, the FASB issued EITF 08-6, Equity Method Investment Accounting Considerations . The goal of EITF 08-6 is to clarify the accounting for certain transactions and impairment considerations involving equity method investments. This EITF is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008. Early adoption is not permitted. We do not expect adoption of EITF 08-6 to have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
 
Results of Operations
 
Revenues . Revenues are generated primarily from the sale of IP services, data center services and CDN services. Our revenues typically consist of monthly recurring revenues from contracts with terms of one year or more. These contracts usually have fixed minimum commitments based on a certain level of usage with additional charges for any usage over a specified limit. We also provide premise-based route optimization products and other ancillary services, such as server management and installation services, virtual private networking services, managed security services , data back-up, remote storage, restoration services and professional services.
 
Direct Costs of Network, Sales and Services . Direct costs of network, sales and services are comprised primarily of:
 
 
costs for connecting to and accessing NSPs and competitive local exchange providers;
     
 
facility and occupancy costs for hosting and operating our and our customers’ network equipment;
     
 
costs of FCP solutions sold;
     
 
costs incurred for providing additional third party services to our customers; and
     
 
royalties and costs of license fees for operating systems software.
 
To the extent a network access point is located at a distance from the respective NSP, we may incur additional local loop charges on a recurring basis. Connectivity costs vary depending on customer demands and pricing variables while network access point facility costs are generally fixed in nature. Direct costs of network, sales and services do not include compensation, depreciation or amortization.
 
Direct Costs of Amortization of Acquired Technologies . Direct costs of amortization of acquired technologies are for technologies acquired through business combinations that are an integral part of the services and products we sell. We amortize the cost of the acquired technologies over original lives of three to eight years.

 
- 38 -

 
 
Direct Costs of Customer Support . Direct costs of customer support consist primarily of compensation and other personnel costs for employees engaged in connecting customers to our network, installing customer equipment into network access point facilities and servicing customers through our network operations centers. In addition, we include facilities costs associated with the network operations center in direct costs of customer support.
 
Product Development Costs . Product development costs consist principally of compensation and other personnel costs, consultant fees and prototype costs related to the design, development and testing of our proprietary technology, enhancement of our network management software and development of internal systems. We capitalize costs for software to be sold, leased or otherwise marketed once we establish technological feasibility until the software is available for general release to customers. We capitalize costs associated with internal use software when the software enters the application development stage until the software is ready for its intended use. We expense all other product development costs as incurred.
 
Sales and Marketing Costs . Sales and marketing costs consist of compensation, commissions and other costs for personnel engaged in marketing, sales and field service support functions, as well as advertising, tradeshows, direct response programs, new service point launch events, management of our web site and other promotional costs.
 
General and Administrative Costs . General and administrative costs consist primarily of compensation and other expense for executive, finance, human resources and administrative personnel, professional fees and other general corporate costs.
 
Following is a summary of our results of operations and financial condition, which is followed by more in-depth discussion and analysis.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2008, total revenues were $254.0 million, an increase of 8.5% over the year ended December 31, 2007. Data center services revenue was the primary growth driver for the year, increasing 31% compared with 2007. We reported a net loss for the year ended December 31, 2008 of $104.8 million, which included (1) $99.7 million in impairment charges for goodwill, (2) $2.6 million in impairment charges for other intangible assets and (3) a net adjustment of $1.0 million to increase our restructuring liability, primarily related to anticipated sublease recoveries on restructured real estate.

Cash and short term investments in marketable securities were $54.1 million at December 31, 2008, compared with $71.6 million at December 31, 2007. The year-end 2007 balance included $7.2 million in auction rate securities which we reclassified to long-term investments in the first quarter 2008. The outstanding balance on our credit facility was $20.0 million at December 31, 2008, compared to $19.8 million at December 31, 2007.

Cash flow from operations for 2008 was $38.0 million for 2008, representing an increase of 38% over the prior year. Capital expenditures for the year ended December 31, 2008 were $51.2 million, primarily for our data center expansion plan, but also expansion of IP and CDN service points, some of which we implemented earlier than planned to take advantage of economic opportunities.
 
The following table sets forth, as a percentage of total revenue, selected statement of operations data for the periods indicated:
                   
   
  Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Revenues:
                 
IP services
    48.5 %     52.2 %     61.9 %
Data center services
    43.2       35.7       31.2  
CDN services
    8.3       7.6        
Other
          4.5       6.9  
Total revenues
    100.0       100.0       100.0  
                         
Operating costs and expenses:
                       
Direct costs of network, sales and services, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, shown below:
                       
IP services
    18.0       18.8       22.4  
Data center services
    32.3       25.4       25.6  
CDN services
    3.2       2.8        
Other
          3.6       5.6  
Direct costs of amortization of acquired technologies
    2.6       1.8       0.3  
Direct costs of customer support
    6.4       7.1       6.4  
Product development
    3.3       2.8       2.5  
Sales and marketing
    12.2       13.4       15.0  
General and administrative
    12.1       12.9       11.9  
Provision for doubtful accounts
    2.0       1.0       0.3  
Depreciation and amortization
    9.3       9.5       8.7  
Goodwill impairment
    39.3              
Restructuring and other impairments
    0.7       4.9       0.2  
Other operating costs and expenses
          0.2       (0.1 )
Total operating costs and expenses
    141.4       104.2       98.8  
                         
(Loss) income from operations
    (41.4 )%     (4.2 )%     1.2 %

 
- 39 -

 
 
Segment Information . We operate in three business segments: IP services, data center services and CDN services. IP services include managed and premise-based high performance IP and route optimization technologies. Data center services include hosting of customer applications directly on our network to eliminate issues associated with the quality of local connections. Data center services are increasingly bundled with our high performance IP connectivity services. CDN services include products and services for storing, delivering and monetizing digital media to large global audiences over the Internet. Prior to our acquisition of VitalStream on February 20, 2007, we did not offer proprietary CDN services, but instead, we were a reseller of third party CDN services for which revenues and direct costs are included in “—Other” below. Our reportable segments are strategic business units that offer different products and services. As of December 31, 2008, we had approximately 3,600 customers across more than 20 metropolitan markets.
 
Revenues
 
Revenues for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 are summarized as follows (in thousands):
                   
   
  Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
IP services
  $ 123,268     $ 122,205     $ 112,250  
Data center services
    109,679       83,632       56,548  
CDN services
    21,042       17,806        
Other
          10,447       12,577  
    $ 253,989     $ 234,090     $ 181,375  
 
IP Services . Revenue for IP services increased $1.1 million, or 1%, to $123.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to $122.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase in IP revenues is driven by an increase in demand for our services, partially offset by a decline in IP pricing. We continue to experience increasing demand for our traditional IP services, with IP traffic increasing approximately 44% for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase in IP traffic has resulted from customers requiring greater overall capacity due to growth in the usage of their applications, as well as in the nature of applications consuming greater amounts of bandwidth. Ongoing industry-wide pricing declines over the last several years, however, have offset a large portion of our gains in IP traffic. The effective price we charge our customers for IP services, measured in megabits per second, or Mbps, decreased approximately 33% for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31. 2007. There was a net increase in IP services customers from December 31, 2007 to December 31, 2008, and these new customers added approximately $8.1 million of revenue during 2008. While these new customers are generally using more bandwidth, their additional contribution to revenue was partially offset by the loss of older customers who were paying higher effective prices for IP services. IP services revenue also includes FCP sales and other hardware sales of $4.8 million and $4.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
Revenues for IP services increased more than $9.9 million, or 9%, to $122.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared to $112.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. In addition to the increase in demand, as discussed above, we experienced an increase in sales of our premise-based FCP products and other large hardware sales of approximately $1.0 million. IP traffic for the year ended December 31, 2007 increased approximately 35% from the year ended December 31, 2006. In addition to the demand for greater bandwidth, we added high-traffic customers through competitive IP pricing and minimum commitments during the year ended December 31, 2007. However, pricing declines caused the blended rate in Mbps to decrease approximately 26% annually from December 31, 2006 to December 31, 2007. We recorded approximately $0.5 million of sales adjustments in the fourth quarter of 2007 related primarily to disputes over contractual service periods.
 
Data Center Services . Data center services are a significant source of revenue growth for our business. Revenues for data center services increased approximately $26.0 million, or 31%, to $109.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to $83.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. This increase is primarily due to our data center growth initiative, as discussed below, which we began executing during 2007 and is on-going. We had a net increase of customers from December 31, 2007 to December 31, 2008 and new data center services customers added approximately $7.8 million of revenue during 2008. Furthermore, customer demand has resulted in a 24% increase in installed cabinets in 2008.
 
Revenues for data center services increased $27.1 million, or 48%, to $83.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared to $56.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. During the year ended December 31, 2007, we (1) implemented a broad-based rate increase, generating additional revenues of approximately $8.0 million, (2) began executing a data center growth initiative and (3) completed the build-out of our Seattle facility. The overall increase in revenues resulted from both new and existing customers and was largely due to new and existing customers using more space within our facilities, and the design and installation revenues from new customers. We also structured our data center business to accommodate larger, global customers and ensure a platform for robust traffic growth.

 
- 40 -

 
 
CDN Services . Revenues for our CDN services segment increased $3.2 million, or 18%, to $21.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to $17.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. Our 2007 results included CDN activity from the acquisition date of VitalStream on February 20, 2007. We expect CDN services to be an area of growth and have upgraded and expanded related infrastructure, including in Europe and Asia, to serve the expected industry-wide demand. Also, we extended our 100% uptime SLA to customers purchasing or renewing CDN services after January 1, 2008. CDN services revenues and operating results for the year ended December 31, 2008 were lower than projected, primarily due to: (1) integration and reliability issues in the acquired network, which we have resolved, (2) a strategic shift to larger, higher credit quality customers and (3) more recently, a highly-competitive market environment for CDN services that is driving our prices lower. As discussed in note 8 to the accompanying financial statements and below, we recorded asset impairment charges of $102.3 million related to our CDN services goodwill and other intangible assets.
 
Revenues for the year ended December 31, 2007 were lower than originally anticipated as we integrated the VitalStream business with and into our network and infrastructure. We did not offer proprietary CDN services prior to our acquisition of VitalStream, but instead, we were a reseller of third party CDN services, which was included in “—Other” below. In the second half of 2007, we experienced platform instability in our CDN business, which caused an increase in customer dissatisfaction and a higher than historical amount of customer disputes over service billings. In the fourth quarter of 2007, we recorded approximately $1.4 million in sales and billing adjustments related to both service interruptions and disputes over contractual service periods. We recorded these sales and billing adjustments against revenues. As we purchased VitalStream in 2007, we did not have revenue in that segment for the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
Other . Other revenues consist primarily of third party CDN services. Throughout 2007, the CDN services we began to provide following our acquisition of VitalStream steadily replaced the activity of the former third party CDN service provider.
 
Direct Costs of Network, Sales and Services, Exclusive of Depreciation and Amortization
 
IP Services . Direct costs of IP network, sales and services, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, increased $1.9 million, or 4%, to $45.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to $43.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. Direct costs of IP network, sales and services were 37% of IP services revenues for the year ended December 31, 2008 and 36% for the year ended December 31, 2007. IP services segment profit decreased $0.8 million to $77.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, from $78.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. Connectivity costs vary based upon customer traffic and other demand-based pricing variables. Costs for IP services are subject to ongoing negotiations for pricing and minimum commitments. During the year ended December 31, 2008, we continued to renegotiate our agreements with our major network service providers, which resulted in higher minimum commitments but lower bandwidth rates. As our IP traffic continues to grow, we expect to have greater bargaining power for lower bandwidth rates and more opportunities to proactively manage network costs, such as utilization and traffic optimization among network service providers.
 
Direct costs of IP network, sales and services, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, increased $3.2 million, or 8%, to $43.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared to $40.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. While IP services revenue increased, the direct costs of IP network, sales and services were approximately 36% of IP services revenue for both 2007 and 2006. We maintained direct costs as a percentage of IP services revenue, even though we had a change in the mix of revenue with a number of lower margin high volume customers and FCP and other hardware sales.
 
Data Center Services . The direct costs of data center services, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, increased $22.6 million, or 38%, to $82.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to $59.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. Data center services contributed $27.7 million of segment profit for the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase of $3.5 million from $24.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. Direct costs of data center services as a percentage of corresponding revenues has increased to 75% for the year ended December 31, 2008 from 71% for the year ended December 31, 2007.
 
The direct costs of data center services, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, increased approximately $13.0 million, or 28%, to $59.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared to $46.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. Data center services contributed $24.2 million of segment profit for the year ended December 31, 2007, an increase of $14.1 million from $10.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. As data center services revenue increased, direct costs of data center services as a percentage of corresponding revenue decreased to approximately 71% for the year ended December 31, 2007 from 82% for the year ended December 31, 2006. This trend was the result of an increase in total occupancy at higher rates, as discussed with revenues above, while substantial direct costs were subject to previously negotiated rates.

 
- 41 -

 
 
The growth in data center revenues and direct costs of data center services largely follows our expansion of data center space, and we believe the demand for data center services continues to outpace industry-wide supply. Direct costs of data center services, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, have substantial fixed cost components, primarily for rent, but also significant demand-based pricing variables, such as utilities, which are highest in the summer for cooling the facilities. Direct costs of data center services as a percentage of revenues vary with the mix of usage between sites operated by us and third parties, referred to as partner sites, as well as the utilization of total available space. While we recognize some of the initial operating costs, especially rent, of sites operated by us in advance of revenues, these sites are more profitable at certain levels of utilization than the use of partner sites. Conversely, costs in partner sites are more demand-based and therefore are more closely associated with the recognition of revenues. We seek to optimize the most profitable mix of available data center space operated by us and our partners. The increase in initial operating costs of sites operated by us as well as our increased use of partner sites drove the higher percentage of direct costs for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007. We continue to expand the sites operated by us and expect to have more of this space available to be used in the future as part of our data center growth initiative. We expect direct costs of data center services as a percentage of corresponding revenues to decrease as the recently expanded sites operated by us contribute to revenue and become more fully utilized.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2008, we added approximately 17,000 square feet of data center space in sites operated by us and 22,000 square feet in partner sites. At December 31, 2008, we had approximately 218,000 square feet of data center space with a utilization rate of 77% as compared to approximately 179,000 square feet of data center space with a utilization rate of 75%, at December 31, 2007. At December 31, 2006, we had approximately 149,000 square feet of data center space with a utilization rate of 79%. We expect our recent data center expansion to provide us lower costs per occupied square foot in future periods, enabling us to increase revenues compared to relatively lower direct costs of data center services. At December 31, 2008, 121,000 square feet of occupied data center space, or 55% of our total square feet, was in data centers operated by us versus partner sites as compared to 104,000 square feet or 58% of our total square feet at December 31, 2007 and 88,000 square feet or 59% of our total square feet at December 31, 2006. Additionally, 76% and 62% of our available square feet as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, were in data centers operated by us.
 
CDN Services . Direct costs of network, sales and services, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, for our CDN services segment increased $1.5 million to $8.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to $6.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. Segment profit for CDN services increased more than $1.7 million to $13.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $11.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. As noted above, costs for the year ended December 31, 2007 only included activity after our acquisition of VitalStream on February 20, 2007. Direct costs of CDN network, sales and services were 38% of CDN services revenues for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to 37% for the year ended December 31, 2007. The direct costs in 2008 include the benefit of lower rates as we have migrated VitalStream’s former contracts and terms to our own since the acquisition. However, the increase in direct costs as a percentage of revenues is primarily related to increased price competition within the market. Direct costs of CDN network sales and services also include an allocation of direct costs of IP network sales and services based on the average cost of actual usage by the CDN segment. The allocation of direct costs of IP network sales and services was $1.1 million and $0.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The CDN segment will also further benefit from the renegotiated rates with our network service providers discussed above under IP Services. As we purchased VitalStream in 2007, we did not have costs for that segment for the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
Other . Other direct costs of network, sales and services consist primarily of third party CDN services. Throughout 2007, the CDN services we began to provide following our acquisition of VitalStream steadily replaced the activity of the former third party CDN service provider.
 
Other Operating Expenses
 
Other than direct costs of network, sales and services, our compensation and facilities-related costs have the most pervasive impact on operating expenses. Compensation and benefits comprise our next largest expense after direct costs of network, sales and services. Cash-basis compensation and benefits decreased $2.2 million to $50.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $52.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. Stock-based compensation decreased $1.2 million to $7.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $8.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The decrease in cash-basis compensation and benefits is due to the elimination of the bonus accrual for 2008 compared to an accrual of $2.9 million for 2007, a $2.0 million reduction in commissions and a larger Georgia Headquarters Tax Credit, or HQC. The elimination of the bonus accrual for 2008 was the result of our compensation committee’s decision not to award employee bonuses given that we did not meet established performance goals. The reduction in commissions was primarily due to higher sales quotas under a new commission plan, adjustments for failing to meet sales quotas and an increase in the number of new sales personnel and open sales positions. The HQC increased to $1.3 million in 2008 from $0.3 million in 2007. We record the HQC when approved by the Georgia Department of Revenue. These credits were approved with the stipulation that we apply them against our payroll tax liability. These decreases are partially offset by annual pay increases for employees effective April 1, 2008 and having a full 12 months of CDN employee expense compared to 10 months in 2007. The decrease in stock-based compensation is primarily due to fewer grants of stock-based awards and a lower fair value for new awards based on our lower stock price. Total headcount was relatively consistent increasing to approximately 430 at December 31, 2008 compared to approximately 420 at December 31, 2007.

 
- 42 -

 
 
Cash-basis compensation and benefits increased more than $11.5 million to $52.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $41.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. Stock-based compensation increased approximately $2.7 million to $8.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $5.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The increases in compensation and benefits were primarily due to increased headcount, largely attributable to the additional employees resulting from the VitalStream acquisition. For the year ended December 31, 2007, the additional VitalStream employees accounted for $6.6 million of the increase in cash-basis compensation and $1.3 million of the increase in stock-based compensation. Compensation also increased due to the hiring of other employees, including at the senior management level. Total headcount increased to approximately 420 at December 31, 2007 compared to approximately 330 at December 31, 2006.
 
Stock-based compensation is summarized by the following financial statement captions (in thousands):
                   
   
  Year ended December 31,
 
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Direct costs of customer support
  $ 1,369     $ 1,892     $ 1,102  
Product development
    688       856       628  
Sales and marketing
    1,782       2,135       2,145  
General and administrative
    3,660       3,798       2,067  
Total stock-based compensation expense included in net income
  $ 7,499     $ 8,681     $ 5,942  
 
Total unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested stock-based compensation as of December 31, 2008 was $16.6 million with a weighted-average remaining recognition period of 2.6 years.
 
Facilities and related costs, including repairs and maintenance, communications and office supplies but excluding direct costs of network, sales and services, is our next largest recurring expense and increased $0.6 million, or 8%, to $7.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $7.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase is primarily due to the relocation and upgrade of one of our sales offices to a new, larger space and having a full 12 months of CDN operating expenses, partly offset by ongoing cost containment efforts.
 
Facilities and related costs, including repairs and maintenance, communications and office supplies but excluding direct costs of network, sales and services, increased $1.0 million, or 17%, to $7.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $6.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The increase was primarily attributable to $0.7 million of VitalStream post-acquisition operating costs.
 
Other significant operating costs are discussed with the financial statement captions below:
 
Direct Costs of Amortization of Acquired Technologies . Direct costs of amortization of acquired technologies increased to $6.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, from $4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase of approximately $2.4 million included a $1.9 million impairment in developed advertising technology due to a strategic change in market focus. See “—Goodwill Impairment” and “–Restructuring and Other Impairments” below for further discussion of the impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets. Also included in direct costs for 2008 is additional amortization expense attributable to a full 12 months of amortization of post-acquisition intangible technology assets related to CDN services.
 
Direct costs of amortization of acquired technologies increased approximately $3.6 million from $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 to $4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase in amortization expense was attributable to the amortization of the post-acquisition intangible technology assets of VitalStream.
 
Direct Costs of Customer Support . Direct costs of customer support decreased 2% to $16.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, from $16.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The decrease of $0.3 million was primarily due to a $0.5 million decrease in stock-based compensation, as previously discussed, partially offset by a $0.3 million increase in cash-basis compensation. The increase in cash-basis compensation is primarily due to annual employee pay increases.
 
Direct costs of customer support increased 43% from $11.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 to $16.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase of approximately $4.9 million was primarily due to compensation of employees and facilities-related costs as discussed above. VitalStream employees accounted for $1.7 million of added cash-basis compensation and benefits and $0.5 million of additional stock-based compensation for the year ended December 31, 2007. Other increases in cash-basis and stock-based compensation amounted to $1.7 million and $0.3 million, respectively, whereas facilities-related costs increased $0.6 million.
 
Product Development . Product development costs for the year ended December 31, 2008 increased 29% to $8.5 million from $6.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The product development cost increase of $1.9 million is attributable to increases in cash-basis compensation and benefits and professional services. The increase in cash-basis compensation was $1.2 million, and included the transfer of certain employees to product development that were formerly in professional services and customer support roles in sales and marketing and direct costs of customer support. The increase in professional services costs of $0.7 million was due to the use of third party vendors for certain engineering services that were previously performed by our employees in 2007, especially with respect to our CDN services.

 
- 43 -

 
 
Product development costs for the year ended December 31, 2007 increased 47% to $6.6 million from $4.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The increase of $2.1 million is primarily attributable to the addition of VitalStream employees and facilities-related costs. For the year ended December 31, 2007, the additional VitalStream employees accounted for $1.0 million of additional cash-basis compensation and benefits costs and $0.3 million of additional stock-based compensation costs. In addition, facilities-related costs amounted to $0.3 million of this increase.
 
Sales and Marketing . Sales and marketing costs for the year ended December 31, 2008 decreased 2% to $30.9 million from $31.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The decrease of $0.6 million was comprised primarily of a net $0.4 million decrease for cash-basis compensation and benefits and a $0.4 million decrease in stock-based compensation. The net decrease in cash-basis compensation included a $2.0 million decrease in commissions. The reduction in commissions was primarily due to higher sales quotas under a new commission plan, adjustments for failing to meet sales quotas and an increase in the number of new sales personnel and open sales positions. Stock-based compensation also decreased due to the reasons previously discussed.
 
Sales and marketing costs for the year ended December 31, 2007 increased 16% to $31.5 million from $27.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The increase of approximately $4.3 million was primarily comprised of VitalStream employee costs. Cash-basis compensation, benefits and commissions related to VitalStream employees accounted for $2.8 million and stock-basis compensation for these employees amounted to $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.
 
General and Administrative . General and administrative costs for the year ended December 31, 2008 increased 1% to $30.7 million from $30.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase of $0.4 million reflected a $3.4 million increase in professional services costs, a $0.4 million increase in facilities and related costs, partially offset by a $3.2 million decrease in cash-basis compensation. Professional services costs were higher due primarily to contract labor, higher accounting fees, especially associated with bringing current our international statutory audits, use of consultants for process improvements and other outside services. The increase in facilities and related costs is discussed above. Cash-basis compensation and benefits decreased due primarily to a elimination of the bonus accrual of $2.9 million, as discussed above.
 
General and administrative costs for the year ended December 31, 2007 increased 40% to $30.3 million from $21.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The increase of $8.7 million was primarily due to increases in cash-basis compensation and benefits, professional services and stock-based compensation. Cash-basis compensation and benefits for the year ended December 31, 2007 increased $3.5 million, including $1.0 million for the additional VitalStream employees. As discussed earlier, the increase in cash-basis compensation was also due to the hiring of other employees, including at the senior management level. The overall increase in head count caused us to accrue employee bonuses $0.3 million higher during 2007 than we did during 2006 and caused higher self-insured medical claims of $0.6 million compared to 2006. Professional services for the year ended December 31, 2007 increased $2.2 million primarily due to consultation fees on our information technology systems, compliance activities for domestic and international tax and financial statement requirements, recruiting fees and contract labor to fill a number of open job requisitions and legal fees, including those associated with new proxy disclosure requirements and ongoing litigation. Stock-based compensation costs increased $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 due to annual grants of stock options and unvested restricted common stock to non-employee directors, the stock options assumed in the VitalStream acquisition and initial grants and awards to new members of senior management.
 
On January 29, 2009, we announced the resignation of James P. DeBlasio from his positions as President and Chief Executive Officer effective as of March 16, 2009, or the Separation Date. Mr. DeBlasio also has resigned as a director effective March 15, 2009. Pursuant to the terms of a separation agreement, Mr. DeBlasio will receive (1) a cash payment of $0.9 million, (2) full vesting of all equity awards previously granted to him as of the Separation Date and (3) if he so elects, continued health, dental and vision insurance coverage under our group health plan for 18 months from the Separation Date at no cost to him. Mr. DeBlasio has 12 months following the Separation Date in which to exercise any stock options held by him that were vested as of the Separation Date. We will record the associated severance in general and administrative costs during the three months ended March 31, 2009. Also on January 29, 2009, we announced the appointment of J. Eric Cooney as our President and Chief Executive Officer and as a director, effective March 16, 2009.
 
Provision for Doubtful Accounts . The provision for doubtful accounts increased to $5.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, from $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase during 2008 resulted from our periodic review of the aged accounts receivable balances, taking into consideration current economic conditions and was primarily attributable to our CDN and IP segments. We believe the ability to collect these valid receivables has become uncertain due to changes in customer circumstances. A number of the CDN customers that have been reserved as doubtful accounts were customers in 2007 and early 2008, but have since been disconnected from our service for failing to remit payment. We will continue to strongly focus on our customers’ ability to make payment in light of the current economic conditions and put in additional upfront requirements such as prepayments or deposits for new customers before commencing delivery of our services given the challenging economic environment expected to continue in 2009 and beyond.

 
- 44 -

 
 
The provision for doubtful accounts increased to $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, from $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The increase in the provision for doubtful accounts was primarily due to our integration of VitalStream with its legacy customers causing the provision for doubtful accounts to be greater than our historical expense.
 
Depreciation and Amortization . For the year ended December 31, 2008, depreciation and amortization, including other intangible assets but excluding acquired technologies, increased 7% to $23.9 million compared to $22.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase of approximately $1.6 million primarily related to the expansion of P-NAPs and on-going expansion of data center facilities. The restructuring and asset impairment described above initially reduced depreciation and amortization by approximately $0.4 million per year, decreasing to $0 in 2009. The amortization of acquired technologies is included in its own caption and discussed above.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2007, depreciation and amortization, including other intangible assets but excluding acquired technologies, increased 40% to $22.2 million compared to $15.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The increase of approximately $6.3 million primarily related to post-acquisition depreciation and amortization of VitalStream property and equipment and acquired amortizable intangible assets, excluding amortization of acquired technologies. The VitalStream property and equipment and acquired amortizable intangible assets accounted for $5.8 million of the expense for the year ended December 31, 2007. The remaining increase in depreciation and amortization related to the expansion of P-NAPs and on-going expansion of data center facilities.
 
Goodwill Impairment . As a result of our August 1, 2008 annual assessment of goodwill, we recorded a $99.7 million goodwill impairment charge to adjust goodwill in our CDN services segment to an implied fair value of $54.7 million.
 
The goodwill impairment was primarily due to declines in our CDN services revenues and operating results as compared to our projections and unfavorable changes in market factors used to estimate fair values. The declines in CDN services revenues and operating results compared to projections were attributable to integration and reliability issues in the acquired network that have now been resolved, a strategic shift to larger, higher credit quality customers and more recently, a highly-competitive market environment for CDN services that is driving lower pricing. Changes in market factors included lower market multiples across the CDN services industry from the time we completed the VitalStream acquisition and our own current lower market capitalization. The culmination of these factors leading to our impairment of goodwill did not occur until the three months ended September 30, 2008. The impairment charge did not have any impact on our current cash balance or future cash expenditures, or result in violation of any covenants of our debt instruments.
 
The impairment also caused us to reverse a deferred tax liability and create an income tax benefit of $0.6 million associated with the CDN services goodwill. 
 
We will continue to perform our annual impairment testing as of August 1 each year absent any impairment indicators that may cause more frequent analysis. We also assessed the likelihood of triggering events and concluded that none had occurred that would cause us to re-assess goodwill for impairment subsequent to August 1, 2008.
 
Restructuring and Other Impairments . In conjunction with our review of our long-term financial outlook, which includes our annual assessment of goodwill for impairment, as discussed above, we also performed an analysis of the potential impairment and re-assessed the remaining asset lives of other identifiable intangible assets acquired in the VitalStream acquisition. The analysis and re-assessment of other identifiable intangible assets recorded in the VitalStream acquisition resulted in:
     
 
an impairment charge of $1.9 million in developed advertising technology due to a strategic change in market focus,
 
an impairment charge of $0.8 million in trade names as a result of discontinuing use of the VitalStream trade name, and
 
a change in our estimates that resulted in acceleration of amortization expense of our customer relationships intangible asset over a shorter estimated useful life (four remaining years instead of the original estimated nine years) due to customer churn resulting in higher than expected attrition as of the acquisition date.
 
The impairment charge of $1.9 million for developed advertising technology is included in “Direct costs of amortization of acquired technologies” in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The impairment charge of $0.8 million for the trade name is included in “Restructuring and other impairments” in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. None of the impairment charges had any impact on our current cash balance or future cash expenditures, or resulted in violation of any covenants of our debt instruments. The change in accounting estimate for our customer relationship intangible asset resulted in an increase to our net loss of $0.4 million, or less than $0.01 per basic or diluted share, for the year ended December 31, 2008.

 
- 45 -

 
 
In conjunction with the preparation of our financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2008 and in light of the recent and significant deterioration in the real estate market, we completed an analysis of our remaining accrued restructuring liability for leased facilities. After reviewing the analysis and specifically, the underlying assumptions related to anticipated sublease recoveries, we concluded that certain of the facilities remaining in the restructuring accrual were taking longer than expected to sublease or were otherwise not generating the expected levels of sublease income. The analyses were based on discounted cash flows using the same credit-adjusted risk-free rate that we used to measure the initial restructuring liability for leases that were part of the 2007 restructuring plan and undiscounted cash flows for leases that were part of the 2001 restructuring plan. The cumulative effect of these changes was $1.1 million, which we recorded as additional restructuring expense and an increase to the liability. We also recorded a non-cash benefit of $0.1 million in the three months ended September 30, 2008 to reduce our restructuring liability for employee separations. This non-cash adjustment removes the liability for employee separations since we paid all such amounts. Both of these adjustments to the restructuring liability are reported in “Restructuring and other impairments” in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.
 
During the three months ended March 31, 2007, we incurred restructuring and impairment charges totaling $11.3 million. The charges were the result of a review of our business, particularly in light of our acquisition of VitalStream and our plan to finalize the overall integration and implementation plan before the end of the first quarter of 2007. The charges to expense included $7.8 million for leased facilities, representing both the costs less anticipated sublease recoveries that will continue to be incurred without economic benefit to us and costs to terminate leases before the end of their term. The charges also included severance payments of $1.1 million for the termination of certain employees and $1.4 million for impairment of assets. After considering the adjustments for anticipated changes in sublease income described above, we estimated net related expenditures for the 2007 restructuring plan to be $12.2 million, of which we paid $4.2 million through December 31, 2008, and the balance continuing through December 2016, the last date of the longest lease term. We expected these expenditures to be paid out of operating cash flows. We estimated cost savings from the restructuring to be approximately $0.8 million per year through 2016, primarily for rent.
 
We also incurred a $1.1 million impairment charge during the three months ended March 31, 2007 for the sales order-through-billing system, which was the result of an evaluation of the existing infrastructure relative to our new financial accounting system and the acquisition of VitalStream. This impairment charge was not related to any specific business segment.
 
Non-operating Income and Expense . For the year ended December 31, 2008, interest income decreased $1.3 million to $1.9 million from $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, a decrease of 42%. The decrease reflects a reduction in total interest-earning investments, a move toward lower-risk investments and lower overall interest rates. Other non-operating expense for the year ended December 31, 2008 included a net reduction in fair value of $0.8 million on our auction rate securities offset by the $0.6 million fair value of our ARS Rights, as described in note 6 to our accompanying consolidated financial statements.
 
During 2007, we incurred a charge of $1.2 million representing the write-off of the remaining carrying value of our investment in series D preferred stock of Aventail Corporation, or Aventail. We made an initial cash investment of $6.0 million in Aventail series D preferred stock pursuant to an investment agreement in February 2000. In connection with a subsequent round of financing by Aventail, we recognized an initial loss on our investment of $4.8 million in 2001. On June 12, 2007, SonicWall, Inc. announced that it entered into an agreement to acquire Aventail for approximately $25.0 million in cash. The transaction closed on July 11, 2007, and all shares of series D preferred stock were cancelled and the holders of series D preferred stock did not receive any consideration for such shares. The write-off is included in non-operating (income) expense in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.
 
Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes . The provision for income taxes was $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 and a net benefit of $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. For the year ended December 31, 2007, the tax provision included a $4.4 million benefit related to the release of the valuation allowance associated with our U.K. deferred tax assets. The U.K. benefit is offset by a reserve of $0.9 million and a U.S. deferred tax liability relating to the VitalStream acquisition.
 
The reduction in valuation allowance was due to the existence of sufficient positive evidence as of December 31, 2007 to indicate that our net operating losses in the U.K. would more likely than not be realized in the future. The evidence primarily consisted of the results of prior performance in the U.K. and the expectation of future performance based on historical results. We will continue to assess the recoverability of U.S. and other deferred tax assets, and whether the valuation allowance should be reduced relative to the U.S. and other deferred tax assets outside the U.K. We may recognize deferred tax assets in future periods when they are estimated to be realizable, such as establishing expected continuing profitability of us or certain of our foreign subsidiaries.
 
Based on analysis of our projected future U.S. pre-tax income, we may have sufficient positive evidence within the next 12 months to release the valuation allowance currently recorded against our U.S. deferred tax assets. Currently, while we cannot guarantee that our expectations of future positive income will occur, we may recognize an income tax benefit derived from total U.S. deferred tax assets upon the release of the valuation allowance. This potential release of the valuation allowance could be affected by an ownership change as defined by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code which might limit the future use of our U.S. net operating loss carryovers and thus reduce the potential benefit of such losses in the future to offset taxable income and reduce cash outflows for income taxes.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
 
          Net Cash from Operating Activities . Net cash provided by operating activities was $38.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. Our net loss, adjusted for non-cash items, generated cash from operations of $41.7 million while changes in operating assets and liabilities represented a use of cash from operations of $3.8 million. We anticipate continuing to generate cash flows from our results of operations, or net (loss) income adjusted for non-cash items, and manage changes in operating assets and liabilities towards a net $0 change in subsequent periods. We also expect to use cash flows from operating activities to fund a portion of our capital expenditures and other requirements and to meet our other commitments and obligations, including outstanding debt, as they become due.

 
- 46 -

 
 
The primary non-cash adjustment in the year ended December 31, 2008 was $102.3 million for impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets further discussed above in the section “Results of Operations—Other Operating Expenses—Goodwill Impairment.” We also had a non-cash adjustment of $28.7 million for depreciation and amortization, which included the amortizable intangible assets acquired through the acquisition of VitalStream in 2007 and the expansion of our P-NAP and data center facilities throughout 2007 and 2008. Non-cash adjustments in 2008 also included $7.5 million for stock-based compensation expense and $5.1 million for the provision for doubtful accounts, both of which are further discussed above in the section “Results of Operations—Other Operating Expenses.” The changes in operating assets and liabilities included increases in inventory, prepaid expenses, deposits and other assets of $2.9 million, mostly due to increases in prepaid colocation setup costs and prepaid rent, as well as two initial deposits required by real estate leases. We had a decrease in accrued liabilities of $1.4 million given that we did not accrue any amounts for bonuses for the year ended December 31, 2008, which is discussed above in the section “Results of Operations—Other Operating Expenses.” We also had a net decrease in accrued restructuring of $1.1 million due primarily to scheduled cash payments during the year ended December 31, 2008. These changes were partially offset by a decrease in accounts receivable of $2.4 million. Accounts receivable as of December 31, 2007 reflected some collection delays on certain larger, high credit quality customers that tended to pay over longer terms and an increase from the migration of legacy VitalStream and other customers to our billing and systems platforms. Quarterly days sales outstanding at December 31, 2008 decreased to 40 days from 53 days at December 31, 2007. The 53 days sales outstanding at December 31, 2007 was unusually high and related to an increased accounts receivable balance, discussed below.
 
Net cash provided by operating activities was $27.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. Our net loss, adjusted for non-cash items, generated cash from operations of $32.1 million while changes in operating assets and liabilities, excluding effects of the VitalStream acquisition, represented a use of cash from operations of $4.5 million. The primary non-cash adjustment was $26.4 million for depreciation and amortization, which included the amortizable intangible assets acquired through the acquisition of VitalStream in February 2007 and the expansion of our P-NAP and data center facilities throughout 2007. Non-cash adjustments also included $8.7 million for stock-based compensation expense, which is discussed above in “—Results of Operations.” The change in working capital included an increase in accounts receivable of $15.8 million. The increase in accounts receivable resulted in quarterly days sales outstanding at December 31, 2007 increasing to 53 days from 38 days as of December 31, 2006. This increase in accounts receivable was largely due to revenue growth and also, in part, our day sales outstanding trending up from lower than historical levels at December 31, 2006. We also experienced collection delays on certain larger, high credit quality customers that tended to pay over longer terms and in conjunction with the migration of some former VitalStream and other customers to our billing and systems platforms. The change in working capital also included a net increase in accounts payable of $7.9 million due to the growth of our business, primarily attributed to the acquisition of VitalStream and our data center growth initiative. A portion of the increase was also caused by the implementation near year-end of a new telecommunications expense management system for our direct costs.
 
Net cash provided by operating activities was $29.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, and was primarily due to net income of $3.7 million adjusted for non-cash items of $25.2 million offset by changes in working capital items of $0.5 million. The changes in working capital items included net use of cash for accounts receivable of $1.7 million, inventory, prepaid expense and other assets of $1.8 million and accrued restructuring of $1.5 million. These were offset by net sources of cash in accounts payable of $3.0 million, accrued liabilities of $1.4 million and deferred revenue of $1.1 million. The increase in receivables at December 31, 2006 compared to December 31, 2005 was related to the 18% increase in revenue. Quarterly days sales outstanding at December 31, 2006 decreased to 38 days from 43 days as of December 31, 2005. The increase in payables was primarily related to the timing of payments with the 2006 balance being consistent with our normal operating expenses and payment terms.
 
          Net Cash from Investing Activities . Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $41.7 million primarily due to capital expenditures of $51.2 million, partially offset by net proceeds from the maturities and sales of short-term investments in marketable securities of $5.2 million and a decrease in restricted cash of $4.1 million. Our capital expenditures were principally for the continued expansion of our data center facilities, CDN infrastructure and upgrading our P-NAP facilities. Restricted cash decreased due to the maturity of certificates of deposit that were securing certain letters of credit, which we replaced. These letters of credit are now secured by our revolving credit facility.
 
Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2007 was $36.4 million primarily due to capital expenditures of $30.3 million and net purchases of short-term investments of $6.1 million. Our capital expenditures were principally for the expansion of our data center facilities, CDN infrastructure and upgrading our P-NAP facilities and were funded from both cash from operations and borrowings from the new credit agreement we entered into on September 14, 2007. We discuss the credit agreement in greater detail below in “Liquidity—Credit Agreement.” Investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2007 also included purchases and sales of auction rate securities.

 
- 47 -

 
 
Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $10.4 million primarily due to capital expenditures of $13.4 million. Our capital expenditures were principally for upgrading our P-NAP facilities and the expansion of our data center facilities.
 
          Net Cash from Financing Activities . Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $0.8 million, primarily for payments on capital leases of $0.8 million. We also repaid and re-borrowed $20.0 million on our credit facility to best manage net interest income and expense. We entered into the second amendment to our credit agreement on September 30, 2008. This amendment, among other things, converted our term loan balance into a loan outstanding under the revolving line of credit facility. See the discussion below in “Liquidity—Credit Agreement,” for more details of our credit agreement. As a result of these activities, we had balances of $20.0 million in notes payable and $3.5 million in capital lease obligations as of December 31, 2008 with $0.3 million in the capital leases scheduled as due within the next 12 months. We may also utilize additional borrowings under our credit agreement if we consider it economically favorable to do so. 
 
Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2007 was $15.2 million. Cash provided by financing activities was primarily due to proceeds from note payable of $19.7 million, net of discount, and proceeds from stock compensation plan activity of $8.6 million, partially offset by the repayment of prior outstanding debt of $11.3 million and payments on capital leases of $1.6 million. The proceeds from a note payable were a result of entering into the new credit agreement on September 14, 2007. As a result of these activities, we had balances of $19.8 million in a note payable (net of discount) and $1.3 million in capital lease obligations as of December 31, 2007.
 
Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $2.0 million. Cash provided by financing activities was primarily due to proceeds from stock options, employee stock purchase plan and exercise of warrants of $6.8 million offset by principal payments on a note payable of $4.4 million and payments on capital lease obligations of $0.5 million.
 
Liquidity
 
We are continuing to monitor and review our performance and operations in light of the continuing negative global economic conditions. In particular, we continue to analyze our business to control our costs, principally through making process enhancements and renegotiating network contracts for more favorable pricing and terms. A prolonged recession, if it were to occur, may have an adverse impact on spending by the businesses we serve, resulting in a decline in demand for our products and services. In addition, deteriorating economic conditions may make it more difficult for these businesses to meet their obligations to us, which could result in delayed collection of accounts receivable and an increase in our provision for doubtful accounts. To date, we have increased our provision for doubtful accounts, in part after taking into consideration current economic conditions, as discussed above. Furthermore, current instability in the market for our auction rate securities has caused us to lower our estimate of fair value for these securities, which, along with our ARS Rights described below in “—Non-Current Investments,” represented 19% of our total financial assets measured at fair value. Although we do not believe that this reduction has or will have a material adverse effect on our liquidity or capital resources, we are continuing to monitor these markets closely. We are similarly monitoring all of our short-term investments to ensure that instability in liquidity and credit markets do not adversely impact the fair value of these investments. This includes transferring investments in corporate debt securities to money market accounts and U.S. Treasury bills as the debt securities mature.
 
We expect to meet our cash requirements in 2009 through a combination of net cash provided by operating activities, existing cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments in marketable securities. We may also utilize additional borrowings under our credit agreement, especially for capital expenditures, particularly if we consider it economically favorable to do so. We may incur capital expenditures for the expansion of our P-NAP and data center facilities. Our capital requirements depend on a number of factors, including the continued market acceptance of our services and products, the ability to expand and retain our customer base and other factors. If our cash requirements vary materially from those currently planned, if our cost reduction initiatives have unanticipated adverse effects on our business or if we fail to generate sufficient cash flows from the sales of our services and products, we may require greater or additional financing sooner than anticipated. We can offer no assurance that we will be able to obtain additional financing on commercially favorable terms, or at all, and provisions in our existing credit agreement limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness. We believe we have sufficient cash to operate our business for the foreseeable future.
 
We have experienced significant impairments and operational restructurings in recent years, which include substantial changes in our senior management team, streamlining our cost structure, consolidating network access points and terminating certain non-strategic real estate leases and license arrangements. We have a history of quarterly and annual period net losses through the year ended December 31, 2008. For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, we recorded net losses of $104.8 million and $5.6 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2008, our accumulated deficit was $966.8 million. Our net loss for the year ended December 31, 2008 included $99.7 million in impairment charges for goodwill and $2.6 million in impairment charges for other intangible assets and approximately $1.0 million for adjustments to our restructuring liability. Our net loss for the year ended December 31, 2007 included $13.0 million in charges for restructuring, asset impairment, write-off of an investment and acquired in-process research and development. We do not expect to incur any of these charges on a regular basis, but we cannot guarantee that we will not incur other similar charges in the future or that we will be profitable in the future, due in part to the competitive and evolving nature of the industry in which we operate. Also, we are currently in a time of severe deteriorating economic conditions and have seen signs of slowdowns and cautious behavior from our customers. We continue to analyze our business to control our costs, principally through making process enhancements and renegotiating network contracts for more favorable pricing and terms. We may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis, and our failure to do so would adversely affect our business, including our ability to raise additional funds. 

 
- 48 -

 
 
           Short-Term Investments. Short-term investments primarily consist of high credit quality corporate debt securities, U.S. Treasury bills and commercial paper. At December 31, 2008, our balance in short-term investments was $7.2 million. All short-term investments have original maturities greater than 90 days but less than one year, are classified as available for sale and are reported at fair value.
 
          Non-Current Investments . Non-current investments include, in part, auction rate securities whose underlying assets are state-issued student and educational loans that are substantially backed by the federal government. At December 31, 2008, the carrying value of our auction rate securities was $6.4 million, all of which carried AAA/Aaa ratings as of December 31, 2008. Auction rate securities are variable rate bonds tied to short-term interest rates with maturities on the face of the securities in excess of 90 days and have interest rate resets through a modified Dutch auction, at predetermined short-term intervals, usually every seven, 28 or 35 days. The securities have historically traded at par value and are callable at par value at the option of the issuer. Interest received during a given period is based upon the interest rate determined through the auction process. Although these securities are issued and rated as long-term bonds, they have historically been priced and traded as short-term instruments because of the liquidity provided through the interest rate resets. 
 
While we continue to earn and accrue interest on our auction rate securities at contractual rates, these investments are not currently trading and therefore do not currently have a readily determinable market value. Accordingly, the estimated fair value of auction rate securities no longer approximates par value. Due to the uncertainty as to when the auction rate securities markets will improve, we have classified our auction rate securities as non-current investments as of December 31, 2008, versus short-term investments as of December 31, 2007. In the meantime, we believe we have sufficient liquidity through our cash balances, other short-term investments and available credit.
 
In October 2008, we received an offer providing us with rights, or ARS Rights, from one of our investment providers to sell at par value auction rate securities originally purchased from the investment provider ($7.2 million) at anytime during a two-year period beginning June 20, 2010. On November 14, 2008, we accepted the offer and intend to exercise the ARS Rights if we are otherwise unable to recover par value on the securities at an earlier date. At December 31, 2008, the carrying value of the ARS Rights was $0.6 million.
 
          Credit Agreement.   On September 14, 2007, we entered into a $35.0 million credit agreement with Bank of America, N.A., as the administrative agent, or the Credit Agreement. Four of our subsidiaries, VitalStream Holdings, Inc.; VitalStream, Inc.; PlayStream, Inc.; and VitalStream Advertising Services, Inc., are guarantors of the Credit Agreement. We subsequently amended the Credit Agreement on May 14, 2008 and September 30, 2008, as discussed below.
 
The Credit Agreement replaced our prior credit agreement between us and Silicon Valley Bank that was last amended on December 27, 2006. We paid off and terminated this prior credit facility concurrently with the execution of the Credit Agreement.
 
The Credit Agreement originally provided for a four-year revolving credit facility, or Revolving Credit Facility, in the aggregate amount of up to $5.0 million, which included a $5.0 million sub-limit for letters of credit. With the prior approval of the administrative agent, we could increase the total commitments by up to $15.0 million for a total commitment under the Revolving Credit Facility of $20.0 million. The Revolving Credit Facility was available to finance working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes. As of December 31, 2007, we had a total of $8.0 million of letters of credit issued (including $3.9 million which were secured by the Revolving Credit Facility and the balance secured by restricted cash) and $1.1 million in borrowing capacity on the Revolving Credit Facility. There were no amounts outstanding on the Revolving Credit Facility as of December 31, 2007.
 
The Credit Agreement also originally provided for a term loan in the amount of $30.0 million, or the Term Loan. We borrowed $20.0 million concurrently with the closing and used a portion of the proceeds from the Term Loan to pay off the prior credit agreement. The Term Loan had $10.0 million in borrowing capacity as of December 31, 2007.
 
The interest rate on the Revolving Credit Facility and Term Loan was a tiered LIBOR-based rate that depended on our 12-month trailing EBITDA. As of December 31, 2007, the interest rate was 7.075%.
 
The net proceeds received from the Term Loan were reduced by $0.3 million for fees paid to Bank of America and its agents. We treated these fees as a debt discount and recorded less than $0.1 million of related amortization during the year ended December 31, 2007. As of December 31, 2007, the balance on the Term Loan, net of the discount, was $19.8 million. We incurred other costs of less than $0.1 million in connection with entering into the Credit Agreement, which we recorded as debt issue costs.

 
- 49 -

 
 
As a result of the transactions discussed above, we recorded a loss on extinguishment of prior debt of less than $0.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2007. The loss on extinguishment of debt is included in the caption “Interest expense” within the “Non-operating (income) expense” section of the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
 
Also during the year ended December 31, 2007, we paid off the term loans and line of credit issued pursuant to the loan and security agreement assumed in the VitalStream acquisition, as discussed in note 3 of the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
 
We subsequently amended the Credit Agreement on May 14, 2008 and September 30, 2008, or the Amendment (the Credit Agreement along with the Amendment is referred to as the Amended Credit Agreement). The Amendment modified the original Credit Amendment as follows:
     
 
converted the outstanding Term Loan balance of $20.0 million as of September 30, 2008 into a loan under the Revolving Credit Facility;
 
terminated the Term Loan under the Credit Agreement;
 
increased the total Revolving Credit Commitment (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement) from $5.0 million to $35.0 million;
 
increased the Letter of Credit Sublimit (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement) from $5.0 million to $7.0 million;
 
provided us and Bank of America with an option to enter into a lease financing agreement not to exceed $10.0 million; and
 
modified certain covenants and definitions.
 
Because the Amendment caused the Revolving Credit Facility to have substantially different terms than the Term Loan, it is considered an extinguishment of debt. We recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt in the amount of $0.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2008. The loss on extinguishment of debt is included in the caption “Interest expense” within the “Non-operating (income) expense” section of the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. We also incurred other costs of less than $0.1 million in connection with the Amendment, which we recorded as debt issue costs and will amortize over the remaining term of the Amended Credit Agreement.
 
The interest rate on the Amended Credit Agreement as of December 31, 2008 was 3.0% and is based on Bank of America’s prime rate less a 0.25% margin. The principal amount of $20.0 million is due September 14, 2011. As of December 31, 2008, we had a total of $4.2 million of letters of credit issued and $10.8 million in borrowing capacity on the Revolving Credit Facility. In January 2009, we repaid $19.8 million of the outstanding balance.
 
The Amended Credit Agreement includes customary representations, warranties, negative and affirmative covenants (including certain financial covenants relating to a net funded debt to EBITDA ratio, a debt service coverage ratio and a minimum liquidity requirement, as well as a prohibition against paying dividends, limitations on unfunded capital expenditures of $55.0 million for 2008 and $25.0 million or an amount to be mutually agreed upon for 2009 through 2011), customary events of default and certain default provisions that could result in acceleration of the Amended Credit Agreement. As of December 31, 2008, we were in compliance with the various covenants in the Amended Credit Agreement.
 
Our obligations under the Amended Credit Agreement are pledged, pursuant to a pledge and security agreement and an intellectual property security agreement, by substantially all of our assets including the capital stock of our domestic subsidiaries and 65% of the capital stock of our foreign subsidiaries.
 
          Capital Leases. Our future minimum lease payments on remaining capital lease obligations at December 31, 2008 totaled $9.4 million.
 
          Commitments and Other Obligations. We have commitments and other obligations that are contractual in nature and will represent a use of cash in the future unless there are modifications to the terms of those agreements. Service commitments primarily represent purchase commitments made to our largest bandwidth vendors and contractual payments to license data center space used for resale to customers. Our ability to improve cash used in operations in the future would be negatively impacted if we do not grow our business at a rate that would allow us to offset the service commitments with corresponding revenue growth.

 
- 50 -

 
 
The following table summarizes our credit obligations and future contractual commitments as of December 31, 2008 (in thousands):
 
   
     Payments Due by Period
 
   
Total
   
Less than
1 year
   
1- 3
Years
   
3-5
Years
   
More
than 5
years
 
                               
Revolving line of credit (1)
  $ 21,623     $ 600     $ 21,023     $     $  
Capital lease obligations
    9,441       822       1,130       1,150       6,339  
Operating lease commitments
    216,125       25,624       51,898       51,721       86,882  
Service commitments
    27,085       20,866       6,219              
                                         
    $ 274,274     $ 47,912     $ 80,270     $ 52,871     $ 93,221  
____________________
(1)
As noted in the section captioned “ Credit Agreement,” the interest rate on the Revolving Credit Facility is based on our bank’s prime rate less a 0.25% margin. As of December 31, 2008, the interest rate was 3.0% and the projected interest included in the debt payments above incorporates this rate. We subsequently paid $19.8 million on the Revolving Credit Facility in January 2009 which would significantly lower the projected interest included above. We plan to borrow on the Revolving Credit Facility from time-to-time particularly if we consider it economically favorable to do so.
 
          Common and Preferred Stock. Our Certificate of Incorporation designates 60 million shares of common stock and 20 million shares of preferred stock.
 
We issued approximately 12.2 million shares of our common stock to the former stockholders of VitalStream in connection with the acquisition, which closed on February 20, 2007.
 
On July 10, 2006, we implemented a one-for-10 reverse stock split and amended our Certificate of Incorporation to reduce our authorized shares of common stock from 600 million to 60 million. We began trading on a post-reverse split basis on July 11, 2006. All share and per share information herein (including shares outstanding, earnings per share and warrant and stock option data) have been retroactively adjusted for all periods presented to reflect this reverse split.
 
At the time of the reverse stock split, the number of authorized shares of preferred stock was not similarly reduced. We intended the reverse stock split to reduce the authorized number of shares of preferred stock. Accordingly, effective June 19, 2008, we reduced the number of authorized shares of preferred stock from 200 million shares to 20 million shares. Of the resulting 20 million authorized shares of preferred stock, 19.5 million shares are blank check preferred stock, the terms and conditions of which our board of directors may designate. Our board of directors previously designated the remaining 0.5 million shares of preferred stock as series B preferred stock pursuant to a certificate of designation of rights, preferences and privileges on April 11, 2007. As of December 31, 2008, no shares of preferred stock were issued or outstanding.
 
In June 2006, our stockholders approved a repricing of certain outstanding options under our existing equity incentive plans. Options with an exercise price per share greater than or equal to $13.00 were eligible for the repricing. We implemented the repricing through an exchange program under which eligible participants were offered the opportunity to exchange their eligible options for new options to purchase shares. Each new option had substantially the same terms and conditions as the eligible options cancelled except as follows:
     
 
The exercise price per share of each replacement option granted in the exchange offer was $14.46, the average of the closing prices of our common stock as reported by the American Stock Exchange and the NASDAQ Global Market, as applicable, for the 15 consecutive trading days ending immediately prior to the grant date of the replacement options;
     
 
For all eligible options with an exercise price per share greater than or equal to $20.00, the exchange ratio was one-for-two; and
     
 
Each new option had a three-year vesting period, vesting in equal monthly installments over three years, so long as the grantee continued to be a full-time employee and a 10-year term.
 
Employees eligible to participate in the exchange offer tendered, and we accepted for cancellation, eligible options to purchase an aggregate of 344,987 shares of common stock, representing 49.4% of the total shares of common stock underlying options eligible for exchange in the exchange offer. We issued replacement options to purchase an aggregate of 179,043 shares of common stock in exchange for the cancellation of the tendered eligible options.

 
- 51 -

 
 
 
Short-Term Investments in Marketable Securities
 
Short-term investments primarily consist of high credit quality corporate debt securities, U.S. Treasury bills and commercial paper. All of our investments have original maturities greater than 90 days but less than one year. All short-term investments are classified as available for sale and reported at fair value. Due to the short-term nature of our investments in marketable securities, we do not believe that we have any material exposure to market risk changes in interest rates. We estimate that a change in the effective yield of 100 basis points would change our interest income by $0.1 million per year.
 
Auction Rate Securities and ARS Rights
 
Auction rate securities are variable rate bonds tied to short-term interest rates with maturities on the face of the securities in excess of 90 days and have interest rate resets through a modified Dutch auction, at predetermined short-term intervals, usually every seven, 28 or 35 days. They have historically traded at par value and are callable at par value on any interest payment date at the option of the issuer. Interest received during a given period is based upon the interest rate determined through the auction process. Although these securities are issued and rated as long-term bonds, they have historically been priced and traded as short-term instruments because of the liquidity provided through the interest rate resets. 
 
While we continue to earn and accrue interest on our auction rate securities at contractual rates, these investments are not currently trading and therefore do not currently have a readily determinable market value. Accordingly, the estimated fair value of auction rate securities no longer approximates par value. Due to the uncertainty as to when the auction rate securities markets will improve, we have classified our auction rate securities as non-current investments as of December 31, 2008, versus short-term investments as of December 31, 2007. Our accompanying consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2008 also includes a net reduction in fair value of $0.8 million related to these investments. In the meantime, we believe we have sufficient liquidity through our cash balances, other short-term investments and available credit.
 
In October 2008, we received and subsequently accepted an offer providing us with rights, or ARS Rights, from one of our investment providers to sell at par value auction rate securities originally purchased from the investment provider ($7.2 million) at anytime during a two-year period beginning June 30, 2010. As described in note 6, we recorded the ARS Rights as a free standing asset separate from the auction rate securities. In conjunction with our acceptance of the ARS Rights, we elected to measure the ARS Rights at fair value under SFAS No. 159. Also, in conjunction with our acceptance of the ARS Rights, we changed the investment classification of our auction rate securities to trading from available for sale. We expect that future changes in the fair value of the ARS Rights will approximate fair value movements in the related auction rate securities.
 
As of December 31, 2008, the estimated fair values of our auction rate securities and the ARS Rights were $6.4 million and $0.6 million, respectively. We estimate that a change in the effective yield of 100 basis points in the auction rate securities and ARS Rights would change our interest income by $0.1 million per year.
 
Other Investments
 
We have invested $4.1 million in Internap Japan, our joint venture with NTT-ME Corporation and NTT Holdings. We account for this investment using the equity-method and to date we have recognized $3.1 million in equity-method losses, representing our proportionate share of the aggregate joint venture losses and income. Furthermore, the joint venture investment is subject to foreign currency exchange rate risk. The market for services offered by Internap Japan has not been proven and may never materialize.
 
Interest Rate Risk
 
Our objective in managing interest rate risk is to maintain favorable long-term fixed rate or a balance of fixed and variable rate debt that will lower our overall borrowing costs within reasonable risk parameters. Currently, our strategy for managing interest rate risk does not include the use of derivative securities. As of December 31, 2008, our long-term debt consisted of a Revolving Credit Facility of $20.0 million with an interest rate of 3.0% and is based on our bank’s prime rate less a 0.25% margin. The principal amount of $20.0 million is due September 14, 2011. We estimate that a change in the interest rate of 100 basis points would change our interest expense and payments by $0.2 million per year,  assuming we maintain a comparable amount of outstanding principal throughout the year. We subsequently paid $19.8 million on the Revolving Credit Facility in January 2009 and plan to borrow on the Revolving Credit Facility from time-to-time particularly if we consider it economically favorable to do so.
 
Foreign Currency Risk
 
Substantially all of our revenue is currently in U.S. dollars and from customers primarily in the U.S. We do not believe, therefore, that we currently have any significant direct foreign currency exchange rate risk.

 
- 52 -

 
 
 
Our accompanying consolidated financial statements, financial statement schedule and the report of our independent registered public accounting firm appear in Part IV of this Form 10-K. Our report on internal controls over financial reporting appear in Item 9A of this Form 10-K.
 
 
None.
 
 
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
 
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed under the Exchange Act, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported with the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Management necessarily has applied its judgment in assessing the costs and benefits of such controls and procedures, which, by nature, can provide only reasonable assurance regarding management’s control objectives. Our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, does not expect that our disclosure controls can prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. There are inherent limitations in all control systems, including the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error, mistake or collusion. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events. While our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to be effective under circumstances where they should reasonably be expected to operate effectively, we can offer no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Because of the inherent limitations in any control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and may not be detected.
 
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined under Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act. Based on this evaluation, our chief executive officer and our chief financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2008 to provide reasonable assurance.
 
Report of Management on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, or COSO.
 
Based on our evaluation under the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by COSO, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2008. The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.
 
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
 
During the quarter ended December 31, 2008, the only changes in our internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting are discussed below. These changes include enhancing our existing controls for the analysis of requests for sales adjustments, which include but are not limited to, the following additional processes and controls:

 
A single, common logging system, or portal, for customers to record all disputes, disconnects and requests for credits,
 
A weekly review of a customer request log with appropriate designated management and approval pursuant to the schedule of authorization, and
 
A review by the appropriate designated finance management personnel of the accounting estimates developed from the relevant, sufficient, and reliable data collected above.

The portal provides management with a more complete repository of customer issues for assessing sales credits’ impact on revenues. Since the second quarter of 2008, designated management has met weekly to review and analyze the information collected by the portal, along with other sources of related information, to resolve all customer disputes and requests for credits. The results of these weekly meetings assist finance personnel in determining appropriate accounting estimates by providing more timely and pertinent information. In addition, we continued to develop an automated process to monitor customer usage patterns as a means to better manage customer billing disputes. In the fourth quarter of 2008, we completed our testing of these processes and controls, concluding that we have remediated the material weakness in our analysis of requests for sales adjustments.
 
 
None.

 
- 53 -

 
 
 
 
Information regarding our directors and executive officers will be included in our definitive proxy statement for our 2009 annual meeting of stockholders, which will be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this report, and is incorporated in this Form 10-K by reference.
 
Code of Conduct
 
We have adopted a code of conduct that applies to our officers and all of our employees, which includes an addendum that applies to our senior executive and financial officers. A copy of the code of conduct is available on our website at www.internap.com . We will furnish copies without charge upon request at the following address: Internap Network Services Corporation, Attn: General Counsel, 250 Williams Street, Atlanta, Georgia 30303.
 
If we make any amendments to the code of conduct other than technical, administrative or other non-substantive amendments, or grant any waivers, including implicit waivers, from the addendum to this code, we will disclose the nature of the amendment or waiver, its effective date and to whom it applies on our website or in a current report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC.
 
 
The information under the captions, “Executive Officers and Compensation” and “Compensation Committee Report” contained in our definitive proxy statement for our 2009 annual meeting of stockholders, which will be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this report, is hereby incorporated in this Form 10-K by reference.
 
 
The information under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” contained in our definitive proxy statement for our 2009 annual meeting of stockholders, which will be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this report, is hereby incorporated in this Form 10-K by reference.
 
 
The information under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” contained in our definitive proxy statement for our 2009 annual meeting of stockholders, which will be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this report, hereby is incorporated in this Form 10-K by reference.
 
 
The information under the caption “Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in our definitive proxy statement for our 2009 annual meeting of stockholders, which will be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this report, is hereby incorporated in this Form 10-K by reference.

 
- 54 -

 
 
 
   
(a)
Documents filed as a part of the report:

 
(1)
Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
The following consolidated financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries are filed herewith:
       
     
Page
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
F-2
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations
 
F-3
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
F-4
 
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Loss
 
F-5
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
 
F-6
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
F-8

 
(2)
Financial Statement Schedule.
 
The following financial statement schedule of the Company and its subsidiaries is filed herewith:
     
   
Page
Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the Three Years Ended December 31, 2008
 
S-1

     
 
(3)
Index to Exhibits.

     
Exhibit 
   
Number
 
Description
2.1
 
Agreement and Plan of Merger dated October 12, 2006, by and among the Company, Ivy Acquisition Corp. and VitalStream Holdings, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on October 12, 2006).
     
3.1
 
Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3, filed on September 8, 2003, File No. 333-108573).
     
3.2
 
Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 11, 2006).
     
3.3
 
Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of the Company dated June 19, 2008 (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2008, filed on August 11, 2008).
     
3.4
 
Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3, filed September 8, 2003, File No. 333-108573).
     
3.5
 
Certificate of Designation of Rights, Preferences and Privileges of Series B Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 3.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 13, 2007).
     
4.1
 
Rights Agreement, dated as of April 11, 2007, between the Company and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Rights Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on April 13, 2007).
     
10.1
 
Amended and Restated Internap Network Services Corporation 1998 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan.* +
     
10.2
 
Internap Network Services Corporation 1999 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan.* +
     
10.3
 
First Amendment to the Internap Network Services Corporation 1999 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan.* +
     
10.4
 
Internap Network Services Corporation 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-84035 dated July 29, 1999).+
     
10.5
 
Amended and Restated Internap Network Services Corporation 1999 Stock Incentive Plan for Non-Officers.* +

 
- 55 -

 

     
10.6
 
Amended Internap Network Services Corporation 1999 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-95503 dated January 27, 2000).+
     
10.7
 
Form of 1999 Equity Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-84035 dated July 29, 1999).+
     
10.8
 
Internap Network Services Corporation 2000 Non-Officer Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, File No. 333-37400 dated May 19, 2000).+
     
10.9
 
Internap Network Services Corporation 2002 Stock Compensation Plan.* +
     
10.10
 
Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement under the Internap Network Services Corporation 2002 Stock Compensation Plan.* +
     
10.11
 
Form of Employee Confidentiality, Nonraiding and Noncompetition Agreement used between Company and its Executive Officers (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-84035 dated July 29, 1999).+
     
10.12
 
Amended and Restated 2005 Incentive Stock Plan, dated March 15, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Appendix B to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement filed May 8, 2008).+
     
10.13
 
Employment Agreement dated as of July 10, 2007 between the Company and James DeBlasio (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on July 11, 2007).+
     
 10.14
 
First Amendment to Employment Agreement between James P. DeBlasio and the Company dated November 14, 2007 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on November 19, 2007).+
     
 10.15
 
Amended and Restated 2004 Internap Network Services Corporation Employee Stock Purchase Plan, dated January 11, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006, filed on May 10, 2006).+
     
 10.16
 
Form of Stock Grant Certificate under the Amended and Restated Internap Network Services Corporation 2005 Incentive Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006, filed on August 8, 2006).+
     
 10.17
 
Form of Stock Option Grant Certificate under the Amended and Restated Internap Network Services Corporation 2005 Incentive Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006, filed on August 8, 2006).+
     
10.18
 
VitalStream Holdings, Inc. 2001 Stock Incentive Plan (Third Amended and Restated) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, File No. 333-141245 , filed on March 13, 2007).+
     
10.19
 
General Release Agreement dated as of April 9, 2008 between the Company and Vincent Molinaro (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on April 18, 2008).+
     
10.20
 
2007 Executive Bonus Award Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2007, filed on May 10, 2007).+
     
10.21
 
Amendment to the 2007 Executive Bonus Award Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.6 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on November 19, 2007).+
     
10.22
 
2008 Executive Bonus Award Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed March 24, 2008).+
     
10.23
 
2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed March 24, 2008).+
     
10.24
 
Credit Agreement dated as of September 14, 2007 by and among the Company, as the Borrower, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, and the other Lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on September 19, 2007).

 
- 56 -

 

     
10.25
 
Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of September 14, 2007 among the Company, and certain of its Subsidiaries party thereto from time to time, as Grantors, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on September 19, 2007).
     
10.26
 
Intellectual Property Security Agreement dated as of September 14, 2007 among the Company, and certain of its Subsidiaries party thereto from time to time, as Grantors, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on September 19, 2007).
     
10.27
 
Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement entered into as of May 14, 2008 by and among Bank of America, N.A. as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender, L/C Issuer and sole Lender, the Company and the Subsidiaries of the Company party thereto as Guarantors (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed May 16, 2008).
     
10.28
 
Amendment No. 2 dated September 30, 2008 to Credit Agreement, dated as of September 14, 2007, by and among the Company, as the Borrower, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, and the other Lenders party thereto (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed October 6, 2008).
     
10.29
 
Joinder Agreement to the Employment Security Plan executed by Richard Dobb (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on November 19, 2007).+
     
10.30
 
Joinder Agreement to the Employment Security Plan executed by Phil Kaplan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on November 19, 2007).+
     
10.31
 
Joinder Agreement to the Employment Security Plan executed by Vince Molinaro (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on November 19, 2007).+
     
10.32
 
Joinder Agreement to the Employment Security Plan executed by George E. Kilguss (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on March 28, 2008).+
     
10.33
 
Joinder Agreement to the Employment Security Plan executed by Tim Sullivan. +
     
10.34
 
Offer Letter between the Company and Eric Cooney, dated January 16, 2009 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on February 2, 2009).+
     
10.35
 
Joinder Agreement to the Employment Security Plan executed by Eric Cooney (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on February 2, 2009).+
     
10.36
 
Agreement between the Company and James P. DeBlasio, dated January 29, 2009 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on February 2, 2009). +
     
21.1
 
List of Subsidiaries (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 21.1 to the Company’s Form 10-K, filed on March 31, 2008).
     
23.1*
 
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
     
31.1*
 
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification, executed James P. DeBlasio, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director the Company.
     
31.2*
 
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification, executed by George Kilguss, III, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company.
     
32.1*
 
Section 1350 Certification, executed by James P. DeBlasio, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director the Company.
     
32.2*
 
Section 1350 Certification, executed by George Kilguss, III, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company.

     
   
     
*
Documents filed herewith.
   
+
Management contracts and compensatory plans and arrangements required to be filed as exhibits pursuant to Item 15(c) of this Report.

 
- 57 -

 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Company has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
       
 
INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION
 
Date: March 12, 2009
     
 
By:
/s/ George E. Kilguss, III
 
   
George E. Kilguss, III
 
   
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
   
(Principal Accounting Officer)
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Company and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:
         
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
         
/s/ James P. DeBlasio
       
James P. DeBlasio
 
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)
 
March 12, 2009
         
         
/s/ George E. Kilguss, III
       
George E. Kilguss, III
 
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)
 
March 12, 2009
         
/s/ Eugene Eidenberg        
Eugene Eidenberg
 
Non-Executive Chairman and Director
 
March 12, 2009
         
/s/ Charles B. Coe        
Charles B. Coe
 
Director
 
March 12, 2009
         
/s/ William J. Harding        
William J. Harding
 
Director
 
March 12, 2009
         
/s/ Patricia L. Higgins        
Patricia L. Higgins
 
Director
 
March 12, 2009
         
/s/ Kevin L. Ober        
Kevin L. Ober
 
Director
 
March 12, 2009
         
/s/ Gary Pfeiffer        
Gary Pfeiffer
 
Director
 
March 12, 2009
         
/s/ Daniel C. Stanzione        
Daniel C. Stanzione
 
Director
 
March 12, 2009

 
- 58 -

 
 

     
Internap Network Services Corporation
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
     
   
Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
F-2
Consolidated Statements of Operations
 
F-3
Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
F-4
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive (Loss) Income
 
F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
 
F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
F-8
Financial Statement Schedule
 
S-1
 
 
F-1

 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Internap Network Services Corporation:
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Internap Network Services Corporation and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule, and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
 
As discussed in Notes 2 and 6 to the consolidated financial statements, in 2008 the Company changed the manner in which it measures fair value of financial assets and liabilities in accordance with SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements and SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities . Additionally, as discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for share-based compensation in 2006 and the manner in which it accounts for uncertain tax positions in 2007.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Atlanta, Georgia
March 12, 2009

 
F-2

 

 
INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
                   
   
  Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Revenues:
                 
Internet protocol (IP) services
  $ 123,268     $ 122,205     $ 112,250  
Data center services
    109,679       83,632       56,548  
Content delivery network (CDN) services
    21,042       17,806        
Other
          10,447       12,577  
                         
Total revenues
    253,989       234,090       181,375  
Operating costs and expenses:
                       
Direct costs of network, sales and services, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, shown below:
                       
IP services
    45,782       43,925       40,723  
Data center services
    82,009       59,439       46,474  
CDN services
    8,086       6,594        
Other
          8,436       10,141  
Direct costs of amortization of acquired technologies
    6,649       4,165       516  
Direct costs of customer support
    16,217       16,547       11,566  
Product development
    8,477       6,564       4,475  
Sales and marketing
    30,888       31,533       27,173  
General and administrative
    30,675       30,251       21,556  
Provision for doubtful accounts
    5,083       2,261       548  
Depreciation and amortization
    23,865       22,242       15,856  
Goodwill impairment
    99,700              
Restructuring and other impairments
    1,741       11,349       323  
Acquired in-process research and development
          450        
Gain on disposals of property and equipment
    (16 )     (5 )     (113 )
Other
          50        
                         
Total operating costs and expenses
    359,156       243,801       179,238  
                         
(Loss) income from operations
    (105,167 )     (9,711 )     2,137  
                         
Non-operating (income) expense:
                       
Interest income
    (1,884 )     (3,228 )     (2,305 )
Interest expense
    1,251       1,150       883  
Write-off of investment
          1,178        
Other, net
    388       (37 )     (129 )
                         
Total non-operating (income) expense
    (245 )     (937 )     (1,551 )
                         
(Loss) income before income taxes and equity in earnings of equity-method investment
    (104,922 )     (8,774 )     3,688  
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    174       (3,080 )     145  
Equity in earnings of equity-method investment, net of taxes
    (283 )     (139 )     (114 )
                         
Net (loss) income
  $ (104,813 )   $ (5,555 )   $ 3,657  
                         
Net (loss) income per share:
                       
Basic
  $ (2.13 )   $ (0.12 )   $ 0.11  
Diluted
  $ (2.13 )   $ (0.12 )   $ 0.10  
Weighted average shares used in per share calculations:
                       
Basic
    49,238       46,942       34,748  
Diluted
    49,238       46,942       35,739  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 
F-3

 

 
INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 

             
   
December 31,
 
   
2008
   
2007
 
ASSETS
           
Current assets:
           
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 46,870     $ 52,030  
Short-term investments in marketable securities
    7,199       19,569  
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $2,777 and $2,351, respectively
    28,634       36,429  
Inventory
    381       304  
Prepaid expenses and other assets
    10,866       8,464  
Deferred tax asset, current portion
    1       479  
                 
Total current assets
    93,951       117,275  
                 
Property and equipment, net
    97,350       65,491  
Investments and other related assets, $7,027 and $0, respectively measured at fair value
    8,650       1,138  
Intangible assets, net
    33,942       43,008  
Goodwill
    90,977       190,677  
Restricted cash
          4,120  
Deposits and other assets
    2,763       2,287  
Deferred tax asset, non-current
    2,450       3,014  
                 
Total assets
  $ 330,083     $ 427,010  
                 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
Current liabilities:
               
Note payable, current portion
  $     $ 2,413  
Accounts payable
    19,642       19,624  
Accrued liabilities
    8,756       10,159  
Deferred revenues, current portion
    3,710       4,807  
Capital lease obligations, current portion
    274       805  
Restructuring liability, current portion
    2,800       2,396  
Other current liabilities
    116       108  
                 
Total current liabilities
    35,298       40,312  
                 
Note payable, less current portion
    20,000       17,354  
Deferred revenues, less current portion
    2,248       2,275  
Capital lease obligations, less current portion
    3,244       452  
Restructuring liability, less current portion
    6,222       7,697  
Deferred rent
    14,114       11,011  
Deferred tax liability
          398  
Other long-term liabilities
    762       878  
                 
Total liabilities
    81,888       80,377  
                 
Commitments and contingencies
               
                 
Stockholders’ equity:
               
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 20,000 shares authorized; no shares issued or outstanding
           
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 60,000 shares authorized; 50,224 and 49,759 shares outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively
    50       50  
Additional paid-in capital
    1,216,267       1,208,191  
Treasury stock, at cost, 83 shares at December 31, 2008
    (370 )      
Accumulated deficit
    (966,823 )     (862,010 )
Accumulated items of other comprehensive income
    (929 )     402  
                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    248,195       346,633  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 330,083     $ 427,010  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 
F-4

 
 
INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME
For the Three Years Ended December 31, 2008
(In thousands)
 
    Common Stock      
      Shares       Par Value       Additional Paid-In Capital       Treasury Stock       Deferred Stock Compensation       Accumulated Deficit       Accumulated Items of Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 
    Total Stockholders’ Equity    
Balance, December 31, 2005
 
 
34,168
 
$
34
 
$
970,221
 
$
 
$
(420
)
$
(860,112
)
$
5
 
$
109,728
 
Net income
   
   
   
   
   
   
3,657
   
   
3,657
 
Change in unrealized gains and losses on investments, net of taxes
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
80
   
80
 
Foreign currency translation adjustment
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
235
   
235
 
Total comprehensive income
                                             
3,972
 
Reclassification of deferred stock compensation resulting from implementation of SFAS No. 123R
   
   
   
(420
)
 
   
420
   
   
   
 
Stock compensation plans activity and stock-based compensation expense
   
1,154
   
2
   
9,015
   
   
   
   
   
9,017
 
Exercise of warrants
   
551
   
   
3,808
   
   
   
   
   
3,808
 
                                                   
Balance, December 31, 2006
   
35,873
   
36
   
982,624
   
   
   
(856,455
)
 
320
   
126,525
 
Net loss
   
   
   
   
   
   
(5,555
)
 
   
(5,555
)
Change in unrealized gains and losses on investments, net of taxes
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
(25
)
 
(25
)
Foreign currency translation adjustment
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
107
   
107
 
Total comprehensive loss
                                             
(5,473
)
Stock issued in connection with VitalStream acquisition
   
12,206
   
12
   
208,281
   
   
   
   
   
208,293
 
Stock compensation plans activity and stock-based compensation expense
   
1,680
   
2
   
17,286
   
   
   
   
   
17,288
 
                                                   
Balance, December 31, 2007
   
49,759
   
50
   
1,208,191
   
   
   
(862,010
)
 
402
   
346,633
 
Net loss
   
   
   
   
   
   
(104,813
)
 
   
(104,813
)
Change in unrealized gains and losses on investments, net of taxes
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
(29
)
 
(29
)
Foreign currency translation adjustment
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
(1,302
)
 
(1,302
)
Total comprehensive loss
   
 
 
                                     
(106,144
Stock compensation plans activity and stock-based compensation expense
   
465
   
   
8,076
   
(370
)
 
   
   
   
7,706
 
                                                   
Balance, December 31, 2008
   
50,224
 
$
50
 
$
1,216,267
 
$
(370
)
$
 
$
(966,823
)
$
(929
)
$
248,195
 
 
See note 2 for information on effect of one-for-10 reverse stock split in July 2006.
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 
F-5

 
 
INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)
                   
   
  Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
                 
Net (loss) income
  $ (104,813 )   $ (5,555 )   $ 3,657  
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    28,663       26,407       16,372  
Gain on disposal of property and equipment, net
    (16 )     (5 )     (113 )
Goodwill and other intangible asset impairments
    102,336       2,454       319  
Acquired in-process research and development
          450        
Stock-based compensation expense
    7,499       8,681       5,942  
Write-off of investment
          1,178        
Equity in earnings from equity-method investment
    (283 )     (139 )     (114 )
Provision for doubtful accounts
    5,083       2,261       548  
Non-cash changes in deferred rent
    3,102       (421 )     2,247  
Deferred income taxes
    644       (3,095 )      
Other, net
    (477 )     (150 )      
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, excluding effects of acquisition:
                       
Accounts receivable
    2,424       (15,825 )     (1,702 )
Inventory, prepaid expenses, deposits and other assets
    (2,919 )     (2,182 )     (1,778 )
Accounts payable
    18       7,920       3,010  
Accrued and other liabilities
    (1,404 )     (2,466 )     1,422  
Deferred revenue
    (836 )     2,704       1,070  
Accrued restructuring liability
    (1,070 )     5,309       (1,493 )
                         
Net cash flows provided by operating activities
    37,951       27,526       29,387  
                         
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
Purchases of investments in marketable securities
    (21,422 )     (38,508 )     (17,427 )
Maturities and sales of investments in marketable securities
    26,591       32,395       20,277  
Purchases of property and equipment
    (51,154 )     (30,271 )     (13,382 )
Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment
    175       5       133  
Cash received from acquisition, net of costs incurred for the transaction
          3,203        
Change in restricted cash, excluding effects of acquisition
    4,120       (3,217 )      
                         
Net cash flows used in investing activities
    (41,690 )     (36,393 )     (10,399 )

 
F-6

 
 
INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Continued)
(In thousands)
                   
   
  Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Cash flows from financing activities:
                 
Proceeds from notes payable, net of discount
    20,000       19,742        
Principal payments on notes payable
    (20,000 )     (11,318 )     (4,375 )
Payments on capital lease obligations
    (807 )     (1,617 )     (538 )
Debt issuance costs
    (14 )     (65 )      
Stock-based compensation plans
    108       8,582       3,031  
Proceeds from exercise of warrants
                3,808  
Other, net
    (108 )     (84 )     31  
                         
Net cash flows (used in) provided by financing activities
    (821 )     15,240       1,957  
                         
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents
    (600 )     66       212  
                         
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
    (5,160 )     6,439       21,157  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    52,030       45,591       24,434  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 46,870     $ 52,030     $ 45,591  
                         
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
                       
Common stock issued and stock options assumed in VitalStream acquisition
  $     $ 208,293     $  
Cash paid for interest, net of amounts capitalized
    1,403       1,152       793  
Cash paid for income taxes
    361       103       149  
Non-cash acquisition of property and equipment
    3,069       148       162  
Capitalized stock-based compensation
    97       25       44  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 
F-7

 
 
INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
   
1.
DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPANY AND NATURE OF OPERATIONS
 
Internap Network Services Corporation (“Internap,” “we,” “us,” “our,” or the “Company”) delivers high performance and reliable Internet solutions through a suite of network optimization and delivery products and services. These solutions and our technical support enable companies to migrate business-critical applications, including audio and video streaming and monetization services, to the Internet. Our suite of products and services support a broad range of Internet applications. We serve both domestic and international customers in the entertainment and media, financial services, healthcare, travel, e-commerce, retail and technology. Our product and service offerings are complemented by Internet Protocol, or IP, access solutions such as colocation and data center services, content delivery networks, or CDN, and managed security. We deliver services through our 64 service points across North America, Europe, Asia, India and Australia. Our Private Network Access Points, or P-NAPs, feature multiple direct high-speed connections to multiple major Internet backbones, also referred to as network service providers or NSPs, including AT&T Inc.; Sprint Nextel Corporation; Verizon Communications Inc.; Global Crossing Limited; and Level 3 Communications, Inc. We operate in three business segments: IP services, data center services and CDN services. Prior to February 2007, we operated as a single business segment.
 
The nature of our business subjects us to certain risks and uncertainties frequently encountered by rapidly evolving markets. These risks are described in “Risk Factors” in this Form 10-K.
 
Although we have been in existence since 1996, we have incurred significant operational restructurings in recent years, which have included substantial changes in our senior management team, streamlining our cost structure, consolidating network access points and terminating certain non-strategic real estate leases and license arrangements. We have a history of quarterly and annual period net losses through the year ended December 31, 2005. For the year ended December 31, 2006, we recognized net income in each quarter. For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, we recognized net losses of $104.8 million and $5.6 million, respectively. At December 31, 2008, our accumulated deficit was $966.8 million. However, for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, we generated net cash flows from operating activities of $38.0 million, $27.5 million and $29.4 million, respectively.
   
2.
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
Accounting Principles
 
The consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP. The consolidated financial statements include our accounts and those of our wholly-owned subsidiaries. Significant inter-company transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
Estimates and Assumptions
 
The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expense and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, doubtful accounts, cost-basis investments, auction rate securities, goodwill and intangible assets, accruals, stock-based compensation, income taxes, restructuring costs, long-term service contracts, contingencies and litigation. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ materially from these estimates.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
We consider all highly-liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase and money market mutual funds to be cash equivalents. We invest our cash and cash equivalents with major financial institutions and may at times exceed federally insured limits. We believe that the risk of loss is minimal. To date, we have not experienced any losses related to cash and cash equivalents.

 
F-8

 
INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 
Restricted Cash
 
Restricted cash represented time deposits used to secure letters of credit on certain of our real estate leases and a capital lease for equipment in 2007. The letters of credit for the real estate leases were secured by our former credit agreement with Silicon Valley Bank and were in the process of being secured under the original Credit Agreement executed in 2007. We assumed the letter of credit securing the capital lease for equipment in the VitalStream acquisition. As of December 31, 2008, we had no restricted cash, as these letters of credit were secured by our Amended Credit Agreement, which is defined and described below in note 11.
 
Investments in Marketable Securities
 
We determine the appropriate classification of all marketable securities at the time of purchase, and re-evaluate such classification as of each reporting period. Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value, with the unrealized gains and losses reported in other comprehensive (loss) income, a component of stockholders’equity in our accompanying consolidated balance sheets. We also review available-for-sale securities each reporting period for declines in value that we consider to be other-than-temporary and, if appropriate, write down the securities to their estimated fair value. Any declines in value judged to be other-than-temporary on available-for-sale securities are included in “Non-operating (income) expense” in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Trading securities are carried at fair value with all changes in fair value reported in “Non-operating (income) expense” in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method. At December 31, 2008, the fair value of our short-term investments in marketable securities was $7.2 million, all designated as available for sale, and the fair value of our non-current investments in marketable securities was $6.4 million, all designated as trading. At December 31, 2007, we had $19.6 million of investments in marketable securities, all of which were classified as short-term and designated as available for sale. See note 5 for further discussion of our investments.
 
Other Investments
 
We account for investments that provide us with the ability to exercise significant influence, but not control, over an investee using the equity method of accounting. Significant influence, but not control, is generally deemed to exist if we have an ownership interest in the voting stock of the investee of between 20% and 50%, although other factors, such as minority interest protections, are considered in determining whether the equity method of accounting is appropriate. As of December 31, 2008, Internap Japan Co. Ltd., or Internap Japan, our joint venture with NTT-ME Corporation and Nippon Telegraph and Telephone Corporation, or NTT Holdings, qualifies for equity method accounting. We record our proportional share of the income and losses of Internap Japan one month in arrears on the consolidated balance sheets as a component of non-current investments and our share of Internap Japan’s income and losses, net of taxes, as a separate caption in our consolidated statement of operations.
 
We account for investments without readily determinable fair values at historical cost, as determined by our initial investment. We periodically review the recorded value of cost basis investments to determine the propriety of the recorded basis. When a decline in the value that is judged to be other-than-temporary has occurred based on available data, we reduce the cost basis and record an investment loss. At December 31, 2008, we had no investments accounted for under the cost method.
 
We incurred a charge during the three months ended June 30, 2007, totaling $1.2 million, representing the write-off of the remaining carrying value of our investment in series D preferred stock of Aventail Corporation, or Aventail. See note 5 for further discussion of this investment and the recorded loss.
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
Effective January 1, 2008, we adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements , which defines fair value and provides guidance for using fair value to measure assets and liabilities. In accordance with SFAS No. 157 and Staff Position FAS 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157 , we adopted SFAS No. 157 with regard to all financial assets and liabilities in our financial statements in the first quarter of 2008 and have elected to delay the adoption of SFAS No. 157 for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities until the first quarter of 2009. SFAS No. 157 is applicable whenever other standards require or permit assets or liabilities to be measured at fair value but does not expand the use of fair value in any new circumstances. Accordingly, the carrying amounts of certain of our financial instruments, including cash equivalents and marketable securities, continue to be valued at fair value on a recurring basis.
 
SFAS No. 157 introduced new disclosures about how we value certain assets. Much of the disclosure focuses on the inputs used to measure fair value, particularly in instances in which the measurement uses significant unobservable inputs. The fair value estimates presented in this report reflect the information available to us as of December 31, 2008. See note 6 for further discussion of the fair value of our financial instruments.

 
F-9

 
INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
The carrying amounts of our financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, and other current liabilities, approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these assets and liabilities. The fair value of our debt approximates the carrying value due to the nature of our credit facility.
 
We elected to record rights, or ARS Rights, from one of our investment providers at fair value. The ARS Rights are more fully described in note 5. Recording the ARS Rights at fair value enables us to match changes in the fair value of the ARS Rights to changes in the fair value of the associated auction rate securities.
 
Financial Instrument Credit Risk
 
Financial instruments that potentially subject us to a concentration of credit risk principally consist of cash, cash equivalents, marketable securities and trade receivables. We currently invest the majority of our cash and cash equivalents in money market funds. We also have invested, in accordance with our formal investment policy, in high credit quality corporate debt securities, U.S. Treasury bills and commercial paper. Our investments in marketable securities also include auction rate securities whose underlying assets are state-issued student and educational loans which are substantially backed by the federal government. Under our current investment policy, new or additional auction rate securities are not eligible investment instruments, but we will hold our existing auction rate securities until liquidity returns or we exercise our ARS Rights, as discussed below. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, our investments in auction rate securities having a par value of $7.2 million had carrying values of $6.4 million and $7.2 million, respectively. The carrying amount at December 31, 2008 includes a reduction in fair value of $0.8 million. While we continue to earn and accrue interest on our auction rate securities at contractual rates, these investments are not currently trading. During 2008, we classified our auction rate securities as non-current investments on our accompanying consolidated balance sheet versus short-term investments as of December 31, 2007.  This change in classification was initially due to the uncertainty as to when the auction rate securities markets would improve.  As described in note 5, in October 2008, we received and subsequently accepted rights, or ARS Rights, from one of our investment providers to sell at par value auction rate securities originally purchased from the investment provider ($7.2 million) at any time during a two-year period beginning June 30, 2010. The fair value and carrying value of the ARS Rights was $0.6 million as of December 31, 2008.
 
Inventory
 
We carry inventory at the lower of cost or market using the first-in, first-out method. Cost includes materials related to the assembly of our Flow Control Platform, or FCP, solutions.
 
Property and Equipment
 
We carry property and equipment at original acquisition cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. We calculate depreciation and amortization on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the estimated useful lives of the assets or the lease term. Estimated useful lives used for network equipment are generally three years; furniture, equipment and software are three to seven years; and leasehold improvements are seven years or over the lease term, depending on the nature of the improvement, but in no event beyond the expected lease term. The duration of lease obligations and commitments range from 24 months for certain networking equipment to 240 months for certain facility leases. We capitalize additions and improvements that increase the value or extend the life of an asset. We expense maintenance and repairs as incurred. We charge gains or losses from disposals of property and equipment to operations.
 
Leases and Leasehold Improvements
 
We record leases in which we have substantially all of the benefits and risks of ownership as capital leases and all other leases as operating leases. For leases determined to be capital leases, the assets held under capital lease and related obligations are recorded at the lesser of the present value of aggregate future minimum lease payments or the fair value of the assets held under capital lease. The assets are amortized over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life. For leases determined to be operating leases, lease expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Certain leases include renewal options that, at the inception of the lease, are considered reasonably assured of being renewed. The lease term begins when the Company controls the leased property, which is typically before lease payments begin under the terms of the lease. The difference between the expense recorded in the consolidated statements of operations and the amount paid is recorded as deferred rent and is included in the consolidated balance sheets.

 
F-10

 
INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
Costs of Computer Software Development
 
We capitalize certain direct costs incurred developing internal use software. We capitalized $1.4 million, $1.6 million and $0.9 million in internal software development costs for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2007, we impaired $1.1 million of software development costs capitalized prior to December 31, 2006 related to the implementation of a billing and order entry system initiated during 2004. Subsequent to our acquisition of VitalStream, we determined that we would utilize our legacy billing system and abandon the former project because (1) the developer of our financial software purchased the developer of our legacy billing system, and (2) the legacy billing system would be more flexible in integrating the VitalStream business. During the year ended December 31, 2006, we impaired $0.3 million of software development costs related to the implementation of our financial system software also initiated during 2004. Amortization expense on internally developed software commences when the software project is ready for its intended use.
 
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the balance of unamortized software costs was $3.8 million and $2.7 million, respectively, and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, amortization expense was $0.4 million and $0.2 million, respectively. The software was not ready for its intended use and had not been placed in service as of December 31, 2006; therefore, no amortization expense was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
Valuation of Long-Lived Assets
 
We periodically evaluate the carrying value of our long-lived assets, including, but not limited to, property and equipment. The carrying value of a long-lived asset is considered impaired when the undiscounted cash flows from such asset is separately identifiable and is estimated to be less than its carrying value. In that event, we would recognize a loss based on the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the long-lived asset. Fair value is determined primarily using the anticipated cash flows discounted at a rate commensurate with the risk involved. Losses on long-lived assets to be disposed of would be determined in a similar manner, except that fair values would be reduced by the cost of disposal. Losses due to impairment of long-lived assets are charged to operations during the period in which the impairment is identified.
 
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
 
We perform our annual goodwill impairment test as of August 1 of each calendar year, following our annual strategic planning cycle. Our assessment of goodwill for impairment includes comparing the fair value to the net book value of each of our four reporting units. Our IP services operating segment is comprised of two reporting units: services and products. Our data center center services and CDN services operating segments each represent a single reporting unit; however, the data center services segment does not have any recorded goodwill.
 
We estimate fair value using a combination of discounted cash flow models and market approaches. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its net book value, goodwill is not impaired and no further testing is necessary. If the net book value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, we perform a second test to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. To measure the amount of any impairment loss, we determine the implied fair value of goodwill in the same manner as if the affected reporting unit were being acquired in a business combination. Specifically, we allocate the fair value of the affected reporting unit to all of the assets and liabilities of that unit, including any unrecognized intangible assets, in a hypothetical calculation that would yield the implied fair value of goodwill. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the goodwill recorded on our balance sheet, we record an impairment charge for the difference.
 
As a result of our August 1, 2008 assessment, we recorded a $99.7 million goodwill impairment charge to adjust goodwill in our CDN services segment to an implied fair value of $54.7 million. The goodwill impairment charge is presented separately in the accompanying statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2008. The goodwill impairment is primarily due to declines in our CDN services revenues and operating results as compared to our projections and unfavorable changes in market factors used to estimate fair values. The declines in CDN services revenues and operating results compared to projections are attributable to integration and reliability issues in the acquired network and have now been resolved, a strategic shift to larger, higher credit quality customers and more recently, a highly-competitive market environment for CDN services that is driving lower pricing. Changes in market factors include lower market multiples across the CDN services industry from when we completed the acquisition of VitalStream and our own now-lower market capitalization. The culmination of these factors leading to our impairment of goodwill did not occur until the three months ended September 30, 2008. The impairment charge does not have any impact on our current cash balance or result in violation of any covenants of our debt instruments.
 
We also assessed the likelihood of triggering events that might cause us to re-assess goodwill on an interim basis and concluded that no such triggering events have occurred that would cause us to re-assess goodwill for impairment subsequent to August 1, 2008.

 
F-11

 
INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
Other intangible assets, including developed technologies and patents, have finite lives and we have recorded these assets at cost less accumulated amortization. We calculate amortization on a straight-line basis over the estimated economic useful life of the assets, which are three to seven years for developed technologies and 15 years for patents. 
 
In conjunction with our review of our long-term financial outlook, we also performed an analysis of the potential impairment and re-assessed the remaining asset lives of other identifiable intangible assets acquired in the VitalStream acquisition. The analysis and re-assessment of other identifiable intangible assets recorded in the VitalStream acquisition resulted in:
     
 
An impairment charge of $1.9 million in developed advertising technology due to a strategic change in market focus,
 
An impairment charge of $0.8 million in trade names as a result of discontinuing use of the VitalStream trade name, and
 
a change in our estimates that resulted in acceleration of amortization expense of our customer relationships intangible asset over a shorter estimated useful life (four remaining years instead of the original estimated useful life of nine years) due to customer churn resulting in higher than expected attrition as of the acquisition date.
 
The impairment analysis of goodwill is based on estimated fair values. The valuation of goodwill requires assumptions and estimates of many critical factors, including revenue and market growth, operating cash flows, market multiples and discount rates. Adverse changes in expected operating results and/or unfavorable changes in other economic factors used to estimate fair values could result in an additional non-cash impairment charge in the future.
 
Accruals for Disputed Telecommunication Costs and Other Accrued Liabilities
 
In delivering our services, we rely on a number of Internet network, telecommunication, utilities and other vendors. We work directly with these vendors to establish, modify or discontinue services for our customers. Because of the volume of activity, billing disputes inevitably arise, and it is often necessary to estimate certain costs of providing services to our customers given that we may not receive invoices on a timely basis or due to the complexity surrounding such costs. These disputes typically stem from disagreements concerning the starting and ending dates of service, quoted rates, usage and various other factors. For potential billing errors made in the vendor’s favor, for example a duplicate billing, we initiate a formal dispute with the vendor and record the related cost and liability up to 100% of the disputed amount, depending on our assessment of the likely outcome of the dispute. Conversely, for billing errors in our favor, such as the vendor’s failure to invoice us for new service, we record an estimate based on the full amount that we should have been invoiced. If an estimate is necessary, we record the related cost and liability based on all available facts and circumstances, including but not limited to historical trends, related usage, forecasts and quotes.
 
We research all disputed costs with vendors on an ongoing basis until ultimately resolved. We periodically review and modify estimates in light of new information or developments, if any. We recognize any resolved disputes that will result in a credit over the disputed amounts in the appropriate month when the resolution has been determined. Because estimates regarding disputed costs include assessments of uncertain outcomes, such estimates are inherently vulnerable to changes due to unforeseen circumstances that could materially and adversely affect our consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
Restructuring Liability
 
When circumstances warrant, we may elect to exit certain business activities or change the manner in which we conduct ongoing operations. When we make such a change, we will estimate the costs to exit a business or restructure ongoing operations. The components of the estimates may include estimates and assumptions regarding the timing and costs of future events and activities that represent our best expectations based on known facts and circumstances at the time of estimation. Should circumstances warrant, we will adjust our previous estimates to reflect what we then believe to be a more accurate representation of expected future costs. Because our estimates and assumptions regarding restructuring costs include probabilities of future events, such as our ability to find a sublease tenant within a reasonable period of time or the rate at which a sublease tenant will pay for the available space, such estimates are inherently vulnerable to changes due to unforeseen circumstances that could materially and adversely affect our results of operations. A 10% change in our restructuring estimates in a future period, compared to the $9.0 million restructuring liability at December 31, 2008, would result in a $0.9 million expense or benefit in the statement of operations during the period in which the change in estimate occurred. If we do not find a sublease tenant for one of our more significant restructured locations by the end of the second quarter of 2010 or if we do not obtain a certain rate per square foot for the available space, we will need to take an additional charge in our statement of operations that may be material. We monitor market conditions at each period end reporting date and will continue to assess our key assumptions and estimates used in the calculation of our restructuring accrual.
 
Taxes
 
We account for income taxes under the liability method. We determine deferred tax assets and liabilities based on differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and we measure the tax assets and liabilities measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when we expect the differences to reverse. We provide a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to their estimated realizable value. We may realize deferred tax assets in future periods when they are estimated to be realizable, such as establishing expected continuing profitability of the Company or certain of our foreign subsidiaries.

 
F-12

 
INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
We accrue liabilities for uncertain tax positions and, as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, we recognized associated liabilities of $0 and $0.9 million, respectively that were netted on the balance sheet with U.K. deferred tax assets. We have recorded nominal interest and penalties arising from the underpayment of income taxes in the statement of operations under general and administrative expenses. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, we had no accrued interest or penalties related to uncertain tax positions, as a result of substantial U.K. net operating loss carryforwards.
 
We account for telecommunication, sales and other similar taxes on a net basis in general and administrative expense.
 
Stock-Based Compensation
 
Stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the calculated fair value of the award. We recognize the expense over the employees’ requisite service period, generally the vesting period of the award. For performance-based awards, we periodically assess whether the performance conditions are probable of being met and record compensation expense based on this assessment of probability. We estimate the fair value of stock options at the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with weighted average assumptions for the activity under our stock plans. Option pricing model input assumptions such as expected term, expected volatility and risk-free interest rate, impact the fair value estimate. Further, the forfeiture rate impacts the amount of aggregate compensation. These assumptions are subjective and generally require significant analysis and judgment to develop. When we elect to pay certain bonuses in shares of stock, the total amount to be paid is determined similarly to cash bonuses and the number of shares to be granted is determined based on the fair value of our stock at the date of grant.
 
We do not recognize a deferred tax asset for unrealized tax benefits associated with the tax deductions in excess of the compensation recorded (excess tax benefit). We apply the “with and without” approach for utilization of tax attributes upon realization of net operating losses in the future. This method allocates stock compensation benefits last among other tax benefits recognized. In addition, we apply the “direct only” method of calculating the amount of windfalls or shortfalls.
 
Treasury Stock
 
As permitted by our stock-based compensation plans, we acquire, from time-to-time, shares of treasury stock as payment of taxes due from employees for stock-based compensation. During 2006, shares of treasury stock were acquired as payment of taxes and subsequently reissued as part of our stock-based compensation plans. Shares of treasury stock acquired in 2008 will also be subsequently reissued as part of our stock-based compensation plans. When we reissue the shares, we use the weighted average cost method for determining cost. The difference between the cost of the shares and the issuance price is added or deducted from additional contributed capital. We did not acquire shares of treasury stock during 2007.
 
Reverse Stock Split
 
On July 10, 2006, we implemented a one-for-10 reverse stock split on our common stock and amended our Certificate of Incorporation to reduce our authorized shares of common stock from 600 million to 60 million. We began trading on a post reverse split basis on July 11, 2006. All share and per share information herein (including shares outstanding, earnings per share and warrant and stock option data) have been retroactively adjusted for all periods presented to reflect this reverse split.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
The majority of our revenues are derived from high performance IP services, related data center services, CDN services and other ancillary products and services throughout the United States. We derive our IP services revenues from the sale of high performance Internet connectivity services at fixed rates or usage-based pricing to our customers that desire a DS-3 or faster connection. We provide slower T-1 and fractional DS-3 connections at fixed rates. Data center revenues include both physical space for hosting customers’ network and other equipment plus associated services such as redundant power and network connectivity, environmental controls and security. Data center revenues are based on occupied square feet and both allocated and variable-based usage. CDN services revenues include three components: (1) data storage; (2) streaming/delivery and (3) a user interface/reporting tool. We provide the CDN service components via internally developed and acquired technology that resides on our network. CDN services revenues are based on either fixed rates or usage-based pricing. All of the foregoing revenue arrangements have contractual terms and, in many instances, include minimum usage commitments and provide the rate at which the customer must pay for actual usage above the monthly minimum. For these services, we recognize the monthly minimum as revenue each month provided that both parties have signed an enforceable contract, we have delivered the service to the customer, the fee for the service is fixed or determinable and collection is reasonably assured. If a customer’s usage of our services exceeds the monthly minimum, we recognize revenue for such excess in the period of the usage. We record the installation fees as deferred revenue and recognize as revenue ratably over the estimated life of the customer arrangement. We also derive revenue from services sold as discrete, non-recurring events or based solely on usage. For these services, we recognize revenue after both parties have signed an enforceable contract, the fee is fixed or determinable, the event or usage has occurred and collection is reasonably assured. Other ancillary products and services include our FCP product, server management and installation, virtual private networking, managed security , data backup , remote storage and restoration.
 
We use contracts and sales or purchase orders as evidence of an arrangement. We test for availability or connectivity to verify delivery of our services. We assess whether the fee is fixed or determinable based on the payment terms associated with the transaction and whether the sales price is subject to refund or adjustment. Because the software component of our FCP product is more than incidental to the product as a whole, we recognize associated FCP revenue in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Statement of Position 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition .

 
F-13

 
INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
We also enter into multiple-element arrangements or bundled services, such as combining IP services with data center and/or CDN services. When we enter into such arrangements, we account for each element separately over its respective service period or at the time of delivery, provided that there is objective evidence of fair value for the separate elements. Objective evidence of fair value includes the price charged for the element when sold separately. If we cannot objectively determine the fair value of each element, we recognize the total value of the arrangement ratably over the entire service period to the extent that we have begun to provide the services, and we have satisfied other revenue recognition criteria.
 
Deferred revenue consists of revenues for services to be delivered in the future and consists primarily of advance billings, which we amortize over the respective service period. We defer and amortize revenues associated with billings for installation of customer network equipment over the estimated life of the customer relationship, which was two to three years during the three-year period ended December 31, 2008. We defer and amortize revenues for installation services because the installation service is integral to our primary service offering and does not have value to customers on a stand-alone basis. We also defer and amortize the associated incremental direct costs. We amortize deferred post-contract customer support associated with sales of our FCP product and similar products ratably over the contract period, which is generally one year.
 
We routinely review the collectability of our accounts receivable and payment status of our customers. If we determine that collection of service revenue is uncertain, we do not recognize revenue until collection is probable. Additionally, we maintain allowances for doubtful accounts resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments on accounts receivable. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based upon specific and general customer information, which also includes estimates based on our best understanding of our customers’ ability to pay and their payment status. Customers’ ability to pay takes into consideration payment history, legal status (i.e., bankruptcy) and the status of services we are providing. We assess the payment status of customers by reference to the terms under which services or goods are provided, with any payments not made on or before their due date considered past-due. Once we have exhausted all collection efforts, we write the uncollectible balance off against the allowance for doubtful accounts.
 
We record an amount for service level agreements and other sales adjustments, which reduces net accounts receivable and revenues. Adjustments for service level agreements are identified within the billing period and revenues are reduced accordingly.The amount for sales adjustments is based upon specific customer information, including outstanding promotional credits, customer disputes, credit adjustments not yet processed through the billing system and historical activity. If the financial condition of our customers deteriorates, or if we become aware of new information impacting a customer’s credit risk, we may make additional adjustments.
 
Research and Product Development Costs
 
Product development costs are primarily related to network engineering costs associated with changes to the functionality of our proprietary services and network architecture. Research and development costs, which we include in product development cost and expense as incurred, primarily consist of compensation related to our development and enhancement of IP routing technology, progressive download and streaming technology for our CDN, acceleration and cloud technologies. Research and development costs were $5.0 million, $3.1 million and $2.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. We also expense as incurred those costs that do not qualify for capitalization as software development costs.
 
Advertising Costs
 
We expense all advertising costs as incurred. Advertising costs for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were $1.3 million, $1.2 million and $1.3 million, respectively.

 
F-14

 
INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
Net (Loss) Income Per Share
 
We compute basic and diluted net (loss) income per share using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. We compute diluted net (loss) income per share using the weighted average number of common and potentially dilutive shares outstanding during the period. Potentially dilutive shares consist of the incremental shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options and warrants and unvested restricted stock using the treasury stock method. The treasury stock method calculates the dilutive effect for only those stock options and warrants for which the sum of proceeds, including unrecognized compensation and windfall tax benefits, if any, is less than the average stock price during the period presented. Potentially dilutive shares are excluded from the computation of net (loss) income per share if their effect is anti-dilutive.
 
Basic and diluted net (loss) income per share for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 is calculated as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):
                   
   
  Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Net (loss) income
  $ (104,813 )   $ (5,555 )   $ 3,657  
                         
Weighted average shares outstanding, basic
    49,238       46,942       34,748  
Effect of dilutive securities:
                       
Stock compensation plans
                984  
Warrants
                7  
Weighted average shares outstanding, diluted
    49,238       46,942       35,739  
                         
Net (loss) income per share:
                       
Basic
  $ (2.13 )   $ (0.12 )   $ 0.11  
Diluted
  $ (2.13 )   $ (0.12 )   $ 0.10  
                         
Anti-dilutive securities not included in diluted net (loss) income per share calculation:
                       
Stock compensation plans
    3,651       3,860       1,408  
Warrants to purchase common stock
          34        
                         
      3,651       3,894       1,408  
 
Reclassifications
 
Beginning in 2008, we classified all revenues and direct costs of network, sales and services previously reported in other, non-segmented results, except for third party CDN services, in the most closely-related business segments to provide a more accurate view of the results of operations of the business segments. Financial information for 2007 and 2006 has also been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. None of the reclassifications had any effect on previously reported total revenues, total direct costs of network, sales and services, exclusive of depreciation and amortization or net (loss) income.

 
F-15

 
INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
The effect of these reclassifications on revenues and direct costs of network, sales and services is shown below (in thousands):
                               
   
IP
Services
   
Data
Center
Services
   
CDN
Services
   
Other
   
Total
 
Year ended December 31, 2007:
                             
Revenues:
                             
Previously reported
  $ 119,848     $ 83,058     $ 17,718     $ 13,466     $ 234,090  
Reclassification of termination fees and professional and reseller products and services
    2,357       574       88       (3,019 )      
Revised
  $ 122,205     $ 83,632     $ 17,806     $ 10,447     $ 234,090  
                                         
Direct costs of network, sales and services, exclusive of depreciation and amortization:
                                       
Previously reported
  $ 43,681     $ 59,439     $ 6,584     $ 8,690     $ 118,394  
Reclassification of professional and reseller products and services
    244             10       (254 )      
Revised
  $ 43,925     $ 59,439     $ 6,594     $ 8,436     $ 118,394  
                                         
Year ended December 31, 2006:
                                       
Revenues:
                                       
Previously reported
  $ 109,748     $ 56,152     $     $ 15,475     $ 181,375  
Reclassification of termination fees and professional and reseller products and services
    2,502       396             (2,898 )      
Revised
  $ 112,250     $ 56,548     $     $ 12,577     $ 181,375  
                                         
Direct costs of network, sales and services, exclusive of depreciation and amortization:
                                       
Previously reported
  $ 39,744     $ 46,474     $     $ 11,120     $ 97,338  
Reclassification of professional and reseller products and services
    979                   (979 )      
Revised
  $ 40,723     $ 46,474     $     $ 10,141     $ 97,338  
 
Segment Information
 
We use the management approach for determining which, if any, of our services and products, locations, customers or management structures constitute a reportable business segment. The management approach designates the internal organization that is used by management for making operating decisions and assessing performance as the source of any reportable segments. As a result of our acquisition of VitalStream Holdings, Inc., as discussed in note 3, and the information presented to executive management, we classified our operations into three reportable business segments: IP services, data center services and CDN services. We have presented the corresponding items of segment information for the year ended December 31, 2006.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
Effective January 1, 2008, we adopted SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements . SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007. In February 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position 157-1, Application of FASB Statement No. 157 to FASB Statement No. 13 and Its Related Interpretive Accounting Pronouncements That Address Leasing Transactions , which provides supplemental guidance on the application of SFAS No. 157, and Staff Position 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157 , which delays the effective date of SFAS No. 157 for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, except those that are recognized or disclosed at fair value on at least an annual basis until 2009. In accordance with Staff Position 157-2, we have only adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 157 with respect to our financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value within the financial statements as of December 31, 2008. The provisions of SFAS No. 157 have not been applied to nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities. The major categories of assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value, for which we have not applied the provisions of SFAS No. 157, include reporting units measured at fair value in the first step of a goodwill impairment test under SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets . The adoption of SFAS No. 157 did not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

 
F-16

 
INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
In October 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position FAS 157-3, Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset Is Not Active which clarifies the application of SFAS No. 157 in a market that is not active and provides an example to illustrate key considerations in determining the fair value of a financial asset when the market for that financial asset is not active. Some of the key principles illustrated include:
     
 
determining fair value in a dislocated market depends on facts and circumstances, and may require the use of significant judgment about whether individual market transactions are forced liquidations or distressed sales and therefore poor indicators of fair value;
     
 
when relevant observable market data is not available, the use of assumptions about future cash flows and discount rates may be appropriate in determining fair value; and
     
 
the value of broker quotes in determining fair value depends on facts and circumstances, particularly when an active market does not exist.
 
Staff Position FAS 157-3 was effective immediately, including with respect to prior periods for which financial statements have not been issued. We have consistently used the methodology described in this Staff Position in calculating the fair value of our auction rate securities throughout 2008.
 
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities . SFAS No. 159 permits companies to choose to measure, on an instrument-by-instrument basis, many financial instruments and certain other assets and liabilities at fair value that are not currently required to be measured at fair value. SFAS No. 159 was effective as of the beginning of a fiscal year that begins after November 15, 2007. The adoption of SFAS No. 159 did not have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows since we elected to apply the fair value option only for our ARS Rights. See note 6 for discussion of the fair value election of our ARS Rights.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations , or SFAS No. 141R. This pronouncement replaces SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations . SFAS No. 141R establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree and the goodwill acquired or a gain from a bargain purchase. SFAS No. 141R also determines disclosure requirements to enable the evaluation of the nature and financial effects of the business combination. SFAS No. 141R applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of a fiscal year that begins on or after December 15, 2008 and there are also implications for acquisitions that occur prior to this date. We do not expect that the adoption of SFAS No. 141R will have an immediate material impact on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements . SFAS No. 160 amends Accounting Research Bulletin 51, Consolidated Financial Statements , and requires all entities to report noncontrolling (minority) interests in subsidiaries within equity in the consolidated financial statements, but separate from the parent shareholders’ equity. SFAS No. 160 also requires any acquisitions or dispositions of noncontrolling interests that do not result in a change of control to be accounted for as equity transactions. Further, SFAS No. 160 requires that a parent recognize a gain or loss in net income when a subsidiary is deconsolidated. SFAS No. 160 is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008. We do not expect the adoption of SFAS No. 160 will have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
 
In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 . SFAS No. 161 amends and expands the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 133 with the intent to provide users of financial statements with an enhanced understanding of: (1) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments; (2) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under SFAS No. 133 and its related interpretations and (3) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows. This statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008. We do not expect the adoption of SFAS No. 161 to have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
 
In April 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position FAS 142-3, Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets . Staff Position FAS 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS No. 142. This Staff Position is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. We do not expect the adoption of Staff Position FAS 142-3 to have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

 
F-17

 
INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
In June 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position No. EITF 03-6-1, Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions are Participating Securities . Staff Position No. EITF 03-6-1 provides that unvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends are participating securities and shall be included in the computation of earnings per share pursuant to the two class method. This Staff Position is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008 and interim periods within those years. For the quarter ended March 31, 2009, upon adoption, we are required to retrospectively adjust earnings per share data to conform to the provisions in this Staff Position. We do not expect this Staff Position to have a material impact on our calculation of earnings per share.
 
In November 2008, the FASB issued EITF 08-6, Equity Method Investment Accounting Considerations . The goal of EITF 08-6 is to clarify the accounting for certain transactions and impairment considerations involving equity method investments. This issue is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008. Early adoption is not permitted. We do not expect the adoption of EITF 08-6 to have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
   
3.
BUSINESS COMBINATION
 
On February 20, 2007, we completed the acquisition of VitalStream Holdings, Inc., or VitalStream, for approximately $214.0 million, whereby VitalStream became our wholly-owned subsidiary. The acquisition allows us to provide products and services for storing and delivering digital media to large audiences over the Internet. The acquisition also enhances our position as a leading provider of high performance route control products and services by adding complementary service offerings in the rapidly growing content delivery markets. We accounted for the transaction using the purchase method of accounting in accordance with SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations . Our results of operations include the activities of VitalStream from February 21, 2007.
 
Purchase Price
 
We recorded assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their fair values as of February 20, 2007. The total $214.0 million purchase price is comprised of the following (in thousands):
         
Value of Internap stock issued
 
$
197,272
 
Fair value of stock options assumed
   
11,021
 
Direct transaction costs
   
5,729
 
Total purchase price
 
$
214,022
 
 
As a result of the acquisition, we issued approximately 12.2 million shares of our common stock based on an exchange ratio of 0.5132 shares of our common stock for each outstanding share of VitalStream common stock as of February 20, 2007. This fixed exchange ratio gave effect to the one-for-10 reverse stock split we implemented on July 11, 2006 and the one-for-four reverse stock split VitalStream implemented on April 4, 2006. The average market price per share of our common stock of $16.16 was based on an average of the closing prices for a range of trading days from October 10, 2006 through October 16, 2006, which range spanned the announcement date of the transaction on October 12, 2006.
 
Under the terms of the merger agreement, each VitalStream stock option that was outstanding and unexercised was converted into an option to purchase our common stock and we assumed that stock option in accordance with the terms of the applicable VitalStream stock option plan and terms of the stock option agreement. Based on VitalStream’s stock options outstanding at February 20, 2007, we converted options to purchase approximately 3.0 million shares of VitalStream common stock into options to purchase approximately 1.5 million shares of our common stock.
 
Purchase Price Allocation
 
Under the purchase method of accounting, we allocated the total estimated purchase price to VitalStream’s net tangible and intangible assets based on their estimated fair values as of February 20, 2007. We recorded the excess purchase price over the value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets as goodwill. We determined the fair value assigned to identifiable intangible assets acquired using the income approach, which discounts expected future cash flows to present value using estimates and assumptions determined by management. The allocation of the purchase price and the estimated useful lives are as follows (dollars in thousands):
               
   
Amount
 
Estimated
Useful Life
 
Net tangible assets
 
$
12,286
   
 
Identifiable intangible assets:
             
Developed technologies
   
36,000
   
8 years
 
Customer relationships
   
9,000
   
9 years
 
Trade name and other
   
1,500
   
3-6 years
 
Acquired in-process research and development
   
450
   
 
Goodwill (1)
   
154,786
   
 
Total estimated purchase price
 
$
214,022
       
____________________
(1)
Subsequent to the finalization of the purchase price allocation, we recorded a net increase of $0.1 million to goodwill as a result of adjustments to certain pre-acquisition assets and liabilities and decrease of $0.4 million as a result of the utilization of a portion of VitalStream’s net operating loss carryforwards.

 
F - 18

 
INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
Net Tangible Assets
 
We recorded VitalStream’s tangible assets and liabilities as of February 20, 2007 at their fair value. Net tangible assets included restricted and unrestricted cash of $9.8 million, accounts receivable of $3.2 million, property and equipment of $11.2 million, other assets of $2.2 million, loan and security agreement (including both term loans and an outstanding line of credit) and capital lease obligations of $6.1 million and accounts payable and other liabilities of $8.0 million. Subsequent to the acquisition of VitalStream, we paid off the term loans and line of credit assumed in the VitalStream acquisition.
 
Identifiable Intangible Assets
 
Developed technologies relate to products acquired in the VitalStream acquisition that have reached technological feasibility and include processes and trade secrets acquired or developed through design and development of products. Customer relationships represent contracts with existing customers. Trade name primarily relates to the VitalStream and other product names. We valued each of the identifiable intangible assets using various forms of the income approach, detailed financial projections and various assumptions, including, among others, the evolution of the existing technology platforms to future technology, expected net cash flows, customer attrition rates, tax rates and discount rates. Amortization of identifiable intangibles is on a straight-line basis over their respective useful lives. See note 8 for discussion of the impairment charge recorded during the year ended December 31, 2008 for developed technologies and trade names, as well as a change in estimated life of customer relationships.
 
In-Process Research and Development
 
As of the closing date, one project was in development that had not reached technological feasibility and therefore qualified as in-process research and development. The amount allocated to in-process research and development was charged to the statement of operations as of the date of acquisition.
 
Goodwill
 
Goodwill is the residual of the excess of fair value over the book value of the acquired entity’s net assets at the date of acquisition. Pursuant to the guidance in SFAS No. 141, an assembled workforce is not recognized apart from goodwill and therefore is embedded in goodwill. We acquired an assembled workforce in the VitalStream acquisition that we included as a component of goodwill. Another component of goodwill is the estimated fair value of the expected synergies and other benefits from combining the net assets and business of us and VitalStream. We expected significant synergies in this acquisition, including synergies in the sales channel, our network costs, general and administrative costs and capital expenditures. We allocated approximately $154.8 million to goodwill for the CDN services segment. In accordance with SFAS No. 142, we will not amortize goodwill but instead will test it for impairment at least annually, or more frequently if certain indicators are present. See note 8 for discussion of the goodwill impairment charge recorded during the year ended December 31, 2008. A total of $17.1 million of goodwill will be deductible for tax purposes.
 
Pro Forma Results (Unaudited)
 
VitalStream provided products and services for storing and delivering digital media to large audiences over the Internet and ad insertion and related advertising services to companies that stream digital media over the Internet. The acquisition enhanced our position as a leading provider of high performance route control products and services by adding complementary service offerings in the rapidly growing content delivery market. Integrating VitalStream’s digital media delivery platform into our portfolio of products and services enables us to provide customers with one of the most complete product lines in content delivery solutions, while supporting the significant long-term growth opportunities in the network services market.
 
The following unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information reflects the results of our operations for the year ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, as if the acquisition of VitalStream had occurred at the beginning of each period. Prior to the acquisition, VitalStream was a customer of ours, and for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 we recognized revenues of $0.4 million and $0.2 million, respectively, from VitalStream which were excluded from pro forma revenues below. The related receivables were settled in the normal course of business. The pro forma results presented below are not necessarily indicative of what our operating results would have been had the acquisition actually taken place at the beginning of each period (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 
F - 19

 
INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
   
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
   
2007
   
2006
 
Pro forma revenues
  $ 236,418     $ 205,052  
Pro forma net loss
    (14,269 )     (16,153 )
Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted
    (0.25 )     (0.34 )

4.
OPERATING SEGMENTS
 
We operate in three business segments: IP services, data center services and CDN services. IP services primarily include our high performance Internet connectivity as well as sales of our FCP products. Data center services primarily include physical space for hosting customers’ network and other equipment plus associated services such as redundant power and network connectivity, environmental controls and security. CDN services primarily include data storage, streaming/delivery and a user interface/reporting tool. Other revenues and direct costs represent third party CDN services prior to the acquisition of VitalStream. The following tables show operating results for our reportable segments, along with reconciliations from segment gross profit to (loss) income before income taxes and equity in earnings of equity-method investment (in thousands):
                               
   
Year Ended December 31, 2008
 
   
IP Services
   
Data
Center
Services
   
CDN
Services
   
Other
   
Total
 
Revenues
  $ 123,268     $ 109,679     $ 21,042     $     $ 253,989  
Direct costs of network, sales and services, exclusive of depreciation and amortization
    45,782       82,009       8,086             135,877  
Segment profit
  $ 77,486     $ 27,670     $ 12,956     $         118,112  
Other operating expenses
                                    223,279  
Loss from operations
                                    (105,167 )
Non-operating income
                                    245  
Loss before income taxes and equity in earnings of equity-method investment
                                  $ (104,922 )
 
Direct costs of network, sales and services, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, includes an allocation of $1.1 million from the IP services segment to the CDN services segment based on the average cost of actual usage by the CDN segment for 2008.
                               
   
Year Ended December 31, 2007
 
   
IP Services
   
Data
Center
Services
   
CDN
Services
   
Other
   
Total
 
Revenues
  $ 122,205     $ 83,632     $ 17,806     $ 10,447     $ 234,090  
Direct costs of network, sales and services, exclusive of depreciation and amortization
    43,925       59,439       6,594       8,436       118,394  
Segment profit
  $ 78,280     $ 24,193     $ 11,212     $ 2,011       115,696  
Other operating expenses
                                    125,407  
Loss from operations
                                    (9,711 )
Non-operating income
                                    937  
Loss before income taxes and equity in earnings of equity-method investment
                                  $ (8,774 )
 
Direct costs of network, sales and services, exclusive of depreciation and amortization, included an allocation of $0.9 million from the IP services segment to the CDN services segment based on the average cost of actual usage by the CDN segment for 2007.

 
F - 20

 
INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
   
Year Ended December 31, 2006
 
   
IP Services
   
Data
Center
Services
   
CDN
Services
   
Other
   
Total
 
Revenues
  $ 112,250     $ 56,548     $     $ 12,577     $ 181,375  
Direct costs of network, sales and services, exclusive of depreciation and amortization
    40,723       46,474             10,141       97,338  
Segment profit
  $ 71,527     $ 10,074     $     $ 2,436       84,037  
Other operating expenses
                                    81,900  
Income from operations
                                    2,137  
Non-operating income
                                    1,551  
Income before income taxes and equity in earnings of equity-method investment
                                  $ 3,688  
 
The following table includes selected segment financial information as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, related to goodwill and total assets (in thousands):
                               
   
IP Services
   
Data
Center
Services
   
CDN
Services
   
Other
   
Total
 
December 31, 2008:
                             
Goodwill
  $ 36,314     $     $ 54,663     $     $ 90,977  
Total assets
    151,839       69,317       108,927             330,083  
                                         
December 31, 2007:
                                       
Goodwill
  $ 36,314     $     $ 154,363     $     $ 190,677  
Total assets
    148,697       64,498       211,469       2,346       427,010  
 
As discussed in note 8, we recorded impairment charges in the CDN services segment of $99.7 million for goodwill and $2.6 million for other intangible assets.
 
Through December 31, 2008, neither revenues generated nor long-lived assets located outside the United States were significant (all less than 10%).
   
5.
INVESTMENTS
 
Investment in Marketable Securities
 
Pursuant to our formal investment policy, investments in marketable securities primarily consist of high credit quality corporate debt securities, U.S. Treasury bills and commercial paper. All short-term investments in marketable securities have original maturities greater than 90 days but less than one year, are designated as available for sale and are recorded at fair value with changes in fair value reflected in other comprehensive (loss) income, a component of stockholders’ equity in our accompanying consolidated balance sheets, unless the change in fair value is determined to be an other-than-temporary impairment. Our investments in marketable securities also include auction rate securities whose underlying assets are state-issued student and educational loans which are substantially backed by the federal government. Under our current investment policy, new or additional auction rate securities are not eligible instruments, but we will hold the existing auction rate securities until liquidity returns or we exercise our ARS Rights, as discussed below.
 
Auction rate securities are variable rate bonds tied to short-term interest rates with maturities on the face of the securities in excess of 90 days and have interest rate resets through a modified Dutch auction, at predetermined short-term intervals, usually every seven, 28 or 35 days. Auction rate securities generally trade at par value and are callable at par value on any interest payment date at the option of the issuer. Interest received during a given period is based upon the interest rate determined through the auction process. Although these securities are issued and rated as long-term bonds, they have historically been priced and traded as short-term instruments because of the liquidity provided through the interest rate resets. While we continue to earn and accrue interest on our auction rate securities at contractual rates, these investments are not currently trading. During 2008, we classified our auction rate securities as non-current investments on our accompanying consolidated balance sheet versus short-term investments as of December 31, 2007. This change in classification was initially due to the uncertainty as to when the auction rate securities markets would improve. In November 2008, as further described below, we accepted an offer for the ARS Rights on our auction rate securities. In conjunction with our acceptance of the ARS Rights, we changed the designation of the auction rate securities to trading from available for sale and continue to classify the securities as non-current investments as of December 31, 2008.

 
F - 21

 
INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
Summaries of our investments in short-term available for sale securities are as follows (in thousands):
 
   
  December 31, 2008  
 
   
  Cost Basis  
 
 
Unrealized
Gain (Loss)
   
Carrying Value
 
Corporate debt securities
  $ 5,706     $ (7 )   $ 5,699  
U.S. Treasury bills
    1,500             1,500  
Total short-term investments in marketable securities
  $ 7,206     $ (7 )   $ 7,199  

   
December 31, 2007
 
   
Cost Basis
   
Unrealized
Gain (Loss)
   
Carrying
Value
 
Corporate debt securities
  $ 7,607     $ 3     $ 7,610  
Auction rate securities
    7,150             7,150  
Commercial paper
    4,787       2       4,789  
Other
    24       (4 )     20  
Total short-term investments in marketable securities
  $ 19,568     $ 1     $ 19,569  
 
Proceeds from the sale of short-term available-for-sale securities, primarily commercial paper, were $3.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2008. The related gross realized gains and losses were less than $0.1 million. For the year ended December 31, 2007, all proceeds on short-term marketable securities were from the maturity of the securities or sales of auction rate securities at par value. Accordingly, we did not recognize any realized gains or losses on short-term marketable securities.
 
In October 2008, we received an offer providing us with rights, or the ARS Rights, from one of our investment providers to sell at par value auction rate securities originally purchased from the investment provider ($7.2 million) at anytime during a two-year period beginning June 30, 2010. On November 14, 2008, we accepted the offer. By accepting the offer, we are able to sell our auction rate securities back to our investment provider at par value, which is defined as the price equal to the liquidation preference of the auction rate securities plus accrued but unpaid dividends or interest, during the period of June 30, 2010 to July 2, 2012. In consideration for the ARS Rights, we granted the investment provider the right to sell or otherwise dispose of, and/or enter orders in the auction process for our auction rate securities until July 2, 2012 without prior notification, so long as we receive payment of par value upon any sale or disposition.
 
The ARS Rights represent a firm agreement in accordance with SFAS No. 133, which defines a firm agreement as an agreement with an unrelated party, binding on both parties and usually legally enforceable, with the following characteristics: (1) the agreement specifies all significant terms, including the quantity to be exchanged, the fixed price and the timing of the transaction, and (2) the agreement includes a disincentive for nonperformance that is sufficiently large to make performance probable. The enforceability of the rights results in a put option and should be recognized as a free standing asset separate from the auction rate securities. The ARS Rights cannot be net settled, so they do not meet the definition of a derivative instrument under SFAS No. 133. Therefore, we have elected to measure the ARS Rights at fair value under SFAS No. 159, which permits an entity to elect the fair value option for selected recognized financial assets, in order to match the changes in the fair value of the auction rate securities. As a result, changes in fair value will be included in earnings in future periods. For the year ended December 31, 2008, we have recorded an unrealized gain of $0.6 million on the ARS Rights, representing the fair value as of December 31, 2008. The unrealized gain is included in “Non-operating (income) expense” in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and the fair value is included in “Investments and other related assets” in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
 
In connection with our acceptance of the ARS Rights in November 2008, we transferred our auction rate securities from investments available for sale to trading securities in accordance with SFAS No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities . The transfer to trading securities reflects our intent to exercise the ARS Rights during the period June 30, 2010 to July 2, 2012. As a result of the transfer, we immediately recognized in earnings the other-than-temporary impairment on our auction rate securities previously recorded in other comprehensive income (loss). For the year ended December 31, 2008, we recorded a cumulative other-than-temporary impairment and net change in fair value of $0.8 million on the auction rate securities, included in “Non-operating (income) expense” in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

 
F - 22

 
INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
Investment in Internap Japan
 
We maintain a 51% ownership interest in Internap Japan, a joint venture with NTT-ME Corporation and NTT Holdings. We are unable to assert control over the joint venture’s operational and financial policies and practices required to account for the joint venture as a subsidiary whose assets, liabilities, revenue and expense would be consolidated (due to certain minority interest protections afforded to our joint venture partners). We are, however, able to assert significant influence over the joint venture and, therefore, account for our joint venture investment using the equity-method of accounting.
 
Our investment activity in the joint venture is included in the IP services operating segment and summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
   
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Investment Balance, January 1,
  $ 1,138     $ 958     $ 823  
Proportional share of net income
    283       139       114  
Unrealized foreign currency translation gain, net
    201       41       21  
Investment Balance, December 31,
  $ 1,622     $ 1,138     $ 958  
 
Investment in Aventail
 
We account for investments without readily determinable fair values at cost. We include realized gains and losses and declines in value of securities judged to be other-than-temporary in other expense. We incurred a charge during the three months ended June 30, 2007, totaling $1.2 million, representing the write-off of the remaining carrying value of our investment in series D preferred stock of Aventail. We made an initial cash investment of $6.0 million in Aventail series D preferred stock pursuant to an investment agreement in February 2000. In connection with a subsequent round of financing by Aventail, we recognized an initial loss on our investment of $4.8 million in 2001. On June 12, 2007, SonicWall, Inc. announced that it entered into an agreement to acquire Aventail for approximately $25.0 million in cash. The transaction closed on July 11, 2007, with all shares of series D preferred stock being cancelled and the holders of series D preferred stock not receiving any consideration for such shares.
   
6.
FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
 
Effective January 1, 2008, we adopted SFAS No. 157. We also adopted SFAS No. 159 for our ARS Rights, as described in note 5. SFAS No. 157 describes a fair value hierarchy based on three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, that may be used to measure fair value. See note 2 for a further description of this standard. The fair value hierarchy is summarized as follows:
     
 
Level 1: Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
 
Level 2: Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities; and
 
Level 3: Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.
 
The following table represents the fair value hierarchy for our financial assets (cash equivalents and investments in marketable securities) measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2008 (in thousands):
                         
   
Level 1
   
Level 2
   
Level 3
   
Total
 
Money market funds and other
  $ 21,877     $     $     $ 21,877  
Corporate debt securities
          5,699             5,699  
U.S. Treasury bills
          1,500             1,500  
Auction rate securities
                6,378       6,378  
ARS Rights
                649       649  
Total
  $ 21,877     $ 7,199     $ 7,027     $ 36,103  

 
F - 23

 
INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
Level 3 assets consist of auction rate securities whose underlying assets are state-issued student and educational loans that are substantially backed by the federal government and the ARS Rights. While we continue to earn and accrue interest on our auction rate securities at contractual rates, these investments are not currently trading and therefore do not currently have a readily determinable market value. Accordingly, the estimated fair value of auction rate securities no longer approximates par value. Given that observable auction rate securities market information was not available to determine the fair value of our auction rate securities, we estimated the fair value of the auction rate securities based on a wide array of market evidence related to each security’s collateral, ratings and insurance to assess default risk, credit spread risk and downgrade risk that we believe market participants would use in pricing the securities in a current transaction. These assumptions could change significantly over time based on market conditions. We then used a trinomial discount model where the future cash flows of the auction rate securities were priced by summing the present value of the future principal and forecasted interest payments. We also considered probabilities of default, auction failure, a successful auction at par value or repurchase at par value and recovery rates in default for each of the securities. We then discounted the weighted average cash flow for each period back to present value at the determined discount rate for each auction rate security.
 
Similar to the auction rate securities, observable market information was not available to determine the fair value of the ARS Rights. We estimated the fair value of the ARS Rights based on a valuation approach commonly used for forward contracts in which one party agrees to sell a financial instrument (generating cash flows) to another party at a particular time for a predetermined price. In this approach we subtracted the present value of all expected future cash flows from the current fair value of the security, and calculated the resulting value as a future value at an interest rate reflective of counterparty risk.
 
The following table provides a summary of changes in fair value of our Level 3 financial assets as of December 31, 2008 (in thousands):
             
   
Auction
Rate
Securities
   
ARS
Rights
 
Balance, December 31, 2007
  $ 7,150     $  
Net realized loss included in earnings
    (772 )      
Issuance of ARS Rights
          649  
Balance, December 31, 2008
  $ 6,378     $ 649  
                 

7.
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
Property and equipment consists of the following (in thousands):
             
   
December 31,
 
   
2008
   
2007
 
Network equipment
  $ 96,958     $ 86,496  
Network equipment under capital lease
    1,596       1,596  
Furniture, equipment and software
    33,853       31,726  
Leasehold improvements
    147,835       111,216  
Buildings under capital lease
    3,003        
Property and equipment, gross
    283,245       231,034  
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization ($1,721 and $1,596 related to capital leases at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively)
    (185,895 )     (165,543 )
    $ 97,350     $ 65,491  
 
During 2008, we retired $2.0 million of assets with accumulated depreciation of $1.9 million. During 2007, we retired $2.7 million of fully depreciated assets. We capitalized $0.3 million of interest during the year ended December 31, 2008. For the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, we capitalized less than $0.1 million each year.

 
F - 24

 
INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment associated with direct costs of network, sales and services and other depreciation expense is summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
   
  Year ended December 31,  
 
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Direct costs of network, sales and services
  $ 20,650     $ 18,313     $ 13,250  
Other depreciation and amortization
    3,215       3,929       2,606  
Subtotal
    23,865       22,242       15,856  
Amortization of acquired technologies (1)
    6,649       4,165       516  
Total depreciation and amortization
  $ 30,514     $ 26,407     $ 16,372  
                __________________
             (1) Amortization of acquired technologies for 2008 included an impairment charge of $1,850 for developed advertising technology. See note 8 for further details.

8.
GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
Goodwill
 
Goodwill represents the premium paid over the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets we have acquired in business combinations. We recorded $154.7 million of goodwill in connection with the acquisition of VitalStream in February 2007 described in note 3 and we recorded $36.3 million of goodwill from acquisitions in previous years. All of the VitalStream goodwill has been allocated to the CDN services segment and all remaining goodwill from previous acquisitions is included in our IP services segment. A total of $17.1 million of goodwill is deductible for tax purposes.
 
We test goodwill for impairment at least annually. We perform our annual goodwill impairment test as of August 1 of each calendar year, following our annual strategic planning cycle. Our assessment of goodwill for impairment includes comparing the fair value to the net book value of our reporting units. We estimate fair value using a combination of discounted cash flow models and market approaches. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its net book value, goodwill is not impaired and no further testing is necessary. If the net book value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, we perform a second test to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. To measure the amount of any impairment loss, we determine the implied fair value of goodwill in the same manner as if the affected reporting unit were being acquired in a business combination. Specifically, we allocate the fair value of the affected reporting unit to all of the assets and liabilities of that unit, including any unrecognized intangible assets, in a hypothetical calculation that would yield the implied fair value of goodwill. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the goodwill recorded on our balance sheet, we record an impairment charge for the difference.
 
As a result of our August 1, 2008 assessment, we recorded a $99.7 million goodwill impairment charge to adjust goodwill in our CDN services segment to an implied fair value of $54.7 million. We present the goodwill impairment charge separately in the accompanying statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2008. The goodwill impairment is primarily due to declines in our CDN services revenues and operating results as compared to our projections and unfavorable changes in market factors used to estimate fair values. The declines in CDN services revenues and operating results compared to projections are attributable to integration and reliability issues in the acquired network and have now been resolved, a strategic shift to larger, higher credit quality customers and more recently, a highly-competitive market environment for CDN services that is driving lower pricing. Changes in market factors include lower market multiples across the CDN services industry from when we completed the acquisition of VitalStream and our own now-lower market capitalization. The culmination of these factors leading to our impairment of goodwill did not occur until the three months ended September 30, 2008. The impairment charge does not have any impact on our current cash balance or result in violation of any covenants of our debt instruments.

 
F - 25

 
INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 are as follows (in thousands):
                         
         
Data
             
   
IP
   
Center
   
CDN
       
   
Services
   
Services
   
Services
   
Total
 
Balance, January 1, 2007
  $ 36,314     $     $     $ 36,314  
Goodwill acquired
                154,653       154,653  
Adjustments to pre-acquisition assets and liabilities
                133       133  
Utilization of a portion of net operating losses
                (423 )     (423 )
Balance, December 31, 2007
    36,314             154,363       190,677  
                                 
Balance, January 1, 2008
    36,314             154,363       190,677  
Impairment
                (99,700 )     (99,700 )
Balance, December 31, 2008
  $ 36,314     $     $ 54,663     $ 90,977  
 
The assumptions, inputs and judgments used in performing the valuation analysis are inherently subjective and reflect estimates based on known facts and circumstances at the time the valuation is performed. These estimates and assumptions primarily include, but are not limited to, the discount rate, terminal growth rate, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA, and capital expenditures forecasts. The use of different assumptions, inputs and judgments, or changes in circumstances, could materially affect the results of the valuation. Due to the inherent uncertainty involved in making these estimates, actual results could differ from our estimates and could result in an additional non-cash impairment charge in the future. The following is a description of the valuation methodologies we used to derive the fair value the CDN services segment:
     
 
Income Approach : To determine fair value, we discounted the expected cash flows of the CDN services reporting unit. We calculated expected cash flows using a compounded annual revenue growth rate of approximately 20%, forecasting existing cost structures and considering capital reinvestment requirements. We used a discount rate of 20%, representing the estimated weighted average cost of capital, which reflects the overall level of inherent risk involved in our CDN services operations and the rate of return an outside investor would expect to earn. To estimate cash flows beyond the final year of our model, we used a terminal value and incorporated the present value of the resulting terminal value into our estimate of fair value.
     
 
Market-Based Approach : To corroborate the results of the income approach described above, we estimated the fair value of our CDN services reporting unit using several market-based approaches, including the enterprise value that we derive based on our stock price. We also used the guideline company method, which focuses on comparing our risk profile and growth prospects, to select reasonably similar/guideline publicly traded companies. Using the guideline company method, we selected revenue and EBITDA multiples below the median for our comparable companies.
 
We used similar valuation methodologies to derive the fair values of our two IP services reporting units: services and products. Our data center services operating segment does not include any goodwill, but was valued using an income approach as part of our determination of enterprise value. We will continue to perform our annual impairment testing as of August 1 each year absent any impairment indicators that may cause more frequent analysis. We assessed the likelihood of triggering events and concluded that no such triggering events have occurred that would cause us to re-assess goodwill for impairment subsequent to August 1, 2008.
 
The impairment also caused us to reverse a deferred tax liability and create an income tax benefit of $0.6 million associated with the CDN services goodwill. 
 
Other Intangible Assets
 
In conjunction with our review of our long-term financial outlook, we also performed an analysis of the potential impairment and re-assessed the remaining asset lives of other identifiable intangible assets acquired in the VitalStream acquisition. The analysis and re-assessment of other identifiable intangible assets recorded in the VitalStream acquisition resulted in:
     
 
an impairment charge of $1.9 million in developed advertising technology due to a strategic change in market focus,
 
an impairment charge of $0.8 million in trade names as a result of discontinuing use of the VitalStream trade name, and
 
F - 26

INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
 
a change in our estimates that resulted in an acceleration of amortization expense of our customer relationships intangible asset over a shorter estimated useful life (four remaining years instead of an original estimated nine years) due to customer churn resulting in higher than expected attrition as of the acquisition date.
 
The impairment charge of $1.9 million for developed advertising technology is included in the caption “Direct costs of amortization of acquired technologies” in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The impairment charge of $0.8 million for the trade name is included in the caption “Restructuring and other impairments” in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The impairment charge for trade name is presented in the accompanying statement of operations net of a non-cash increase of approximately $1.0 million to our restructuring liability, as discussed in note 9. None of the impairment charges have any impact on our current cash balance or result in violation of any covenants of our debt instruments. The change in accounting estimate for our customer relationship intangible asset resulted in an increase to our net loss of $0.4 million, or less than $0.01 per basic and diluted share for the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
The components of our amortizing intangible assets are as follows (in thousands):
                           
   
December 31, 2008
 
December 31, 2007
 
   
Gross
     
Gross
     
   
Carrying
 
Accumulated
 
Carrying
 
Accumulated
 
   
Amount
 
Amortization
 
Amount
 
Amortization
 
Technology based
 
$
40,061
 
$
(13,317
)
$
41,911
 
$
(8,518
)
Contract based
   
24,232
   
(17,034
)
 
25,018
   
(15,403
)
   
$
64,293
 
$
(30,351
)
$
66,929
 
$
(23,921
)
 
Amortization expense for identifiable intangible assets during 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $6.4 million, $5.3 million and $0.5 million, respectively. This amortization expense does not include impairment charges of $2.7 million in 2008. As of December 31, 2008, estimated amortization expense for the next five years is as follows (in thousands):
           
 
2009
 
$
6,696
 
 
2010
   
6,509
 
 
2011
   
6,181
 
 
2012
   
5,356
 
 
2013
   
4,246
 
 
Thereafter
   
4,954
 
     
$
33,942
 

   
9.
RESTRUCTURING AND OTHER IMPAIRMENTS
 
In conjunction with the preparation of our financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2008 and in light of the recent and significant deterioration in the real estate market, we completed an analysis of our remaining accrued restructuring liability for leased facilities. After reviewing the analysis, and specifically the underlying assumptions related to anticipated sublease recoveries, we concluded that certain of the facilities remaining in the restructuring accrual were taking longer than expected to sublease or were otherwise not generating the expected levels of sublease income. The analyses were based on discounted cash flows using the same credit-adjusted risk-free rate that we used to measure the initial restructuring liability for leases that were part of the 2007 restructuring plan and undiscounted cash flows for leases that were part of the 2001 restructuring plan. The cumulative effect of these changes was $1.1 million which we recorded as additional restructuring expense and an increase to the liability. We also recorded a non-cash benefit of $0.1 million in the three months ended September 30, 2008 to reduce our restructuring liability for employee separations. This non-cash adjustment removes the liability for employee separations since we have paid all amounts.
 
During the year ended December, 31, 2007, we incurred a restructuring and impairment charge of $10.3 million. The charge was the result of a review of our business, particularly in light of our VitalStream acquisition and our plan to finalize the overall integration and implementation of the acquisition. The charge to expense included $7.8 million for leased facilities, representing both the costs less anticipated sublease recoveries that will continue to be incurred without economic benefit to us and costs to terminate leases before the end of their term. The charge also included severance payments of $1.1 million for the termination of certain employees and $1.4 million for impairment of assets. After considering the adjustments for anticipated changes in sublease income described above, we estimated net related expenditures for the 2007 restructuring plan to be $12.2 million, of which we paid $4.2 million through December 31, 2008, and the balance continuing through December 2016, the last date of the longest lease term. We expect to pay these expenditures from operating cash flows. The $1.4 million impairment charge consisted of $1.3 million for restructured leases and less than $0.1 million for other assets. We estimated cost savings from the restructuring to be approximately $0.8 million per year through 2016, primarily for rent.

 
F - 27

 
INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
In 2001, we implemented significant restructuring plans that resulted in substantial charges for real estate and network infrastructure obligations, personnel and other charges. Additional related charges have subsequently been incurred as we continued to evaluate our restructuring reserve.
 
All of these adjustments to the restructuring liability are reported in “Restructuring and other impairments” in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. The following table displays the activity and balances for the restructuring and asset impairment activity for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 (in thousands):
                                                       
   
December 31,
   
Restructuring
                     
December 31,
               
December 31,
 
   
2006
   
and
         
Non-Cash
   
Non-Cash
   
2007
         
Non-Cash
   
2008
 
   
Restructuring
   
Impairment
   
Cash
   
Write-
   
Plan
   
Restructuring
   
Cash
   
Plan
   
Restructuring
 
   
Liability
   
Charges
   
Payments
   
Downs
   
Adjustments
   
Liability
   
Payments
   
Adjustments
   
Liability
 
Activity for 2007 restructuring charge:
                                                     
                                                       
Real estate obligations
  $     $ 7,755     $ (2,248 )   $     $ 805     $ 6,312     $ (1,120 )   $ 1,084     $ 6.276  
Employee separations
          1,140       (615 )           (119 )     406       (260 )     (146 )      
                                                                         
Total restructuring costs
          8,895       (2,863 )           686       6,718       (1,380 )     938       6,276  
                                                                         
Activity for 2007 impairment charge:
                                                                       
                                                                         
Leasehold improvements
          897             (897 )                              
Other
          471             (471 )                              
                                                                         
Total asset impairments
          1,368             (1,368 )                              
                                                                         
Activity for 2001 restructuring charge:
                                                                       
                                                                         
Real estate obligations
    4,784             (1,199 )           (211 )     3,374       (647 )     19       2,746  
                                                                         
Total
  $ 4,784     $ 10,263     $ (4,062 )   $ (1,368 )   $ 475     $ 10,092     $ (2,027 )   $ 957     $ 9,022  
 
The impairment charges referenced in the table above were primarily associated with our data center segment.
 
We also recorded a $1.1 million impairment during year ended December 31, 2007 for the sales order-through-billing system. This impairment charge was not related to any specific segment.
 
In 2006, we recorded a nominal charge for changes in estimated expenses related to real estate obligations. Also, during the year ended December 31, 2006, we recognized an impairment charge of $0.3 million as a result of the implementation of a new financial system which began in 2004.
   
10.
ACCRUED LIABILITIES
 
Accrued liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):
 
   
  December 31,  
 
   
2008
 
2007
 
Compensation and benefits payable
 
$
2,918
 
$
5,390
 
Telecommunications, sales, use and other taxes
   
1,902
   
2,317
 
Other
   
3,936
   
2,452
 
   
$
8,756
 
$
10,159
 

   
11.
REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY AND NOTE PAYABLE
 
On September 14, 2007, we entered into a $35.0 million credit agreement with Bank of America, N.A., as the administrative agent, and other lenders who may become a party to the credit agreement from time-to-time, or the Credit Agreement. Four of our subsidiaries, VitalStream Holdings, Inc., VitalStream, Inc., PlayStream, Inc., and VitalStream Advertising Services, Inc., were guarantors of the Credit Agreement.
 
The Credit Agreement replaced our prior credit agreement between us and Silicon Valley Bank that was last amended on December 27, 2006. We paid off and terminated this prior credit facility concurrently with the execution of the Credit Agreement.
 
 
F - 28

 
INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
The Credit Agreement originally provided for a four-year Revolving Credit Facility in the aggregate amount of up to $5.0 million, which included a $5.0 million sub-limit for letters of credit. With the prior approval of the administrative agent, we had the option to increase the total commitments by up to $15.0 million for a total commitment under the Revolving Credit Facility of $20.0 million. The Revolving Credit Facility was available to finance working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes. As of December 31, 2007, we had a total of $8.0 million of letters of credit issued (including $3.9 million which are secured by the Revolving Credit Facility and the balance secured by restricted cash) and $1.1 million in borrowing capacity on the Revolving Credit Facility. We had no amounts outstanding on the Revolving Credit Facility as of December 31, 2007.
 
The Credit Agreement also originally provided for a term loan, in the amount of $30.0 million, or the Term Loan. We borrowed $20.0 million concurrently with the closing and used a portion of the proceeds from the Term Loan to pay off the prior credit agreement. The Term Loan had $10.0 million in borrowing capacity as of December 31, 2007.
 
The interest rate on the Revolving Credit Facility and Term Loan was a tiered LIBOR-based rate that depended on our 12-month trailing EBITDA. As of December 31, 2007, the interest rate was 7.075%.
 
The net proceeds received from the Term Loan were reduced by $0.3 million for fees paid to Bank of America and its agents. We treated these fees as a debt discount and recorded less than $0.1 million of related amortization during the year ended December 31, 2007. As of December 31, 2007, the balance on the Term Loan, net of the discount, was $19.8 million. We incurred other costs of less than $0.1 million in connection with entering into the Credit Agreement, which we recorded as debt issue costs.
 
As a result of the transactions discussed above, we recorded a loss on extinguishment of prior debt of less than $0.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2007. The loss on extinguishment of debt is included in the caption “Interest expense” within the Non-operating (income) expense section of the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
 
Also during the year ended December 31, 2007, we paid off the term loans and line of credit issued pursuant to the loan and security agreement assumed in the VitalStream acquisition, as discussed in note 3.
 
We subsequently amended the Credit Agreement on May 14, 2008 and September 30, 2008, or the Amendment (the Credit Agreement along with the Amendment are referred to as the Amended Credit Agreement). The Amendment modified the original Credit Amendment as follows:
     
 
converted the Term Loan balance of $20.0 million as of September 30, 2008 into a loan under the Revolving Credit Facility under the Credit Agreement;
 
terminated the Term Loan under the Credit Agreement;
 
increased the total Revolving Credit Commitment (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement) from $5.0 million to $35.0 million;
 
increased the Letter of Credit Sublimit (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement) from $5.0 million to $7.0 million;
 
provided us and Bank of America with an option to enter into a lease financing agreement not to exceed $10.0 million; and
 
modified certain covenants and definitions.
 
Because the Amendment caused the Revolving Credit Facility to have substantially different terms than the Term Loan, it is considered an extinguishment of debt. We recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt in the amount of $0.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2008. The loss on extinguishment of debt is included in the caption “Interest expense” within the non-operating (income) expense section of the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. We also incurred other costs of less than $0.1 million in connection with the Amendment, which we recorded as debt issue costs and will amortize over the remaining term of the Amended Credit Agreement.
 
The interest rate on the Revolving Credit Facility as of December 31, 2008 was 3.0% and is based on Bank of America’s prime rate less a 0.25% margin. The principal amount of $20.0 million is due September 14, 2011. As of December 31, 2008, we had a total of $4.2 million of letters of credit issued and $10.8 million in borrowing capacity on the Revolving Credit Facility.
 
The Amended Credit Agreement includes customary representations, warranties, negative and affirmative covenants (including certain financial covenants relating to a net funded debt to EBITDA ratio, a debt service coverage ratio and a minimum liquidity requirement, as well as a prohibition against paying dividends, limitations on unfunded capital expenditures of $55.0 million for 2008 and $25.0 million or an amount to be mutually agreed upon for 2009 through 2011), customary events of default and certain default provisions that could result in acceleration of the Credit Agreement.
 
Our obligations under the Amended Credit Agreement are pledged, pursuant to a pledge and security agreement and an intellectual property security agreement, by substantially all of our assets including the capital stock of our domestic subsidiaries and 65% of the capital stock of our foreign subsidiaries.

 
F - 29

 
INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
The fair value of our debt approximates the carrying value due to the nature of our credit facility.
   
12.
CAPITAL LEASES
 
We record capital lease obligations and the leased property and equipment at the time of acquisition at the lesser of the present value of future lease payments based upon the terms of the related lease agreement or the fair value of the assets held under capital leases. As of December 31, 2008, our capital leases have expiration dates ranging from May 2009 to April 2023.
 
Historically our capital leases relate to equipment; however, in May 2008 we entered into a capital lease agreement for one of our data center locations which expires in April 2023.
 
Future minimum capital lease payments together with the present value of the minimum lease payments as of December 31, 2008, are as follows (in thousands):
         
2009
 
$
822
 
2010
   
564
 
2011
   
566
 
2012
   
569
 
2013
   
581
 
Thereafter
   
6,339
 
Remaining capital lease payments
   
9,441
 
Less: amounts representing imputed interest
   
(5,923
)
Present value of minimum lease payments
   
3,518
 
Less: current portion
   
(274
)
   
$
3,244
 

   
13.
INCOME TAXES
 
The current and deferred income tax provision (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was as follows (in thousands):
                       
     
Year Ended December 31,
 
     
2008
 
2007
 
2006
 
 
Current:
                   
 
Federal
 
$
254
 
$
15
 
$
145
 
 
State
   
181
   
   
 
 
Foreign (including change in unrecognized tax benefits)
   
(668
)
 
921
   
 
 
Total current provision
   
(233
)
 
936
   
145
 
 
Deferred:
                   
 
Federal
   
(398
)
 
356
   
 
 
State
   
(16
)
 
42
   
 
 
Foreign
   
821
   
(4,414
)
 
 
 
Total deferred benefit
   
407
   
(4,016
)
 
 
 
Net income tax provision (benefit)
 
$
174
 
$
(3,080
)
$
145
 
 
We account for income taxes under the liability method. We determine deferred tax assets and liabilities based on differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and we measure such assets using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when we expect the differences to reverse. We provide a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to their estimated realizable value.

 
F - 30

 
INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
A reconciliation of the effect of applying the federal statutory rate and the effective income tax rate on our income tax provision (benefit) is as follows:
                     
   
Year Ending December 31,
 
   
2008
 
2007
 
2006
 
Federal income tax (benefit) expense at statutory rates
   
(34
)%
 
(34
)%
 
34
%
Goodwill impairment
   
29
   
   
 
Foreign and state income tax (benefit) expense
   
   
(4
)
 
4
 
Stock-based compensation expense
   
1
   
6
   
8
 
Tax reserves
   
   
11
   
 
Other
   
   
   
1
 
Change in valuation allowance
   
4
   
(14
)
 
(43
)
Effective tax rate
   
%
 
(35
)%
 
4
%
 
Temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities that give rise to significant portions of deferred taxes relate to the following (in thousands):
             
   
December 31,
 
   
2008
   
2007
 
Current deferred income tax assets:
           
Provision for doubtful accounts
  $ 1,378     $ 593  
Accrued compensation
    205       233  
Other accrued expenses
    213       196  
Deferred revenue
    1,298       1,648  
Restructuring costs
    973       910  
Foreign net operating loss carryforwards – current portion
          479  
Other
    63       77  
Current deferred income tax assets
    4,130       4,136  
Less: valuation allowance
    (4,129 )     (3,625 )
      1       511  
                 
Non-current deferred income tax assets:
               
Property and equipment
    23,719       21,488  
Goodwill
    3,897        
Intangible assets
    2,574        
Deferred revenue, less current portion
    767       717  
Restructuring costs, less current portion
    2,455       2,925  
Deferred rent
    5,689       4,184  
Stock compensation
    3,378       2,620  
U. S. net operating loss carryforwards
    71,616       81,766  
Foreign net operating loss carryforwards, less current portion
    5,481       13,717  
Capital loss carryforwards
    2,271       2,271  
Tax credit carryforwards
    690       180  
Other
    539       502  
Non-current deferred income tax assets
    123,076       130,370  
Less: valuation allowance
    (120,626 )     (124,936 )
      2,450       5,434  
Non-current deferred income tax liabilities:
               
Purchased intangibles
          (1,531 )
FIN 48 liability related to net operating loss carryforwards
          (921 )
Goodwill
          (398 )
Non-current deferred income tax assets (liabilities), net
    2,450       2,584  
Net deferred tax assets
  $ 2,451     $ 3,095  
 
Based upon a study conducted in 2008, we reduced our net operating loss carryforwards due to limitations under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code with regard to an ownership change in 2001.  As of December 31, 2008, we had U.S. net operating loss carryforwards for federal tax purposes of approximately $188.5 million that will expire through 2026. All periods presented have been revised to reflect these limitations. Of the total U.S. net operating loss carryforwards, $16.8 million of net operating losses related to the deduction of stock compensation that will be tax-effected and the benefit credited to additional paid in capital when realized. In addition, we have alternative minimum tax and state tax credit carryforwards of approximately $0.7 million, which have an indefinite carryforward period, and foreign net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $18.4 million that will begin to expire in 2009.
 
 
F - 31

 
INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
We determined that through December 31, 2008, no further ownership shifts have occurred since 2001. Therefore, no additional material limitations exist on the U.S. net operating losses related to Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code as of December 31, 2008. However, if we experience subsequent changes in stock ownership as defined by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, we may have additional limitations on the future utilization of our U.S. net operating losses.
 
We periodically evaluate the recoverability of the deferred tax assets and the appropriateness of the valuation allowance. For U.S. tax purposes, we established a valuation allowance of approximately $121.4 million against the U.S. deferred tax assets that we do not believe are more likely than not to be realized. We will continue to assess the requirement for a valuation allowance on a quarterly basis and, at such time when we determine that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized, we will reduce the valuation allowance accordingly.
 
Based on analysis of our projected future U.S. pre-tax income, we may have sufficient positive evidence within the next 12 months to release the valuation allowance currently recorded against our U.S. deferred tax assets. Currently, while we cannot guarantee that our expectations of future positive income will occur, we may recognize an income tax benefit derived from total U.S. deferred tax assets upon the release of the valuation allowance. This potential release of the valuation allowance could be affected by an ownership change as defined by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code which might limit the future use of our U.S. net operating loss carryovers and thus reduce the potential benefit of such losses in the future to offset taxable income and reduce cash outflows for income taxes.
 
During the fourth quarter of 2007, we concluded that it was more likely than not that we will realize our U.K. deferred tax assets in future years. The U.K. deferred tax assets primarily consist of net operating loss carryforwards. The total deferred tax asset was $11.6 million as of December 31, 2007. We released $4.4 million of the valuation allowance associated with U.K. deferred tax assets, which resulted in the recognition of a $4.4 million tax benefit. The tax benefit was offset by a liability for uncertain tax positions of $0.9 million, for a net recognized tax benefit of $3.5 million.
 
Changes in our deferred tax asset valuation allowance are summarized as follows (in thousands):
                       
     
Year Ended December 31,
 
     
2008
 
2007
 
2006
 
 
Balance, January 1,
 
$
128,561
 
$
117,747
 
$
130,316
 
 
Decrease (increase) in deferred tax assets
    (3,806
)
  15,228    
(12,569
)
 
Recognition of deferred tax assets
   
 
 
(4,414
)
 
 
 
Balance, December 31,
 
$
124,775
 
$
128,561
 
$
117,747
 
 
The impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets in the third quarter of 2008 had a material effect on the income tax provision. While a component of the CDN services goodwill is deductible for tax purposes, the majority of the goodwill had no basis for tax purposes. Accordingly, when the “non tax basis” goodwill of $90.0 million was impaired for financial reporting purposes, it resulted in a $30.5 million permanent difference that impacted our effective income tax rate. The portion of goodwill where there was corresponding tax basis at the time of the acquisition only impacted our effective income tax rate to the extent that the tax amortization reduced the tax basis of the goodwill below the corresponding book basis while we have a valuation allowance. In past years, this resulted in a permanent difference of an aggregate $0.4 million relating to the tax amortization difference. With the additional impairment of the “tax basis” goodwill in 2008, we recorded a tax benefit for the reversal of the previous income tax expense recognized related to the tax amortization of the CDN services goodwill.
 
We intend to reinvest future earnings indefinitely within each country; however, it is not practicable to determine the amount of the unrecognized deferred income tax liability related to future foreign earnings. Accordingly, we have not recorded deferred taxes for the difference between our financial and tax basis investment in foreign entities.
 
Effective January 1, 2007, we adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, or FIN 48. FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in our financial statements in accordance with SFAS No. 109. FIN 48 requires us to determine whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination based upon the technical merits of the position. If the more-likely-than-not threshold is met, we must measure the tax position to determine the amount to recognize in the financial statements.

 
F - 32

 
INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
Upon the adoption of FIN 48 on January 1, 2007, we recognized no increase in our liability for unrecognized tax benefits. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits for the years ending December 31, 2008 and 2007 is as follows (in thousands):
             
   
Year Ending December 31,
 
   
2008
   
2007
 
Unrecognized tax benefits balance at January 1,
  $ 921     $  
Additions for tax positions of prior years
           
Reductions for tax positions of prior years settlements
           
Additions for tax positions of current year
          921  
Foreign exchange (loss)
    (253 )      
Lapse of statute of limitations
    (668 )      
Unrecognized tax benefits balance at December 31,
  $     $ 921  
 
The changes in the FIN 48 liability had no impact on our effective income tax rate in the respective periods of change due to the offsetting changes in our U.K. deferred tax asset.
 
We classify interest and penalties arising from the underpayment of income taxes in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations as a component of general and administrative expenses. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, we had no accrued interest or penalties related to uncertain tax positions. Our federal income tax returns remain open to examination for the tax years 2005 through 2007, however, tax authorities have the right to adjust the net operating loss carryovers for years prior to 2005. Returns filed in other jurisdictions are subject to examination for years prior to 2005.
   
14.
EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT PLAN
 
We sponsor a defined contribution retirement savings plan that qualifies under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Plan participants may elect to have a portion of their pre-tax compensation contributed to the plan, subject to certain guidelines issued by the Internal Revenue Service. Employer contributions are discretionary and were $0.9 million, $0.8 million and $0.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
   
15.
COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES, CONCENTRATIONS OF RISK AND LITIGATION, INCLUDING SUBSEQUENT EVENT
 
Operating Leases
 
We, as a lessee, have entered into leasing arrangements relating to office and service point rental space and office equipment that are classified as operating leases. Initial lease terms range from two to 20 years and contain various periods of free rent and any renewal options. However, we record rent expense on a straight-line basis over the initial lease term and any renewal periods that are reasonably assured. Certain leases require that we maintain letters of credit or restricted cash balances to ensure payment. Future minimum lease payments on non-cancelable operating leases are as follows at December 31, 2008 (in thousands):
           
 
2009
 
$
24,808
 
 
2010
   
25,789
 
 
2011
   
26,109
 
 
2012
   
26,875
 
 
2013
   
24,846
 
 
Thereafter
   
86,882
 
     
$
215,309
 
 
Rent expense was $21.5 million, $15.1 million and $18.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Sublease income, recorded as a reduction of rent expense, was $0.3 million, $0.5 million and $0.6 million during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 
F - 33

 
INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Service Commitments
 
We have entered into service commitment contracts with Internet network service providers to provide interconnection services and data center providers to provide data center services for our customers. Future minimum payments under these service commitments having terms in excess of one year are as follows at December 31, 2008 (in thousands):
           
 
2009
 
$
7,163
 
 
2010
   
4,941
 
 
2011
   
1,278
 
     
$
13,382
 
 
Subsequent Event
 
On January 29, 2009, we announced the resignation of James P. DeBlasio from his positions as President and Chief Executive Officer effective as of March 16, 2009, or the Separation Date. Mr. DeBlasio also has resigned as our director effective March 15, 2009. Pursuant to the terms of a separation agreement, Mr. DeBlasio will receive (1) a cash payment of $0.9 million, (2) full vesting of all equity awards previously granted to him as of the Separation Date and (3) if he so elects, continued health, dental and vision insurance coverage under our group health plan for 18 months from the Separation Date at no cost to him. Mr. DeBlasio has 12 months following the Separation Date in which to exercise any stock options held by him that were vested as of the Separation Date. We will record the associated severance and stock-based compensation expense in general and administrative costs during the three months ended March 31, 2009. Also on January 29, 2009, we announced the appointment of J. Eric Cooney as our President and Chief Executive Officer and director, effective March 16, 2009.
 
Vendor Disputes
 
In delivering our services, we rely on a number of Internet network, telecommunication and other vendors. We work directly with these vendors to provision services such as establishing, modifying or discontinuing services for our customers. Because of the volume of activity, billing disputes inevitably arise. These disputes typically stem from disagreements concerning the starting and ending dates of service, quoted rates, usage and various other factors. We research disputed costs, both in the vendors’ favor and our favor, and discuss our analysis with vendors on an ongoing basis until ultimately resolved. We record the cost and a liability based on our estimate of the most likely outcome of the dispute. We periodically review these estimates and modify the estimates in light of new information or developments, if any. Because estimates regarding disputed costs include assessments of uncertain outcomes, such estimates are inherently vulnerable to changes due to unforeseen circumstances that could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows.
 
Concentrations of Risk
 
We participate in an industry that is characterized by relatively high volatility and strong competition for market share. We and others in the industry encounter aggressive pricing practices, evolving customer demands and continual technological developments. Our operating results could be negatively affected should we not be able to adequately address pricing strategies, customers’ demands and technological advancements.
 
We depend on other companies to supply various key elements of our infrastructure including the network access local loops between our network access points and our Internet network service providers and the local loops between our network access points and our customers’ networks. In addition, the routers and switches used in our network infrastructure are currently supplied by a limited number of vendors. Furthermore, we do not carry significant supply inventories of the products and equipment that we purchase and use, and we have no guaranteed supply arrangements with our vendors. A loss of a significant vendor could delay build-out of our infrastructure and increase our costs. If our limited source of suppliers fails to provide products or services that comply with evolving Internet standards or that interoperate with other products or services we use in our network infrastructure, we may be unable to meet all or a portion of our customer service commitments, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
Litigation
 
On November 12, 2008, a putative securities fraud class action lawsuit was filed against us and our Chief Executive Officer, James P. DeBlasio, in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Georgia, captioned Catherine Anastasio and Stephen Anastasio v. Internap Network Services Corp. and James P. DeBlasio , Civil Action No. 1:08-CV-3462-JOF. The complaint alleges that we and the individual defendant violated Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act and that the individual defendant also violated Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act as a “control person” of Internap. Plaintiffs purport to bring these claims on behalf of a class of our investors who purchased our stock between March 28, 2007 and March 18, 2008.

 
F - 34

 
INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Plaintiffs allege generally that, during the putative class period, we made misleading statements and omitted material information regarding (1) integration of VitalStream, (2) customer issues and related credits due to services outages, and (3) our previously reported 2007 revenue that we subsequently reduced in 2008 as announced on March 18, 2008. Plaintiffs assert that we and the individual defendant made these misstatements and omissions in order to keep our stock price high. Plaintiffs seek unspecified damages and other relief.
 
While we intend to vigorously contest this lawsuit, we cannot determine the final resolution of this lawsuit or when it might be resolved. In addition to the expenses incurred in defending this litigation and any damages that may be awarded in the event of an adverse ruling, our management’s efforts and attention may be diverted from the ordinary business operations to address these claims. Regardless of the outcome, this litigation may have a material adverse impact on our results because of defense costs, including costs related to our indemnification obligations, diversion of resources and other factors.
 
We are subject to other legal proceedings, claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. Although the outcome of these matters is currently not determinable, we do not expect that the ultimate costs to resolve these matters will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
   
16.
PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
Preferred Stock
 
Effective July 11, 2006, we implemented a one-for-10 reverse stock split for our common stock. At the time, the authorized number of shares of preferred stock was not accordingly reduced and remained at 200 million shares. We intended the reverse stock split to reduce the authorized number of shares of preferred stock. Accordingly, effective June 19, 2008, we reduced the number of authorized shares of preferred stock from 200 million shares to 20 million shares. Of the resulting 20 million authorized shares of preferred stock, 19.5 million shares are blank check preferred stock, the terms and conditions of which our board of directors may designate. Our board of directors previously designated the remaining 0.5 million shares of preferred stock as series B preferred stock pursuant to a certificate of designation of rights, preferences and privileges on April 11, 2007. We have no shares of preferred stock outstanding.
 
Rights Agreement
 
On March 15, 2007, our board of directors declared a dividend of one preferred share purchase right, or a Right, for each outstanding share of our common stock, par value $0.001 per share. The dividend was payable on March 23, 2007 to the stockholders of record on that date. Each Right entitles the registered holder to purchase from us 1/1000 of a share of our Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, or the Preferred Shares, at a price of $100.00 per 1/1000 of a Preferred Share, subject to adjustment. Our Certificate of Designation of Rights, Preferences and Privileges of Series B Preferred Stock designates 0.5 million shares of Series B Preferred Stock. The description and terms of the Rights are set forth in a Rights Agreement between us and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Rights Agent, dated April 11, 2007. 
 
Common Stock
 
On September 18, 2006, our common stock began trading on the NASDAQ Global Market, under the symbol “INAP.” We voluntarily delisted our common stock from the American Stock Exchange, or AMEX, effective September 17, 2006.
 
On July 10, 2006, we implemented a one-for-10 reverse stock split of our common stock. Stockholders approved the stock split on June 21, 2006. Our common stock began trading on a split-adjusted basis on July 11, 2006. All share and per share information herein (including shares outstanding, earnings per share and warrant and stock option exercise prices) have been retroactively restated for all periods presented to reflect the reverse stock split.
 
Treasury Stock
 
During 2006 and 2008, we acquired shares of treasury stock as payment of taxes on stock-based compensation from employees. These shares will be subsequently reissued as part of our stock-based compensation plans.
 
Warrants to Purchase Common Stock
 
On October 20, 2003, we issued warrants to purchase less than 0.1 million shares of common stock at an exercise price of $9.50 in connection with a private placement of our common stock. These warrants expired on August 22, 2008.

 
F - 35

 
INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

   
17.
STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS
 
We measure stock-based compensation cost at the grant date based on the calculated fair value of the award. We recognize the expense over the employees’ requisite service period, generally the vesting period of the award. For performance-based awards, we periodically assess whether the performance conditions are probable of being met and record compensation expense based on this assessment of probability. We estimate the fair value of stock options at the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with weighted average assumptions for the activity under our stock plans. Option pricing model input assumptions such as expected term, expected volatility and risk-free interest rate, impact the fair value estimate. Further, the forfeiture rate impacts the amount of aggregate compensation. These assumptions are subjective and generally require significant analysis and judgment to develop. When we elect to pay certain bonuses in shares of stock, the total amount to be paid is determined similarly to cash bonuses and the number of shares to be granted is determined based on the fair value of our stock at the date of grant.
 
 
Stock-Based Compensation Expense
 
The following table summarizes the amount of stock-based compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures in accordance with SFAS No. 123R, included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 (in thousands):
 
         Year ended December 31,  
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
 
Direct costs of customer support
  $ 1,369     $ 1,892     $ 1,102  
Product development
    688       856       628  
Sales and marketing
    1,782       2,135       2,145  
General and administrative
    3,660       3,798       2,067  
Total stock-based compensation expense included in net income
  $ 7,499     $ 8,681     $ 5,942  
 
We have not recognized any tax benefits associated with stock-based compensation due to our tax net operating losses. We capitalized less than $0.1 million of stock-based compensation during each of the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
 
We estimated the fair values of stock options at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. The significant weighted average assumptions used for estimating the fair value of the activity under our stock option plans for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, were expected terms of 4.0, 6.2 and 5.7, respectively; historical volatilities of 72%, 114% and 123% respectively; risk free interest rates of 2.61%, 4.44% and 4.63%, respectively and no dividend yield. The weighted average estimated fair value per share of our employee stock options at grant date was $3.79, $13.71 and $7.75 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The expected term represents the weighted average period of time that granted options are expected to be outstanding, giving consideration to the vesting schedules and our historical exercise patterns. Because our options are not publicly traded, assumed volatility is based on the historical volatility of our stock. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding to the expected term of the options. We have also used historical data to estimate option exercises, employee termination and forfeiture rates.
 
In June 2006, our stockholders approved the repricing of certain outstanding options under our existing equity incentive plans. Options with an exercise price per share greater than or equal to $13.00 were eligible for the repricing. We implemented the repricing through an exchange program under which eligible participants were offered the opportunity to exchange their eligible options for new options to purchase shares. Each new option had substantially the same terms and conditions as the eligible options cancelled except as follows:
     
 
The exercise price per share of each replacement option granted in the exchange offer was $14.46, the average of the closing prices of the common stock as reported by the American Stock Exchange and the NASDAQ Global Market, as applicable, for the 15 consecutive trading days ending immediately prior to the grant date of the replacement options;
     
 
For all eligible options with an exercise price per share greater than or equal to $20.00, the exchange ratio was one-for-two; and
     
 
Each new option has a 10-year term and a three-year vesting period, vesting in equal monthly installments over three years, so long as the grantee continues to be a full-time employee.

 
F - 36

 
INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
A total of 50 employees eligible to participate in the exchange offer tendered, and we accepted for cancellation, eligible options to purchase an aggregate of 344,987 shares of common stock, representing 49.4% of the total shares of common stock underlying options eligible for exchange in the exchange offer. We issued replacement options to purchase an aggregate of 179,043 shares of common stock in exchange for the cancellation of the tendered eligible options. We will recognize $0.1 million of incremental compensation cost over the three-year vesting period as a result of the option exchange. The incremental expense was measured as the excess of the fair value of the repriced options over the fair value of the original options immediately before the terms of the original options were modified. The measurement was based on the share price and other pertinent factors at the date of modification.
 
Stock Compensation and Option Plans
 
On June 23, 2005, we adopted the Internap Network Services Corporation 2005 Incentive Stock Plan, or the 2005 Plan, which we amended and restated on March 15, 2006. Under the 2005 Plan, we may issue stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock grants and stock unit grants to eligible employees and directors. The 2005 Plan is administered by the compensation committee of our board of directors. On October 1, 2008, we filed a registration statement on Form S-8 to register 4.0 million additional shares of our common stock for issuance under the 2005 Plan. We have reserved a total of 10.8 million shares of stock for issuance under the 2005 Plan, comprised of 6.0 million shares designated in the 2005 Plan plus 1.0 million shares that remain available for issuance of options and awards and 3.8 million shares of unexercised options under certain pre-existing plans. We will not make any future grants under the specified preexisting plans, but each of the specified pre-existing plans were made a part of the 2005 Plan so that the shares available for issuance under the 2005 Plan may be issued in connection with grants made under those plans. As of December 31, 2008, 2.6 million options were outstanding, 0.8 million shares of non-vested restricted stock awards were outstanding and 6.6 million shares of stock were available for issuance under the 2005 Plan.
 
Under the 2005 Plan, we may not grant in any calendar year an option to any employee or director to purchase more than 1.4 million shares of stock or a stock appreciation right based on the appreciation with respect to more than 1.4 million shares of stock. Similarly, we may not make in any calendar year a stock grant or stock unit grant to any employee or director where the fair market value of the stock subject to such grant on the grant date exceeds $3.0 million. Furthermore, we may not issue more than 0.7 million non-forfeitable shares of stock pursuant to stock grants.
 
As a result of the acquisition of VitalStream as discussed in note 3, we assumed the VitalStream Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, or the VitalStream Plan, and all of the corresponding options to purchase stock. Under the terms of the merger agreement, each VitalStream stock option that was outstanding and unexercised was converted into an option to purchase Internap common stock and we assumed that stock option in accordance with the terms of the applicable VitalStream stock option plan and terms of the stock option agreement. Based on VitalStream’s stock options outstanding at February 20, 2007, we converted options to purchase approximately 3.0 million shares of VitalStream common stock into options to purchase approximately 1.5 million shares of our common stock. We determined the fair value of the outstanding options using a Black-Scholes valuation model with the following assumptions: volatility of 48.8% to 120.1%; risk-free interest rates ranging from 4.7% to 5.1%; remaining expected lives ranging from 0.18 to 6.25 years; and dividend yield of zero.
 
The VitalStream Plan provided for the granting of incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options or shares of common stock directly to certain key employees, members of the board of directors, consultants and independent contractors according to the terms of the plan. There were 5.4 million VitalStream shares, or 2.8 million Internap shares on a post-converted basis, reserved for issuance under the plan and 0.5 million VitalStream shares, or 0.3 million Internap shares on a post-converted basis, available for grant. Generally, the assumed options had exercise prices equal to the stock price on the date of grant and had contractual terms of five years. Vesting schedules ranged from quarterly periods over one year to four years with 1/4 th vesting after one year and 1/16 th vesting each quarter thereafter.
 
In July 1999, we adopted the 1999 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan, or the Director Plan. The Director Plan provides for the grant of non-qualified stock options to non-employee directors. A total of 0.4 million shares of our common stock have been reserved for issuance under the Director Plan. Under the Director Plan, non-employee directors receive fully-vested and exercisable initial option for 8,000 shares of our common stock on the date such person is first elected or appointed as a non-employee director. The Director Plan provides that on the day after each of our annual stockholder meetings, each non-employee director receives a fully vested and exercisable option for 5,000 shares, provided such person has been a non-employee director for at least the prior six months. The options have an exercise price equal to 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date and are fully vested and exercisable as of the grant date. Each director also receives an annual grant of 2,500 restricted stock awards, which vest ratably over three years, subject to the terms of the 2005 Plan, under which these restricted stock awards are granted. In addition, new non-employee directors receive a grant of 12,500 restricted stock awards, which vest ratably over three years, subject to the terms of the 2005 Plan and the stock grant agreement under which the restricted stock awards are granted. As of December 31, 2008, 0.2 million options were outstanding and 0.2 million shares were available for grant pursuant to the Director Plan.

 
F - 37

 
INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
The option price for each share of stock subject to an option generally may not be less than the fair market value of a share of stock on the grant date. Stock options generally have a maximum term of 10 years from the grant date. Incentive stock options, or ISOs, may be granted only to eligible employees and if granted to a 10% stockholder, the terms of the grant will be more restrictive than for other eligible employees. Terms for stock appreciation rights are similar to those of options. Upon exercise of a stock appreciation right, the compensation committee of our board of directors determines the form of payment as cash, shares of stock issued under the 2005 Plan based on the fair market value of a share of stock on the date of exercise or a combination of cash and shares.
 
Options and stock appreciation rights become exercisable in whole or in part from time-to-time as determined at the grant date by our board of directors or the compensation committee of our board of directors, as applicable. Stock options generally vest 25% after one year and monthly or quarterly over the following three years, except for non-employee directors who usually receive immediately exercisable options. Conditions, if any, under which stock will be issued under stock grants or cash will be paid under stock unit grants and the conditions under which the interest in any stock that has been issued will become non-forfeitable are determined at the grant date by the compensation committee. If the only condition to the forfeiture of a stock grant or stock unit grant is the completion of a period of service, the minimum period of service will generally be three years from the grant date. We have reserved common stock under each of the stock compensation plans to satisfy option exercises with newly issued stock. However, we may also use treasury stock to satisfy option exercises
 
On March 20, 2008, we granted 0.2 million shares of restricted common stock with performance-based vesting. The awards will vest in increments of one-third beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date if we achieve revenue and adjusted earnings levels established by our board of directors. ”Adjusted earnings” is defined in the 2005 Plan. We will either meet or not meet both goals in a given year. With respect to all shares of performance-based restricted stock that do not vest during any of the three years, 50% of such shares will vest on the fourth anniversary of the date of grant. For the performance-based restricted stock awards, we recognize compensation expense based on our assessment of the probability that the performance conditions will be achieved. We must use our judgment to make the probability assessment and, as of December 31, 2008, we believed the performance conditions would not be met.
 
Option activity for the year ended December 31, 2008 under all of our stock option plans is as follows (shares in thousands):
               
     
Shares
   
Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 
 
Balance, January 1, 2008
    3,173     $ 13.29  
 
Granted
    660       6.90  
 
Exercised
    (78 )     4.08  
 
Forfeitures and post-vesting cancellations
    (974 )     13.62  
 
Balance, December 31, 2008
    2,781     $ 11.91  
 
Exercisable, December 31, 2008
    1,738     $ 13.37  
 
Fully vested and exercisable stock options and stock options expected to vest as of December 31, 2008 are further summarized as follows (shares in thousands):
               
     
Fully
Vested and
Exercisable
   
Expected
to Vest
 
 
Total shares
    1,738       2,616  
 
Weighted-average exercise price
  $ 13.37     $ 12.07  
 
Aggregate intrinsic value
  $ 2,925     $ 2,925  
 
Weighted-average remaining contractual term, in years
    5.8       6.6  
 
The total intrinsic value of options exercised was $0.2 million, $11.8 million and $2.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. None of our stock options or the underlying shares is subject to any right to repurchase by us.

 
F - 38

 
INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
Restricted stock activity for the year ended December 31, 2008 is as follows (shares in thousands):
               
     
Shares
   
Weighted-Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
 
 
Non-vested balance, January 1, 2008
    679     $ 13.19  
 
Granted
    724       4.07  
 
Vested
    (256 )     10.84  
 
Forfeited
    (302 )     9.22  
 
Non-vested balance, December 31, 2008
    845     $ 7.76  
 
The total fair value of restricted stock awards vested during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $1.1 million, $2.3 million and $2.1 million, respectively. The cumulative effect of the change in the forfeiture rate for non-vested restricted stock upon our adoption of SFAS No. 123R on January 1, 2006 was immaterial and recorded as part of operating expense. The total intrinsic value at December 31, 2008 of all non-vested restricted stock awards was $2.1 million.
 
Total unrecognized compensation costs related to non-vested stock-based compensation as of December 31, 2008 is summarized as follows (dollars in thousands):
                       
     
December 31, 2008
 
     
Stock
Options
 
Restricted
Stock
 
Total
 
 
Unrecognized compensation
 
$
8,367
 
$
8,253
 
$
16,620
 
 
Weighted-average remaining recognition period (in years)
   
2.5
   
2.6
   
2.6
 
 
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
 
Effective June 15, 2004, we adopted the 2004 Internap Network Services Corporation Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the Purchase Plan. The purpose of the Purchase Plan is to encourage ownership of our common stock by each of our eligible employees by permitting eligible employees to purchase our common stock at a discount. Eligible employees may elect to participate in the Purchase Plan for two consecutive calendar quarters, referred to as a “purchase period,” during a designated period immediately preceding the purchase period. Purchase periods have been established as the six-month periods ending June 30 and December 31 of each year. A participation election is in effect until it is amended or revoked by the participating employee, which may be done at any time on or before the last day of the purchase period.
 
Initially, the price for shares of common stock purchased under the Purchase Plan was the lesser of 85% of the closing sale price per share of common stock on the first day of the purchase period or 85% of such closing price on the last day of the purchase period. The Purchase Plan was intended to be a non-compensatory plan for both tax and financial reporting purposes. However, upon our adoption of SFAS No. 123R in the first quarter of 2006, we recognized compensation expense of $0.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2006, representing the estimated fair value of the benefit to participants as of the beginning of the purchase period. In January 2006, we amended the Purchase Plan to change the purchase price from 85% to 95% of the closing sale price per share of common stock on the last day of the purchase period and to eliminate the alternative to use the first day of the offering period as a basis for determining the purchase price. This amendment restored the plan to being non-compensatory for financial reporting purposes and was effective for the purchase period July 1 through December 31, 2006. As such, we did not recognize additional compensation expense for the Purchase Plan after June 30, 2006. We granted less than 0.1 million shares under the Purchase Plan during each of the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, and we granted approximately 0.1 million shares under the Purchase Plan during the year ended December 31, 2006. Cash received from participation in the Purchase Plan was $0.2 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 and $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. At December 31, 2008, 0.2 million shares were reserved for future issuance under the Purchase Plan.
 
At December 31, 2008, we had reserved 9.8 million total shares for future awards under all plans. Cash received from all stock-based compensation arrangements was $0.5 million, $8.6 million and $3.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
   
18.
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
As discussed in note 5, we had an investment in Aventail, who was also a customer for data center and connectivity services. We invoiced Aventail $0.2 million during 2007 and $0.3 million during 2006. As of December 31, 2007, our outstanding receivable balance with Aventail was less than $0.1 million. We incurred a charge during the period ended June 30, 2007, totaling $1.2 million, representing the write-off of the remaining carrying value of our investment in series D preferred stock of Aventail.

 
F - 39

 
INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
One of our former executive officers had a material equity ownership interest in and is a member of the board of directors of a customer of ours, Surfline/Wavetrak, Inc., or Surfline. We invoiced Surfline $0.2 million and $0.1 million during 2008 and 2007, respectively, of which less than $0.1 million was outstanding as of both December 31, 2008 and 2007. Surfline was not a customer prior to 2007. This executive officer resigned from the Company in June 2008.
   
19.
UNAUDITED QUARTERLY RESULTS
 
The following table sets forth selected unaudited quarterly data for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007. The quarterly operating results below are not necessarily indicative of those in future periods (in thousands, except for share data).
                         
   
Quarter Ended
 
2008
 
March 31
   
June 30
   
September 30
   
December 31
 
                                 
Revenues
  $ 62,053     $ 62,325     $ 65,399     $ 64,212  
Direct costs of network, sales and services, exclusive of depreciation and amortization
    31,363       33,484       35,404       35,626  
Direct costs of amortization of acquired technologies
    1,229       1,229       3,049       1,142  
Direct costs of customer support
    4,365       4,203       3,950       3,699  
Impairments and restructuring
                100,415       1,026  
Net income (loss)
    739       (3,237 )     (101,405 )     (910 )
Basic net income (loss) per share
    0.02       (0.07 )     (2.06 )     (0.02 )
Diluted net income (loss) per share
    0.01       (0.07 )     (2.06 )     (0.02 )
 

                         
   
Quarter Ended
 
2007
 
March 31
   
June 30
   
September 30
   
December 31
 
                                 
Revenues
  $ 53,534     $ 58,494     $ 60,426     $ 61,636  
Direct costs of network, sales and services, exclusive of depreciation and amortization
    28, 629       29,617       29,272       30,876  
Direct costs of amortization of acquired technologies
    654       1,054       1,228       1,229  
Direct costs of customer support
    3,388       4,330       4,495       4,334  
Impairments and restructuring
    11,349                    
Acquired in-process research and development
    450                    
Write-off of investment
          1,178              
Net (loss) income
    (10,695 )     (1,683 )     1,383       5,440  
Basic and diluted net (loss) income per share
    (0.26 )     (0.03 )     0.03       0.11  
                                 

 
F - 40

 
 
INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE
 
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES (IN THOUSANDS)
                                 
   
Balance at
Beginning
of Fiscal
Period
 
Charges to
Costs and
Expense
 
Charges to
Other
Accounts
 
Deductions
 
Balance at
End of
Fiscal
Period
 
Year ended December 31, 2006:
                               
Allowance for doubtful accounts
 
$
963
 
$
548
 
$
 
$
(1,130
) (1)
$
381
 
                                 
Year ended December 31, 2007:
                               
Allowance for doubtful accounts
   
381
   
2,261
   
928
(2)
 
(1,219
) (1)
 
2,351
 
                                 
Year ended December 31, 2008:
                               
Allowance for doubtful accounts
   
2,351
   
5,322
   
   
(4,896
) (1)
 
2,777
 
 

  __________________
 
(1)
Deductions in the allowance for doubtful accounts represent write-offs of uncollectible accounts net of recoveries.
     
 
(2)
Purchase price adjustment associated with our acquisition of VitalStream Holdings, Inc.
 
 
S - 1

Exhibit 10.1


INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION
1998 STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN

AMENDED AND RESTATED SEPTEMBER 20, 2000


ARTICLE I

GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 1.     PURPOSE

This 1998 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan is intended to promote the interests of InterNAP Network Services Corp. (the "Corporation") by providing eligible individuals who are responsible for the management, growth and financial success of the Corporation or who otherwise render valuable services to the Corporation with the opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest, or increase their proprietary interest, in the Corporation and thereby encourage them to remain in the service of the Corporation.

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in Section 6 of this Article I.

SECTION 2.     STRUCTURE OF THE PLAN

The Plan shall be divided into two separate components: the Option Grant Program specified in Article II and the Stock Issuance Program specified in Article III. The provisions of Articles I, IV and V of the Plan shall apply to both the Option Grant Program and the Stock Issuance Program and shall accordingly govern the interests of all individuals in the Plan.

SECTION 3.     ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

(a)      The Plan shall be administered by the Board. The Board at any time may appoint a Committee and delegate to such Committee some or all of the administrative powers allocated to the Board pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. Members of the Committee shall serve for such period of time as the Board may determine and shall be subject to removal by the Board at any time. The Board at any time may terminate the functions of the Committee and reassume all powers and authority previously delegated to the Committee.

(b)      The Plan Administrator (either the Board or the Committee, to the extent the Committee is at the time responsible for the administration of the Plan) shall have full power and authority (subject to the provisions of the Plan) to establish such rules and regulations as it may deem appropriate for the proper plan administration and to make such determinations under, and issue such interpretations of, the Plan and any outstanding option grants or share issuances as it may deem necessary or advisable. Decisions of the Plan Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties who have an interest in the Plan or any outstanding option or share issuance.

 
 

 

(c)      At such time as the Common Stock is publicly traded, in the discretion of the Board, a Committee may consist solely of two or more Outside Directors, in accordance with Section 162(m) of the Code, and/or solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors, in accordance with Rule 16b-3.  Within the scope of such authority, the Board or the Committee may (1) delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board who are not Outside Directors the authority to grant Stock Awards to eligible persons who are either (a) not then Covered Employees and are not expected to be Covered Employees at the time of recognition of income resulting from such Stock Award or (b) not persons with respect to whom the Corporation wishes to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code and/or) (2) delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board who are not Non-Employee Directors the authority to grant Stock Awards to eligible persons who are not then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

SECTION 4.     OPTION GRANTS AND SHARE ISSUANCES

(a)      The persons eligible to receive option grants pursuant to the Option Grant Program (each an "Optionee") and/or share issuances under the Stock Issuance Program (each a "Participant") are limited to the following:

(1)      key employees (including officers and directors) of the Corporation (or its Parent or Subsidiary corporations, if any) who render services that contribute to the success and growth of the Corporation (or its Parent or Subsidiary corporations), or that reasonably may be anticipated to contribute to the future success and growth of the Corporation (or its Parent or Subsidiary corporations);

(2)      the non-employee members of the Board or the non-employee members of the board of directors of any Parent or Subsidiary corporations; and

(3)      those consultants or independent contractors who provide valuable services to the Corporation (or its Parent or Subsidiary corporations, if any).

(b)      The Plan Administrator shall have full authority to determine: (i) with respect to the option grants made under the Plan, which eligible individuals are to receive option grants, the number of shares to be covered by each such grant, the status of the granted option as either an Incentive Option or a Non-Statutory Option, the time or times at which each granted option is to become exercisable and the maximum term for which the option may remain outstanding, and (ii) with respect to share issuances under the Stock Issuance Program, the number of shares to be issued to each Participant, the vesting schedule (if any) to be applicable to the issued shares, and the consideration to be paid by the individual for such shares.

(c)      The Plan Administrator shall have the absolute discretion either to grant options in accordance with Article II of the Plan or to effect share issuances in accordance with Article III of the Plan.

SECTION 5.     STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

(a)      The stock issuable under the Plan shall be shares of the Corporation's authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock (the "Common Stock"). The maximum number of shares that may be issued over the term of the Plan shall not exceed four million thirty-five thousand (4,035,000) shares of Common Stock. The total number of shares issuable under the Plan shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of Section 5(c).
 
 
2

 
 
(b)      Shares subject to (i) the portion of one or more outstanding options that are not exercised or surrendered prior to expiration or termination and (ii) outstanding options canceled in accordance with the cancellation-regrant provisions of Section 5 of Article II will be available for subsequent option grants or stock issuances under the Plan. Shares issued under either the Option Grant Program or the Stock Issuance Program (whether as vested or unvested shares) that are repurchased by the Corporation shall not be available for subsequent option grants or stock issuances under the Plan.

(c)      If any change is made in the Common Stock subject to the Plan, or subject to any Stock Award, without the receipt of consideration by the Corporation (through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other transaction not involving the receipt of consideration by the Corporation), the Plan will be appropriately adjusted in the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Article I, Section 5(a) and the maximum number of securities subject to award to any person pursuant to subsection 5(e), and the outstanding Stock Awards will be appropriately adjusted in the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of Common Stock subject to such outstanding Stock Awards. The Board shall make such adjustments, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive. (The conversion of any convertible securities of the Corporation shall not be treated as a transaction "without receipt of consideration" by the Corporation.)

(d)      Common Stock issuable under the Plan, whether under the Option Grant Program or the Stock Issuance Program, may be subject to such restrictions on transfer, repurchase rights or other restrictions as may be determined by the Plan Administrator.

(e)      Subject to the provisions of Article I, Section 5(c) relating to adjustments upon changes in the shares of Common Stock, no Employee shall be eligible to be granted options covering more than two million (2,000,000) shares of Common Stock during any calendar year.

SECTION 6.     DEFINITIONS

The following definitions shall apply to the respective capitalized terms used herein:

BOARD means the Board of Directors of InterNAP Network Services Corp.
 
 
3

 
 
CAUSE shall have such meaning as is defined in the Participant's employment or consulting agreement with a Paticipating Company. If the Participant does not have an employment or consulting agreement with a Paticipating Company, or if such agreement does not define the term "Cause," then the term "Cause" shall mean: (i) misconduct or dishonesty that materially adversely affects a Paticipating Company, including without limitation (A) an act materially in conflict with the financial interests of a Paticipating Company, (B) an act that could damage the reputation or customer relations of a Paticipating Company, (C) an act that could subject a Paticipating Company to liability, (D) an act constituting sexual harassment or other violation of the civil rights of coworkers, (E) failure to obey any lawful instruction of the Board or any officer of a Paticipating Company and (F) failure to comply with, or perform any duty required under, the terms of any confidentiality, inventions or non-competition agreement the Participant may have with a Paticipating Company, or (ii) acts constituting the unauthorized disclosure of any of the trade secrets or confidential information of a Paticipating Company, unfair competition with a Paticipating Company or the inducement of any customer of a Paticipating Company to breach any contract with a Paticipating Company. The right to exercise any Option shall be suspended automatically during the pendency of any investigation by the Board or its designee, and/or any negotiations by the Board or its designee and the Participant, regarding any actual or alleged act or omission by the Participant of the type described in this section.

CHANGE IN CONTROL means the transaction described in Article V, Section (b), which is referred to as a Change in Control or Corporate transaction.

CODE means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

COMMITTEE means either the Compensation Committee of the Board or another committee comprised of two or more members thereof and appointed pursuant to the Plan to function as the Plan Administrator.

CORPORATION means InterNAP Network Services Corp., a Washington corporation.

CORPORATE TRANSACTION means the transaction described in Article V, Section (b), which is referred to as a Change in Control or Corporate Transaction.

COVERED EMPLOYEE means the chief executive officer and the four (4) other highest compensated officers of the Corporation for whom total compensation is required to be reported to shareholders under the Exchange Act, as determined for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.

EMPLOYEE means an individual who is in the employ of the Corporation or one or more Parent or Subsidiary corporations. An optionee shall be considered to be an Employee for so long as such individual remains in the employ of the Corporation or one or more Parent or Subsidiary corporations, subject to the control and direction of the employer entity as to both the work to be performed and the manner and method of performance.

EXCHANGE ACT means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

EXERCISE DATE shall be the date on which written notice of the exercise of an outstanding option under the Plan is delivered to the Corporation. Such exercise shall be effected pursuant to a stock purchase agreement incorporating any repurchase rights or first refusal rights retained by the Corporation with respect to the Common Stock purchased under the option.

 
4

 
 
FAIR MARKET VALUE of a share of Common Stock on any relevant date shall be determined in accordance with the following provisions:

(a)      If the Common Stock is at the time listed or admitted to trading on any stock exchange, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per share of Common Stock on the date in question on the stock exchange determined by the Plan Administrator to be the primary market for the Common Stock. If there is no reported sale of Common Stock on such exchange on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the exchange on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(b)      If the Common Stock is not at the time listed or admitted to trading on any stock exchange but is traded in the over-the-counter market, the Fair Market Value shall be the mean between the highest bid and the lowest asked prices (or if such information is available the closing selling price) per share of Common Stock on the date in question in the over-the-counter market, as such prices are reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers through its NASDAQ National Market System or any successor system. If there are no reported bid and asked prices (or closing selling price) for the Common Stock on the date in question, then the mean between the highest bid and lowest asked prices (or closing selling price) on the last preceding date for which such quotations exist shall be determinative of Fair Market Value.

(c)      If the Common Stock is at the time neither listed nor admitted to trading on any stock exchange nor traded in the over-the-counter market, or if the Plan Administrator determines that the valuation provisions of subsections (a) and (b) above will not result in a true and accurate valuation of the Common Stock, then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Plan Administrator after taking into account such factors as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate under the circumstances.

INCENTIVE  OPTION means an incentive stock option that satisfies the  requirements of Section 422 of the Code.

NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR means a Director who either (i) is not a current Employee or Officer of the Corporation or its parent or a subsidiary, does not receive compensation (directly or indirectly) from the Corporation or its parent or a subsidiary for services rendered as a consultant or in any capacity other than as a Director (except for an amount as to which disclosure would not be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act ("Regulation S-K")), does not possess an interest in any other transaction as to which disclosure would be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K and is not engaged in a business relationship as to which disclosure would be required under Item 404(b) of Regulation S-K; or (ii) is otherwise considered a "non-employee director" for purposes of Rule 16b-3.

NON-STATUTORY OPTION means an option not intended to meet the statutory requirements prescribed for an Incentive Option.
 
OFFICER means a person who is an officer of the Corporation within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
5


OUTSIDE DIRECTOR means a Director who either (i) is not a current employee of the Corporation or an "affiliated corporation" (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) of the Code), is not a former employee of the Corporation or an "affiliated corporation" receiving compensation for prior services (other than benefits under a tax qualified pension plan), was not an officer of the Corporation or an "affiliated corporation" at any time and is not currently receiving direct or indirect remuneration from the Corporation or an "affiliated corporation" for services in any capacity other than as a Director or (ii) is otherwise considered an "outside director" for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.

PARENT corporation means any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Corporation, provided each such corporation in the unbroken chain (other than the Corporation) owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

PARTICIPATING COMPANY means the Corporation, a Parent, or a Subsidiary.

PERMANENT DISABILITY means the inability of an individual to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expect to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.

PLAN means this 1998 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan.

PLAN ADMINISTRATOR means the Board or the Committee, to the extent the Committee is responsible for plan administration in accordance with Article I, Section 3.

RULE 16b-3 means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect from time to time.

SECURITIES ACT means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

SERVICE means the performance of services for the Corporation or one or more Parent or Subsidiary corporations by an individual in the capacity of an Employee, a non-employee member of the board of directors or an independent consultant or advisor, unless a different meaning is specified in the option agreement evidencing the option grant, the purchase agreement evidencing the purchased option shares or the issuance agreement evidencing any direct stock issuance. An optionee shall be deemed to remain in Service for so long as such individual renders services to the Corporation or any Parent or Subsidiary corporation on a periodic basis in the capacity of an Employee, a non-employee member of the board of directors or an independent consultant or advisor.
 
STOCK AWARD means any right granted under the Plan including an Incentive Stock Option, Non-Statutory Option or stock issuance.
 
STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT means any written agreement between the Corporation and the holder of a Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of the Stock Award. Each Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.
 
6

 
 
SUBSIDIARY corporation means each corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Corporation, provided each such corporation (other than the last corporation) in the unbroken chain owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

TEN PERCENT SHAREHOLDER means the owner of stock (as determined under Section 424(d) of the Code) possessing ten percent (10%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation or any Parent or Subsidiary corporation.

ARTICLE II

OPTION GRANT PROGRAM

SECTION 1.     TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS

Options granted pursuant to the Plan shall be authorized by action of the Plan Administrator and, at the discretion of the Plan Administrator, may be either Incentive Options or Non-Statutory Options. Each granted option shall be evidenced by one or more instruments in the form approved by the Plan Administrator; provided, that each such instrument shall comply with and incorporate the terms and conditions specified below. In addition, each instrument evidencing an Incentive Option shall be subject to the applicable provisions of Section 2 of this Article II.

(a)      OPTION PRICE.

(1)      The option price per share shall be fixed by the Plan Administrator.

(2)      The option price shall become immediately due upon exercise of the option, and subject to the provisions of Article IV, Section 2, shall be payable in cash or check drawn to the Corporation's order. Should the Corporation's outstanding Common Stock be registered under Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "1934 Act") at the time the option is exercised, then the option price may also be paid as follows:

(A)      in shares of Common Stock held by the optionee for the requisite period necessary to avoid a charge to the Corporation's earnings for financial reporting purposes and valued at Fair Market Value on the Exercise Date; or

(B)      through a special sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which the Optionee is to (i) provide irrevocable written instructions to a designated brokerage firm to effect the immediate sale of the purchased shares and remit to the Corporation, out of the sale proceeds, an amount sufficient to cover the aggregate option price payable for the purchased shares plus all applicable Federal and State income and employment taxes required to be withheld by the Corporation by reason of such purchase and (ii) concurrently provide written directives to the Corporation to deliver the certificates for the purchased shares directly to such brokerage firm in order to effect the sale transaction.

(b)      TERM AND EXERCISE OF OPTIONS. Each option granted under the Plan shall be exercisable at such time or times, during such period, and for such number of shares as shall be determined by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the notice of grant and stock option agreement evidencing such option. No option granted under the Plan, however, shall have a term in excess of ten (10) years from the grant date. During the lifetime of the Optionee, the option shall be exercisable only by the Optionee and shall not be assignable or transferable by the Optionee otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution following the Optionee's death.

(c)      TERMINATION OF SERVICE.

(1)      Should the Optionee cease to remain in Service for any reason (including death or Permanent Disability) while holding one or more outstanding options under the Plan, then except to the extent otherwise provided pursuant to Section 6 of this Article II, each such option shall remain exercisable for the limited period of time (not to exceed twelve (12) months after the date of such cessation of Service) specified by the Plan Administrator in the option agreement. In no event, however, shall any such option be exercisable after the specified expiration date of the option term.  During such limited period of exercisability, the option may not be exercised for more than that number of shares (if any) for which such option is exercisable on the date of the Optionee's cessation of Service. Upon the expiration of such period or (if earlier) upon the expiration of the option term, the option shall terminate and cease to be exercisable.

(2)      Any option granted to an Optionee under the Plan and exercisable in whole or in part on the date of the Optionee's death may be subsequently exercised by the personal representative of the Optionee's estate or by the person or persons to whom the option is transferred pursuant to the Optionee's will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. The maximum number of shares for which such option may be exercised shall be limited to the number of shares (if any) for which the option is exercisable on the date of the Optionee's cessation of Service. Any such exercise of the option must be effected prior to the EARLIER of the first anniversary of the date of the Optionee's death or the specified expiration date of the option term. Upon the occurrence of either such event, the option shall terminate and cease to be exercisable.

(3)      Notwithstanding subsections (1) and (2) above, the Plan Administrator shall have discretion, exercisable either at the time the option is granted or at the time the Optionee ceases Service, to allow one or more outstanding options held by the Optionee to be exercised, during the limited period of exercisability following the Optionee's cessation of Service, not only with respect to the number of shares for which the option is exercisable at the time of the Optionee's cessation of Service but also with respect to one or more subsequent installments of purchasable shares for which the option otherwise would have become exercisable had such cessation of Service not occurred.

 
7

 

(4)      Notwithstanding any provision of this Article II or any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, any options granted under this Plan shall terminate as of the date the Optionee ceases to be in the Service of the Corporation if the Optionee was terminated for "cause" or could have been terminated for "cause." If the Optionee has an employment or consulting agreement with the Corporation, the term "cause" shall have the meaning given that term in such employment or consulting agreement. If the Optionee does not have an employment or consulting agreement with the Corporation, or if such agreement does not define the term "cause," the term "cause" shall mean: (A) misconduct or dishonesty that materially adversely affects the Corporation, including without limitation (i) an act materially in conflict with the financial interests of the Corporation, (ii) an act that could damage the reputation or customer relations of the Corporation, (iii) an act that could subject the Corporation to liability, (iv) an act constituting sexual harassment or other violation of the civil rights of coworkers, (v) failure to obey any lawful instruction of the Board or any officer of the Corporation and (vi) failure to comply with, or perform any duty required under, the terms of any confidentiality, inventions or non-competition agreement the Optionee may have with the Corporation, or (B) acts constituting the unauthorized disclosure of any of the trade secrets or confidential information of the Corporation, unfair competition with the Corporation or the inducement of any customer of the Corporation to breach any contract with the Corporation. The right to exercise any option shall be suspended automatically during the pendency of any investigation by the Board or its designee, and/or any negotiations by the Board or its designee and the Optionee, regarding any actual or alleged act or omission by the Optionee of the type described in this section.

(d)      SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS. An Optionee shall have none of the rights of a shareholder with respect to any shares covered by the option until such Optionee shall have exercised the option and paid the option price.

(e)      REPURCHASE RIGHTS. The shares of Common Stock issued under the Plan shall be subject to certain repurchase rights of the Corporation in accordance with the following provisions:

(1)      (A)     The Plan Administrator shall have the discretion to authorize the issuance of unvested shares of Common Stock under the Plan.  Should the optionee cease Service or should the Corporation consummate a Corporate Transaction while the optionee is holding such unvested shares, the Corporation shall have the right to repurchase, at the option price paid per share, all or (at the discretion of the Corporation and with the consent of the Optionee) any portion of those such shares. The terms and conditions upon which such repurchase right shall be exercisable (including the period and procedure for exercise and the appropriate vesting schedule for the purchased shares) shall be established by the Plan Administrator and set forth in an instrument evidencing such right.

(B)      The  repurchase  right  shall be  assignable  to any person  or entity selected by the Corporation, including one or more of the Corporation's shareholders. If the selected assignee is other than a Parent or Subsidiary corporation, however, then the assignee must make a cash payment to the Corporation, upon the assignment of the repurchase right, in an amount equal to the amount by which the Fair Market Value of the unvested shares at the time subject to the assigned right exceeds the aggregate repurchase price payable for such unvested shares.
 
 
8

 
 
(C)      Upon the occurrence of a Corporate Transaction, the Plan Administrator may, at its sole discretion, (i) terminate all or any outstanding repurchase rights under the Plan and thereby cause the shares subject to such rights to vest immediately in full, (ii) arrange for all or any of the repurchase rights to be assigned to the successor corporation (or parent thereof) in connection with the Corporate Transaction or (iii) exercise the Corporation's right to repurchase any unvested shares contemporaneously with the consummation of the Corporate Transaction if such right is provided in the instrument pursuant to which such unvested shares were issued.

(2)      Until such time as the Corporation's outstanding shares of Common Stock are first registered under Section 12(g) of the 1934 Act, the Corporation shall have the right of first refusal with respect to any proposed sale or other disposition by the Optionee (or any successor in interest by reason of purchase, gift or other mode of transfer) of any shares of Common Stock issued under the Plan. Such right of first refusal shall be exercisable by the Corporation (or its assignees) in accordance with the terms and conditions established by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the instrument evidencing such right.

SECTION 2.     INCENTIVE OPTIONS

The terms and conditions  specified  below shall be applicable to all Incentive  Options granted under the Plan. Incentive Options may be granted only to individuals who are Employees. Options that are specifically designated as Non-Statutory Options when issued under the Plan shall not be subject to the following terms and conditions.

(a)      OPTION PRICE. The option price per share of the Common Stock subject to an Incentive Option shall in no event be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the grant date; PROVIDED, if the individual to whom the option is granted is at the time a Ten Percent Shareholder, then the option price per share shall not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the grant date.

(b)      DOLLAR LIMITATION. The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the respective date or dates of grant) of the Common Stock for which one or more options granted to any Employee under this Plan (or any other option plan of the Corporation or any Parent or Subsidiary corporation) may for the first time become exercisable as incentive stock options under the Federal tax laws during any one calendar year shall not exceed the sum of one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000). To the extent the Employee holds two or more such options which become exercisable for the first time in the same calendar year, the foregoing limitation on the exercisability thereof as Incentive Options under the Federal tax laws shall be applied on the basis of the order in which such options are granted.

(c)      OPTION TERM FOR TEN PERCENT SHAREHOLDER. No option granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder shall have a term in excess of five (5) years from the grant date.

 
9

 
 
Except as modified by the  preceding  provisions  of this Section 2, all the  provisions of the Plan shall be applicable to the Incentive Options granted hereunder.

SECTION 3.     CORPORATE TRANSACTION

(a)      The exercisability as incentive stock options under the Federal tax laws of any options accelerated in connection with the Corporate Transaction shall remain subject to the applicable dollar limitation of subsection 2(b) of this Article II.

(b)      The grant of options under this Plan shall in no way affect the right of the Corporation to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

SECTION 4.     CANCELLATION AND NEW GRANT OF OPTIONS

The Plan  Administrator  shall have the  authority to effect,  at any time and from time to time, with the consent of the affected Optionees, the cancellation of any or all outstanding options under the Plan and to grant in substitution therefor new options under the Plan covering the same or different numbers of shares of Common Stock but having, in the case of an Incentive Option, an option price per share not less than one hundred percent (100%) of such Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the new grant date, or, in the case of a Ten Percent Shareholder, not less than one hundred and ten percent (110%) of such Fair Market Value.

SECTION 5.     EXTENSION OF EXERCISE PERIOD

The Plan Administrator shall have full power and authority to extend (either at the time the option is granted or at any time that the option remains outstanding) the period of time for which the option is to remain exercisable following the Optionee's cessation of Service, from the limited period set forth in the option agreement, to such greater period of time as the Plan Administrator may deem appropriate under the circumstances.  In no event, however, shall such option be exercisable after the specified expiration date of the option term.
 
ARTICLE III

STOCK ISSUANCE PROGRAM

SECTION 1.     TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK ISSUANCES

Shares of Common  Stock  shall be  issuable  under the Stock Issuance  Program  through direct and immediate issuances without any intervening stock option grants. Each such stock issuance shall be evidenced by a Stock Issuance Agreement ("Issuance Agreement") that complies with the terms and conditions of this Article III.

(a)      ISSUE PRICE.

 
10

 
 
(1)      Shares may, in the absolute discretion of the Plan Administrator, be issued for consideration with a value less than one-hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the issued shares.

(2)      Shares shall be issued under the Plan for such consideration as the Plan Administrator shall from time to time determine, provided that in no event shall shares be issued for consideration other than:

(A)     cash or check payable to the Corporation,

(B)      a promissory note in favor of the Corporation, which may be subject to cancellation by the Corporation in whole or in part upon such terms and conditions as the Plan Administrator shall specify, or

(C)      services rendered.

(b)     VESTING SCHEDULE.

(1)      In the discretion of the Plan Administrator, the interest of a Participant in the shares of Common Stock issued to such Participant under the Plan may be fully and immediately vested upon issuance or may vest in one or more installments in accordance with the vesting provisions of subsection (b)(4) below. Except as otherwise provided in subsection (b)(2), the Participant may not transfer any issued shares in which such Participant does not have a vested interest. Accordingly, all unvested shares issued under the Plan shall bear the restrictive legend specified in Article IV, Section 1, until such legend is removed in accordance with such section. Regardless of whether or not a Participant's interest in such shares is vested, such Participant shall be entitled to exercise all the rights of a shareholder with respect to the shares of Common Stock issued to Participant hereunder, including the right to vote such shares and to receive any cash dividends or other distributions paid or made with respect to such shares. Any new, additional or different shares of stock or other property (including money paid other than as a regular cash dividend) that the holder of unvested Common Stock may have the right to receive with respect to such unvested shares by reason of a stock dividend, stock split, reclassification or other change affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Corporation's receipt of consideration therefor shall be issued subject to (i) the same vesting requirements under subsection (b)(4) applicable to the unvested Common Stock and (ii) such escrow arrangements as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate.

(2)      As used in this Article III, the term "transfer" shall include (without limitation) any sale, pledge, encumbrance, gift or other disposition of such shares. A Participant shall have the right to make a gift of unvested shares acquired under the Stock Issuance Program to Participant's spouse, parents or issue or to a trust established for such spouse, parents or issue, provided the donee of such shares delivers to the Corporation, at the time of such donee's acquisition of the gifted shares, a written agreement to be bound by all the provisions of the Plan and the Issuance Agreement executed by the Participant.

(3)      Should the Participant cease Service for any reason while Participant's interest in the Common Stock remains unvested, then the Corporation shall have the right to repurchase, at the original purchase price paid by the Participant, all or (at the discretion of the Corporation and with the consent of the Participant) any portion of the shares in which the Participant is not at the time vested, and the Participant shall thereafter cease to have any further shareholder rights with respect to the repurchased shares.
 
 
11

 
 
(4)      Any shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program that are not vested at the time of such issuance shall vest in one or more installments thereafter. The elements of the vesting schedule, specifically, the performance or service objectives to be completed or achieved, the number of installments in which the shares are to vest, the interval or intervals (if any) that are to lapse between installments and the effect that death, Permanent Disability or other event designated by the Plan Administrator is to have upon the vesting schedule, shall be determined by the Plan Administrator and specified in the Issuance Agreement.

(5)      In its discretion, the Plan Administrator may elect not to exercise, in whole or in part, its repurchase rights with respect to any unvested Common Stock or other assets that would otherwise at the time be subject to repurchase pursuant to the provisions of subsection (b)(3) above.  Such an election shall result in the immediate vesting of the Participant's interest in the shares of Common Stock as to which the election applies.

(6)      No shares of Common Stock or other assets shall be issued or delivered under this Plan unless and until, in the opinion of counsel for the Corporation (or its successor in the event of any Corporate Transaction), there shall have been compliance with all applicable requirements of the securities exchange on which stock of the same class is then listed and all other requirements of Federal and state law or of any regulatory bodies having jurisdiction over such issuance and delivery.

(c)      RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL. The Plan Administrator may also in its discretion establish as a term and condition of the issuance of one or more shares of Common Stock under the Stock Issuance Program that the Corporation shall have a right of first refusal with respect to any proposed disposition by the Participant (or any successor in interest by reason of purchase, gift or other mode of transfer) of one or more shares of such Common Stock. Such right of first refusal shall be exercisable by the Corporation (or its assignees) in accordance with the terms and conditions specified in the instrument evidencing such right.

ARTICLE IV

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 1.     STOCK LEGEND.  Each certificate representing shares of Common Stock (or other securities) issued pursuant to the Plan may bear a restrictive legend substantially as follows:

(1)      "This certificate and the shares represented hereby may not be sold, assigned, transferred, encumbered, or in any manner disposed of except in conformity with the terms of written agreements between the Corporation and the registered holder of the shares (or the predecessor in interest to the shares).  Upon written request, the Corporation will furnish without charge a copy of such agreements to the holder hereof."
 
 
12

 
 
SECTION 2.     LOANS

(a)      The Plan Administrator, in its discretion, may assist any Optionee or Participant (including an Optionee or Participant who is an officer or director of the Corporation) in the exercise of one or more options granted to such Optionee under the Article II Option Grant Program or the purchase of one or more shares issued to such Participant under the Article III Stock Issuance Program, including the satisfaction of any Federal and State income and employment tax obligations arising therefrom, by

(1)      authorizing the extension of a loan from the Corporation to such Optionee or Participant, or

(2)      permitting the Optionee or Participant to pay the option price or purchase price for the purchased Common Stock in installments over a period of years.

(b)      The terms of any loan or installment method of payment (including the interest rate and terms of repayment applicable thereto) shall be established by the Plan Administrator. Loans or installment payments may be granted with or without security or collateral; provided, that any loan made to a consultant or other non-employee advisor must be secured by property other than the purchased shares of Common Stock. In all events the maximum credit available to each Optionee or Participant may not exceed the sum of (i) the aggregate option price or purchase price payable for the purchased shares (less the par value of such shares rounded up to the nearest whole cent) plus (ii) any Federal and State income and employment tax liability incurred by the Optionee or Participant in connection with such exercise or purchase.

(c)      The Plan Administrator, in its discretion, may determine that one or more loans extended under the financial assistance program shall be subject to forgiveness by the Corporation in whole or in part upon such terms and conditions as the Board deems appropriate.

SECTION 3.     AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN AND AWARDS

(a)      The Board shall have complete and exclusive power and authority to amend or modify the Plan in any or all respects whatsoever; PROVIDED, that no such amendment or modification shall adversely affect the rights and obligations of an Optionee with respect to options at the time outstanding under the Plan, nor adversely affect the rights of any Participant with respect to Common Stock issued under the Plan prior to such action, unless the Optionee or Participant consents to such amendment. In addition, the Board shall not, without the approval of the Corporation's shareholders, amend the Plan to (i) materially increase the maximum number of shares issuable under the Plan (except for permissible adjustments under Article I, Section 5(c)), (ii) materially increase the benefits accruing to individuals who participate in the Plan, or (iii) materially modify the eligibility requirements for participation in the Plan.

 
13

 

(b)      Options to purchase shares of Common Stock may be granted under the Option Grant Program and shares of Common Stock may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program, which in both instances are in excess of the number of shares then available for issuance under the Plan, provided any excess shares actually issued under the Option Grant Program or the Stock Issuance Program are held in escrow until the Corporation's shareholders approve an amendment that sufficiently increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan. If such shareholder approval is not obtained within twelve (12) months after the date the initial excess stock option grants or direct stock issuances are made, then any unexercised options representing such excess shall terminate and cease to be exercisable and the Corporation shall promptly refund to the Optionees and Participants the option or purchase price paid for any excess shares issued under the Plan and held in escrow, together with interest (at the applicable Short Term Federal Rate) thereon for the period the shares were held in escrow.

SECTION 4.     EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM OF PLAN

(a)      The Plan shall become effective when adopted by the Board, but no option granted under the Plan shall become exercisable, and no shares shall be issuable under the Stock Issuance Program, unless and until the Plan shall have been approved by the Corporation's shareholders. If such shareholder approval is not obtained within twelve (12) months after the date of the Board's adoption of the Plan, then all options previously granted under the Plan shall terminate, and no further options shall be granted and no shares shall be issued under the Stock Issuance Program. Subject to such limitation, the Plan Administrator may grant options under the Plan at any time after the effective date and before the date fixed herein for termination of the Plan.

(b)      The Plan shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) ten years after the adoption of the Plan or (ii) the date on which all shares available for issuance under the Plan have been issued or canceled pursuant to the exercise of options granted under Article II or the issuance of shares under Article III. If the date of termination is determined under clause (i) above, then no options outstanding on such date under Article II and no shares issued and outstanding on such date under Article III shall be affected by the termination of the Plan, and such securities shall thereafter continue to have force and effect in accordance with the provisions of the stock option agreements evidencing such Article II options and the stock purchase agreements evidencing the issuance of such Article III shares.

SECTION 5.     USE OF PROCEEDS

Any cash proceeds received by the  Corporation  from the issuance of shares of Common Stock under the Plan shall be used for general corporate purposes.

SECTION 6.     WITHHOLDING

The Corporation's obligation to deliver shares upon the exercise of any options granted under Article II or upon the purchase of any shares issued under Article III shall be subject to the satisfaction of all applicable Federal, state and local income and employment tax withholding requirements.

 
14

 

SECTION 7.     REGULATORY APPROVALS

The implementation of the Plan, the granting of any options under the Option  Grant Program, the issuance of any shares under the Stock Issuance Program, and the issuance of Common Stock upon the exercise of the option grants made hereunder shall be subject to the Corporation's procurement of all approvals and permits required by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over the Plan, the options granted under it, and the Common Stock issued pursuant to it.

SECTION 8.     ACCELERATION OF EXERCISABILITY AND VESTING

The Board shall have the power to  accelerate  the time at which a Stock Award may first be exercised or the time during which a Stock Award or any part thereof will vest in accordance with the Plan, notwithstanding the provisions in the Stock Award stating the time at which it may first be exercised or the time during which it will vest.
 
ARTICLE V

CHANGE IN CONTROL OR CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS

(a)      DISSOLUTION OR LIQUIDATION. In the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation, then all outstanding Options shall terminate immediately prior to such event.

(b)      CERTAIN CHANGES IN CONTROL. In the event of (i) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Corporation is not the surviving corporation or (iii) a reverse merger in which the Corporation is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger are converted by virtue of the merger into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise (collectively, a "Change in Control" or "Corporate Transaction"), then any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation may assume or continue any Stock Awards outstanding under the Plan or may substitute similar stock awards (including an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the shareholders in the transaction described in this paragraph) for those outstanding under the Plan. In the event any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation refuses to assume or continue such Stock Awards or to substitute similar stock awards for those outstanding under the Plan, then with respect to Stock Awards held by Participants whose Service has not terminated, the vesting of such Stock Awards (and, if applicable, the time during which such Stock Awards may be exercised) shall be accelerated in full, and the Stock Awards shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to such event. With respect to any other Stock Awards outstanding under the Plan, such Stock Awards shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) prior to such event.

(c)      TERMINATION OF SERVICE FOLLOWING A CHANGE IN CONTROL. Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Stock Award Agreement, in the event of the occurrence of a Change in Control and provided that a participant's Stock Award remains in effect following such Change in Control or is assumed, continued or substituted for any similar stock award in connection with the Change in Control, then, if such participant's Service is terminated by the Corporation without Cause within thirteen (13) months following the effective date of the Change in Control, all Stock Awards held by such participant (or any substituted stock awards) shall, as of the date of such termination of Service, vest in full and become fully exercisable (if applicable) to the extent not previously vested or exercisable. Such Stock Awards shall remain exercisable until they expire in accordance with their terms. For the purposes of this section, Cause shall have the same meaning as is defined in Article II, Section 1(c)(4).
 
 
15

 
 
(d)      SECURITIES ACQUISITION. In the event of an acquisition by any person, entity or group within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act, or any comparable successor provisions (excluding any employee benefit plan, or related trust, sponsored or maintained by the Corporation or an Affiliate) of the beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, or comparable successor rule) of securities of the Corporation representing at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power entitled to vote in the election of Corporation's Board of Directors, then with respect to Stock Awards held by Participants whose Service has not terminated, the vesting of such Stock Awards (and, if applicable, the time during which such Stock Awards may be exercised) shall be accelerated in full. Such Stock Awards shall remain exercisable until they expire in accordance with their terms.

(e)      PARACHUTE PAYMENTS. If any payment or benefit a Participant would receive in connection with a Change in Control from the Corporation or otherwise ("Payment") would (i) constitute a "parachute payment" within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the "Excise Tax"), then such Payment shall be reduced to the Reduced Amount. The "Reduced Amount" shall be either (x) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment being subject to the Excise Tax or (y) the largest portion, up to and including the total, of the Payment, whichever amount, after taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate), results in Participant's receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater amount of the Payment notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax. If a reduction in payments or benefits constituting "parachute payments" is necessary so that the Payment equals the Reduced Amount, reduction shall occur in the following order unless the Participant elects in writing a different order (PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such election shall be subject to Corporation approval if made on or after the effective date of the Change of Control): reduction of cash payments; cancellation of accelerated vesting of stock awards; reduction of employee benefits. In the event that acceleration of vesting of stock award compensation is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of the Participant's stock awards unless the Participant elects in writing a different order for cancellation.

The accounting firm engaged by the Corporation for general audit purposes as of the day prior to the effective date of the Change in Control shall perform the foregoing calculations. If the accounting firm so engaged by the Corporation is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change in Control, the Corporation shall appoint a nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder. The Corporation shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such accounting firm required to be made hereunder.
 
The accounting firm engaged to make the determinations hereunder shall provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to the Corporation and Participant within fifteen (15) calendar days after the date on which Participant's right to a Payment arises (if requested at that time by the Corporation or Participant) or at such other time as requested by the Corporation or Participant. If the accounting firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable with respect to a Payment, either before or after the application of the Reduced Amount, it shall furnish the Corporation and Participant with an opinion reasonably acceptable to Participant that no Excise Tax will be imposed with respect to such Payment. Any good faith determination of the accounting firm made hereunder shall be final, binding and conclusive upon the Corporation and Participant.
 
 
16

Exhibit 10.2

 
1999 NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS' STOCK OPTION PLAN

ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS JULY 22, 1999
APPROVED BY STOCKHOLDERS AUGUST 23, 1999
EFFECTIVE DATE: JULY 22, 1999
TERMINATION DATE: JULY 21, 2009

1. PURPOSES.

(a) Eligible Option Recipients. The persons eligible to receive Options are the Non-Employee Directors of the Company.

(b) Available Options. The purpose of the Plan is to provide a means by which Non-Employee Directors may be given an opportunity to benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock through the granting of Nonstatutory Stock Options.

(c) General Purpose. The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to retain the services of its Non-Employee Directors, to secure and retain the services of new Non-Employee Directors and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and its Affiliates.

2. DEFINITIONS.

(a) "Affiliate" means any parent corporation or subsidiary corporation of the Company, whether now or hereafter existing, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Code.

(b) "Annual Grant" means an Option granted annually to all Non-Employee Directors who meet the specified criteria pursuant to Subsection 6(b) of the Plan.

(c) "Annual Meeting" means the annual meeting of the stockholders of the Company.

(d) "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(f) "Common Stock" means the common stock of the Company.

(g) "Company" means Internap Network Services Corporation, a Washington corporation.

(h) "Consultant" means any person, including an advisor, (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and who is compensated for such services or (ii) who is a member of the Board of Directors of an Affiliate. However, the term "Consultant" shall not include either Directors of the Company who are not compensated by the Company for their services as Directors or Directors of the Company who are merely paid a director's fee by the Company for their services as Directors.

(i) "Continuous Service" means that the Optionholder's service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. The Optionholder's Continuous Service shall not be deemed to have terminated merely because of a change in the capacity in which the Optionholder renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Consultant or Director or a change in the entity for which the Optionholder renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Optionholder's Continuous Service. For example, a change in status from a Non-Employee Director of the Company to a Consultant of an Affiliate or an Employee of the Company will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service. The Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party's sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service shall be considered interrupted in the case of any leave of absence approved by that party, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave.

 
1

 
 
(j) "Director" means a member of the Board of Directors of the Company.

(k) "Disability" means the inability of a person, in the opinion of a qualified physician acceptable to the Company, to perform the major duties of that person's position with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company because of the sickness or injury of the person.

(l) "Employee" means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. Mere service as a Director or payment of a director's fee by the Company or an Affiliate shall not be sufficient to constitute "employment" by the Company or an Affiliate.

(m) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(n) "Fair Market Value" means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on the NASDAQ National Market or the NASDAQ SmallCap Market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the last market trading day prior to the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Board deems reliable.

(ii) In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by the Board.

(o) "Initial Grant" means an Option granted to a Non-Employee Director pursuant to Subsection 6(a) of the Plan.

(p) "IPO Date" means the effective date of the initial public offering of the Common Stock.

(q) "Non-Employee Director" means a Director who is not employed by the Company or an Affiliate.

(r) "Nonstatutory Stock Option" means an Option not intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(s) "Officer" means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(t) "Option" means a Nonstatutory Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(u) "Option Agreement" means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant. Each Option Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(v) "Optionholder" means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

(w) "Plan" means this Internap Network Services Corporation 1999 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Option Plan.

 
2

 
 
(x) "Rule 16b-3" means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect from time to time.

(y) "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

3. ADMINISTRATION.

(a) Administration by Board. The Board shall administer the Plan. The Board may not delegate administration of the Plan to a committee.

(b) Powers of Board. The Board shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i) To determine the provisions of each Option to the extent not specified in the Plan.

(ii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Options granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Option Agreement, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective.

(iii) To amend the Plan or an Option as provided in Section 12.

(iv) To terminate or suspend the Plan as provided in Section 13.

(v) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company which are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan.

4. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

(a) Share Reserve. Subject to the provisions of Section 11 relating to adjustments upon changes in stock, the stock that may be issued pursuant to Options shall not exceed in the aggregate five hundred thousand (500,000) shares of Common Stock.

(b) Reversion of Shares to the Share Reserve. If any Option shall for any reason expire or otherwise terminate, in whole or in part, without having been exercised in full, the stock not acquired under such Option shall revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan.

(c) Source of Shares. The stock subject to the Plan may be unissued shares or reacquired shares, bought on the market or otherwise.

5. ELIGIBILITY.

Nondiscretionary Options as set forth in Section 6 shall be granted under the Plan to all Non-Employee Directors.

6. NON-DISCRETIONARY GRANTS.

(a) Initial Grants. On the IPO Date, each person who is then a Non-Employee Director shall automatically be granted an Initial Grant to purchase forty thousand (40,000) shares of Common Stock on the terms and conditions set forth herein. After the IPO Date, each person who is elected or appointed for the first time to be a Non-Employee Director shall automatically, upon the date of his or her initial election or appointment to be a Non-Employee Director by the Board or stockholders of the Company, be granted an Initial Grant to purchase forty thousand (40,000) shares of Common Stock on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 
3

 
 
(b) Annual Grants. On the day following each Annual Meeting commencing with the Annual Meeting in 2000, each person who is then a Non-Employee Director and has been a Non-Employee Director for at least six (6) months automatically shall be granted an Annual Grant to purchase ten thousand (10,000) shares of Common Stock on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

7. OPTION PROVISIONS.

Each Option shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as required by the Plan. Each Option shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the Plan, as the Board shall deem appropriate. Each Option shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the Option or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(a) Term. No Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date it was granted.

(b) Exercise Price. The exercise price of each Option shall be one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the stock subject to the Option on the date the Option is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may be granted with an exercise price lower than that set forth in the preceding sentence if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner satisfying the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.
 
(c) Consideration. The purchase price of stock acquired pursuant to an Option may be paid in cash or by check at the time the Option is exercised or, to the extent permitted by the Option Agreement and applicable statutes and regulations, (i) by delivery to the Company of other Common Stock, (ii) according to a deferred payment or other arrangement or (iii) by any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board and provided in the Option Agreement.

In the case of any deferred payment arrangement (i) interest shall be compounded at least annually and shall be charged at the minimum rate of interest necessary to avoid the treatment as interest, under any applicable provisions of the Code, of any amounts other than amounts stated to be interest under the deferred payment arrangement and (ii) at any time the Company is incorporated in Delaware, payment of the Common Stock's par value shall not be made by deferred payment.

(d) Transferability. An Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionholder only by the Optionholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionholder may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Optionholder, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option.

(e) Vesting. Options shall be fully vested and exercisable upon receipt.

(f) Termination of Continuous Service. In the event an Optionholder's Continuous Service terminates (other than upon the Optionholder's death or Disability), the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date three (3) months following the termination of the Optionholder's Continuous Service, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after termination, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified in the Option Agreement, the Option shall terminate.

(g) Extension of Termination Date. If the exercise of the Option following the termination of the Optionholder's Continuous Service (other than upon the Optionholder's death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of the term of the Option set forth in Subsection 7(a) or (ii) the expiration of a period of three (3) months after the termination of the Optionholder's Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option would not be in violation of such registration requirements.

 
4

 

(h) Disability of Optionholder. In the event an Optionholder's Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder's Disability, the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise it as of the date of termination), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date twelve (12) months following such termination or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after termination, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

(i) Death of Optionholder. In the event (i) an Optionholder's Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder's death or (ii) the Optionholder dies within the three-month period after the termination of the Optionholder's Continuous Service for a reason other than death, then the Option may be exercised by the Optionholder's estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the Option upon the Optionholder's death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (1) the date eighteen (18) months following the date of death or (2) the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after death, the Option is not exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

8. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

(a) Availability of Shares. During the terms of the Options, the Company shall keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock required to satisfy such Options.

(b) Securities Law Compliance. The Company shall seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Options and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Options; provided, however, that this undertaking shall not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Option or any stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Option. If, after reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority which counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of stock under the Plan, the Company shall be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell stock upon exercise of such Options unless and until such authority is obtained.

9. USE OF PROCEEDS FROM STOCK.

Proceeds from the sale of stock pursuant to Options shall constitute general funds of the Company.

10. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) Stockholder Rights. No Optionholder shall be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares subject to such Option unless and until such Optionholder has satisfied all requirements for exercise of the Option pursuant to its terms.

(b) No Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan or any instrument executed or Option granted pursuant thereto shall confer upon any Optionholder any right to continue to serve the Company as a Non-Employee Director or shall affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant's agreement with the Company or an Affiliate or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

(c) Investment Assurances. The Company may require an Optionholder, as a condition of exercising or acquiring stock under any Option, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Optionholder's knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that he or she is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Option; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Optionholder is acquiring the stock subject to the Option for the Optionholder's own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the stock. The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, shall be inoperative if (A) the issuance of the shares upon the exercise or acquisition of stock under the Option has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act or (B) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the stock.

 
5

 
 
(d) Withholding Obligations. The Optionholder may satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to the exercise or acquisition of stock under an Option by any of the following means (in addition to the Company's right to withhold from any compensation paid to the Optionholder by the Company) or by a combination of such means: (i) tendering a cash payment; (ii) authorizing the Company to withhold shares from the shares of the Common Stock otherwise issuable to the Optionholder as a result of the exercise or acquisition of stock under the Option; or (iii) delivering to the Company owned and unencumbered shares of the Common Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be authorized to withhold shares of Common Stock at rates in excess of the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes.

11. ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN STOCK.

(a) Capitalization Adjustments. If any change is made in the stock
subject to the Plan, or subject to any Option, without the receipt of consideration by the Company (through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other transaction not involving the receipt of consideration by the Company), the Plan will be appropriately adjusted in the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject both to the Plan pursuant to Subsection 4(a) and to the nondiscretionary Options specified in Section 5, and the outstanding Options will be appropriately adjusted in the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of stock subject to such outstanding Options. The Board shall make such adjustments, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive. (The conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as a transaction "without receipt of consideration" by the Company.)

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, then all outstanding Options shall terminate immediately prior to such event.

(c) Change in Control. In the event of (i) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving corporation or (iii) a reverse merger in which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger are converted by virtue of the merger into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise, then any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation may assume any Options outstanding under the Plan or may substitute similar Options (including an option to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders in the transaction described in this Subsection 11(c)) for those outstanding under the Plan.

12. AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN AND OPTIONS.

(a) Amendment of Plan. The Board at any time, and from time to time, may amend the Plan. However, except as provided in Section 11 relating to adjustments upon changes in stock, no amendment shall be effective unless approved by the stockholders of the Company to the extent stockholder approval is necessary to satisfy the requirements of Rule 16b-3 or any NASDAQ or securities exchange listing requirements.

(b) Stockholder Approval. The Board may, in its sole discretion, submit any other amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval.

(c) No Impairment of Rights. Rights under any Option granted before amendment of the Plan shall not be impaired by any amendment of the Plan unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the Optionholder and (ii) the Optionholder consents in writing.

 
6

 

(d) Amendment of Options. The Board at any time, and from time to time, may amend the terms of any one or more Options; provided, however, that the rights under any Option shall not be impaired by any such amendment unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the Optionholder and (ii) the Optionholder consents in writing.

13. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE PLAN.

(a) Plan Term. The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Unless sooner terminated, the Plan shall terminate on the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or approved by the stockholders of the Company, whichever is earlier. No Options may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

(b) No Impairment of Rights. Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under any Option granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the Optionholder.

14. EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN.

The Plan shall become effective on the IPO Date, but no Option shall be exercised unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval shall be within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board.

15. CHOICE OF LAW.

All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan shall be governed by the law of the State of Washington, without regard to such state's conflict of laws rules.

7

Exhibit 10.3
 
FIRST AMENDMENT
TO THE INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION
1999 NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS' STOCK OPTION PLAN
 

 
This First Amendment to the Internap Network Services Corporation 1999 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") is made and entered into by Internap Network Services Corporation (the "Company").

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Company maintains the Plan, which is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board"), to provide for grants of incentive compensation to its non-employee directors; and

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that it is advisable to amend the Plan at this time to increase the number of shares available for the issuance of awards under the Plan; and

WHEREAS, Section 12 of the Plan permits the Board to amend the Plan at any time; and

WHEREAS, the Board adopted resolutions approving the First Amendment on February 27, 2003;

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company hereby amends the Plan as follows:

1.
 
 

 
 
Effective as of the date of shareholder approval of this First Amendment, Section 4(a) of the Plan shall be amended to read as follows:

"(a) Share Reserve. Subject to the provisions of Section 11 relating to adjustments upon changes in stock, the stock that may be issued pursuant to Options shall not exceed in the aggregate three million, five hundred thousand (3,500,000) shares of Common Stock."

2.
 
 

 

Except as specifically amended hereby, the Plan shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused its duly authorized officer to execute this First Amendment on the date set forth below.
 
 
                                                                                                     INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION


By:_______________________________________________________________


Name:_____________________________________________________________


Title:______________________________________________________________


Date:______________________________________________________________


 


Exhibit 10.5


AMENDED AND RESTATED
INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION
1999 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN FOR NON-OFFICERS


(Originally adopted on June 28, 1999 as the CO SPACE Stock Incentive Plan, amended on December 22, 1999, January 11, 2000, and March 30, 2000 and assumed by InterNap Network Services Corporation in connection with the Merger Agreement dated May 26, 2000. Amended and Restated as the InterNAP Network Services Corporation 1999 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN FOR NON-OFFICERS on September 20, 2000)

1.      PURPOSE.  This 1999 Stock Incentive Plan For Non-Officers (the "Plan") is intended to provide incentives: (a) to non-officer employees and consultants of InterNAP Network Services Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and any present or future parent or subsidiaries of the Company (collectively, "Related Corporations") by providing them with opportunities to purchase stock in the Company pursuant to Non-Qualified Stock Options ("NSOs") that do not qualify as Incentive Stock Options under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") and (b) to non-officer employees and consultants of the Company and Related Corporations by providing them with opportunities to receive awards of stock in the Company whether such stock awards are in the form of bonus shares, deferred stock awards, or of performance share awards (the "Awards"), and (c) to non-officer employees and consultants of the Company and Related Corporations by providing them with opportunities to make direct purchases of restricted stock in the Company ("Restricted Stock Purchases"). Non-Qualified Options are referred to hereafter as "Option." Options, Awards and authorizations to make Restricted Stock Purchases are referred to hereafter individually as a "Stock Right" and collectively as "Stock Rights." Documents evidencing the award of Stock Rights may be referred to collectively as "Stock Rights Agreements." As used herein, the terms "parent" and "subsidiary" mean "parent corporation" and "subsidiary corporation", respectively, as those terms are defined in Section 424 of the Code.

2.      ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN.
 
A.      BOARD OR COMMITTEE ADMINISTRATION. The Plan shall be administered by the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board"). The Board may appoint a Compensation Committee or a Stock Incentive Plan Committee (as the case may be, the "Committee") of two (2) or more of its members to administer the Plan and to grant Stock Rights hereunder, provided such Committee is delegated such powers in accordance with state law. (All references in this Plan to the "Committee" shall mean the Board if no such Compensation Committee or Stock Incentive Plan Committee has been so appointed).

B.      AUTHORITY OF BOARD OR COMMITTEE. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee shall have the authority to: (i) determine the employees of the Company and Related Corporations to whom Options may be granted; (ii) determine the time or times at which Options or Awards may be granted or Restricted Stock Purchases made; (iii) determine the exercise price of shares subject to each Option, which price shall not be less than the minimum price specified in paragraph 6, and the purchase price of shares subject to each Restricted Stock Purchase or Award; (iv) determine (subject to paragraph 7) the time or times when each Option shall become exercisable and the duration of the exercise period; (v) determine whether restrictions such as repurchase options are to be imposed on shares subject to Options, Awards and Restricted Stock Purchases and the nature of such restrictions, if any; (vi) impose such other terms and conditions with respect to capital stock issued pursuant to Stock Rights not inconsistent with the terms of this Plan as it deems necessary or desirable; and (vii) interpret the Plan and prescribe and rescind rules and regulations relating to it.
 
1

 
The interpretation and construction by the Committee of any provisions of the Plan or of any Stock Right granted under it shall be final unless otherwise determined by the Board. The Committee may from time to time adopt such rules and regulations for carrying out the Plan as it may deem best. No member of the Board or the Committee shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Stock Right granted under it.

C.      DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY TO GRANT AWARDS TO OFFICER. Without limiting the foregoing, the Board, in its discretion, may also delegate to a single officer of the Company who is a member of the Board (to the extent consistent with state law) all or part of the Board's or Committee's authority and duties with respect to the granting of Stock Rights to individuals. Such officer (the "Delegated Officer") shall act as a one member committee of the Board, and shall in any event be subject to the same limitations as are applicable to the Committee. References to the Committee in this Plan shall also include the Delegated Officer, but only to the extent consistent with the authorities and duties delegated to the Delegated Officer by the Board. The Board may revoke or amend the terms of a delegation at any time but such action shall not invalidate any prior actions of the Delegated Officer that were consistent with the terms of the Plan.

D.      COMMITTEE ACTIONS. The Committee may select one of its members as its chairman and shall hold meetings at such time and places as it may determine. Acts by a majority of the Committee, acting at a meeting (whether held in person or by teleconference), or acts reduced to or approved in writing by all of the members of the Committee, shall be the valid acts of the Committee. From time to time the Board may increase the size of the Committee and appoint additional members thereof, remove members (with or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution therefore, fill vacancies however caused, or remove all members of the Committee and thereafter directly administer the Plan, subject to compliance with paragraph 2A.

3.      ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES AND OTHERS. Stock Rights may be granted to any employee, consultant or advisor of the Company or any Related Corporation. However, notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, no person shall be eligible for a Stock Right under the Plan (i) who holds a position of vice president or higher of the Company or Related Corporations, (ii) who would be considered an "officer" or " director" within the meaning of those terms under Rule 4460(i)(1)(A) of the National Association of Securities Dealers Manual (or such amended or successor rule), (iii) who would be considered a person subject to Section 16b of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (and regulations promulgated thereunder), or (iv) whose eligibility would require approval of the Plan by the stockholders of the Company under any law or regulation or the rules of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Common Stock may then be listed. If not inconsistent with any such law, regulation or rule, a Stock Right may be granted to a person, not previously employed by the Company or a Related Corporation, as an inducement essential to entering into an employment contract with the Company or a Related Corporation.

2

 
The Committee may take into consideration a recipient's individual circumstances in determining whether to grant a Stock Right. Granting a Stock Right to any individual or entity shall neither entitle that individual or entity to, nor disqualify him from, participation in any other grant of Stock Rights.

4.      STOCK. The stock subject to Stock Rights shall be the common stock of the Company (the "Common Stock"), or shares of Common Stock reacquired by the Company in any manner. The aggregate number of shares which may be issued pursuant to the Plan is 1,346,840, subject to adjustment as provided in paragraph 13.

5.      GRANTING OF STOCK RIGHTS. Stock Rights may be granted under the Plan at any time after June 29, 1999 and prior to June 28, 2009. The date of grant of a Stock Right under the Plan will be the date specified by the Committee at the time it grants the Stock Right or such date that is specified in the instrument or agreement evidencing such Stock Right; provided, however, that such date shall not be prior to the date on which the Committee acts to approve the grant.

6.      MINIMUM OPTION PRICE.

A.     PRICE FOR INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS.  Incentive Stock Options shall not be granted under this Plan.

B.      DETERMINATION OF FAIR MARKET VALUE. "Fair Market Value" shall be determined as of the last business day for which the prices or quotes discussed in this sentence are available prior to the date such Option is granted and shall mean (i) the average (on that date) of the high and low prices of the Common Stock on the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is traded, if the Common Stock is then traded on a national securities exchange; or (ii) the last reported sale price (on that date) of the Common Stock on the NASDAQ National Market List, if the Common Stock is not then traded on a national securities exchange; or (iii) the closing bid price (or average of bid prices) last quoted (on that date) by an established quotation service for over-the-counter securities, if the Common Stock is not then traded on a national securities exchange and is not reported on the NASDAQ National Market List.

7.      OPTION DURATION. Subject to earlier termination as provided in
paragraphs 9, 10, and 13, each Option shall expire on the date specified by or shall have such duration as may be specified by the Committee and set forth in the original stock option agreement granting such Option, but not more than ten years from the date of grant. Options shall expire on the date specified in the agreement granting such Options, subject to extension as determined by the Committee.

8.      EXERCISE OF OPTION. Subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9 through 13, each Option granted under the Plan shall be exercisable as follows:
 
A.      VESTING. Unless otherwise specified by the Committee, Options granted to employees shall vest in accordance with the following schedule: (a) as to 25% of the shares subject to the Option, on the first anniversary of the date of grant of the Option; and (b) as to the remaining 75% of the shares subject to the Option, in 36 equal monthly installments (such monthly vesting dates shall commence one months following such first annual anniversary on the exact day of the month as the date of such first annual anniversary, and continue at one month intervals thereafter, except with respect to any month that does not have such date, in which case the date in such month shall be the last day of such month). The Committee may also specify such other conditions precedent as it deems appropriate to the exercise of an Option.
 
3

 
B.      FULL VESTING OF INSTALLMENTS. Once an installment becomes exercisable it shall remain exercisable until expiration or termination of the Option, unless otherwise specified by the Committee.

C.      PARTIAL EXERCISE. Each Option or installment may be exercised at any time or from time to time, in whole or in part, for up to the total number of shares with respect to which it is then exercisable, provided that the Committee may specify a certain minimum number or percentage of the shares issuable upon exercise of any Option that must be purchased upon any exercise.

D.      ACCELERATION OF VESTING. The Committee shall have the right to accelerate the date of exercise of any installment of any Option, despite the fact that such acceleration may cause the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code if a Change in Control Event, as defined below in paragraph 13C, occurs.

9.      TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. Nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to give any grantee of any Stock Right the right to be retained in employment or other service by the Company or any Related Corporation for any period of time.

Notwithstanding anything contained in this paragraph 9 to the contrary, the Board or Committee may establish rules in particular stock option agreements with respect to Misconduct, committed by a grantee of a Stock Right. Misconduct shall have the same meaning as the term Cause, as defined below.

In the event that grantee's Service terminates (other than upon death or Disability or for Cause), the grantee may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the grantee was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination) but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date three (3) months following the termination of the grantee's Service, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option. If, after termination, the grantee does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified in the Option, the Option shall terminate. In the event an grantee's Service terminates for Cause, then his or her Option shall terminate immediately upon such event.
 
10.     DEATH; DISABILITY.

A.     DEATH.  If an optionee ceases to be employed by the Company and all Related Corporations by reason of his death, or if the employee dies within the thirty (30) day period after the employee ceases to be employed by the Company and all Related Corporations, any Option of his may be exercised, to the extent of the number of shares with respect to which he could have exercised it on the date of his death, by his estate, personal representative or beneficiary who has acquired the Option by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, at any time prior to the earlier of the specified expiration date of the Option or one hundred and eighty (180) days from thedate of such optionee's death.

4


B.      DISABILITY.  If an optionee ceases to be employed by the Company and all Related Corporations by reason of his disability, he shall have the right to exercise any Option held by him on the date of termination of employment, to the extent of the number of shares with respect to which he could have exercised it on that date, at any time prior to the earlier of the specified expiration date of the Option or one (1) year from the date of the termination of the optionee's employment. For the purposes of the Plan, the term "disability" shall mean "permanent and total disability" as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code or successor statute.

11.     ASSIGNABILITY.  Except for Options which may be transferred for estate planning purposes to the extent provided in the instrument or agreement granting such Options, no Stock Right shall be assignable or transferable by the grantee except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and during the lifetime of the grantee each Stock Right shall be exercisable only by him. No Stock Right, nor the right to exercise any portion thereof, shall be subject to execution, attachment, or similar process, assignment, or any other alienation or hypothecation. Upon any attempt so to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate, or otherwise dispose of any Stock Right, or of any right or privilege conferred thereby, contrary to the provisions thereof or hereof or upon the levy of any attachment or similar process upon any Stock Right, right or privilege, such Stock Right and such rights and privileges shall immediately become null and void. The foregoing shall not be construed to restrict the ability to assign or transfer shares of Common Stock issued upon the exercise or award of a Stock Right to the extent that the instrument or agreement granting such Stock Right permits such assignment or transfer.

12.     TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK RIGHTS. Stock Rights shall be evidenced by instruments (which need not be identical) in such forms as the Committee may from time to time approve. Such instruments shall conform to the terms and conditions set forth in paragraphs 6 through 11 hereof to the extent applicable and may contain such other provisions as the Committee deems advisable which are not inconsistent with the Plan. Without limiting the foregoing, such provisions may include transfer restrictions, rights of refusal, vesting provisions, and repurchase rights with respect to shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Stock Rights, and such other restrictions applicable to shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Stock Rights as the Committee may deem appropriate. The Committee may from time to time confer authority and responsibility on one or more of its own members and/or one or more officers of the Company to execute and deliver such instruments. The proper officers of the Company are authorized and directed to take any and all action necessary or advisable from time to time to carry out the terms of such instruments.

13.     ADJUSTMENTS. Upon the occurrence of any of the following events, an individual's rights with respect to Stock Rights granted to him hereunder shall be adjusted as hereinafter provided, unless otherwise specifically provided in the written agreement between the optionee and the Company relating to such Stock Right:

A.     CAPITALIZATION ADJUSTMENTS. If any change is made in the Common Stock subject to the Plan, or subject to any Stock Rights, without the receipt of consideration by the Company (through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other transaction not involving the receipt of consideration by the Company), the Plan will be appropriately adjusted in the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to subsection 4 and the outstanding Stock Rights will be appropriately adjusted in the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of Common Stock subject to such outstanding Stock Rights. The Board shall make such adjustments, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive. (The conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as a transaction "without receipt of consideration" by the Company.)
 
5

 
B.      DISSOLUTION OR LIQUIDATION. In the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, then all outstanding Stock Rights shall terminate immediately prior to such event.

C.      CERTAIN CHANGES IN CONTROL. In the event of (i) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving corporation or (iii) a reverse merger in which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger are converted by virtue of the merger into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise (collectively, a "Change in Control" or "Corporate Transaction"), then any surviving corporation or
acquiring corporation may assume or continue any Stock Rights outstanding under the Plan or may substitute similar stock awards (including an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the shareholders in the transaction described in this subsection 13C) for those outstanding under the Plan. In the event any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation refuses to assume or continue such Stock Rights or to substitute similar stock awards for those outstanding under the Plan, then with respect to Stock Rights held by participants whose Service has not terminated, the vesting of such Stock Rights (and, if applicable, the time during which such Stock Rights may be exercised) shall be accelerated in full, and the Stock Rights shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to such event. With respect to any other Stock Rights outstanding under the Plan, such Stock Rights shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) prior to such event.

D.      TERMINATION OF SERVICE FOLLOWING A CHANGE IN CONTROL. Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Stock Rights Agreement, in the event of the occurrence of a Change in Control and provided that a participant's Stock Right remains in effect following such Change in Control or is assumed, continued or substituted for any similar stock award in connection with the Change in Control, then, if such participant's Service is terminated by the Company without Cause within thirteen (13) months following the effective date of the Change in Control, all Stock Rights held by such participant (or any substituted stock awards) shall, as of the date of such termination of Service, vest in full and become fully exercisable (if applicable) to the extent not previously vested or exercisable. Such Stock Rights shall remain exercisable until they expire in accordance with their terms.

The term "Cause" shall have such meaning as is defined in the grantee's employment or consulting agreement with the Company or a Related Corporation. If the grantee does not have an employment or consulting agreement with the Company or a Related Corporation, or if such agreement does not define the term "cause," then the term "cause" shall mean: (i) misconduct or dishonesty that materially adversely affects the Company or a Related Corporation, including without limitation (A) an act materially in conflict with the financial interests of the Company or a Related Corporation, (B) an act that could damage the reputation or customer relations of the Company or a Related Corporation, (C) an act that could subject the Company or a Related Corporation to liability, (D) an act constituting sexual harassment or other violation of the civil rights of coworkers, (E) failure to obey any lawful instruction of the Board or any officer of the Company or of a Related Corporation and (F) failure to comply with, or perform any duty required under, the terms of any confidentiality, inventions or non-competition agreement the grantee may have with the Company or a Related Corporation, or (ii) acts constituting the unauthorized disclosure of any of the trade secrets or confidential information of the Company or a Related Corporation, unfair competition with the Company or a Related Corporation or the inducement of any customer of the Company or a Related Corporation to breach any contract with the Company or a Related Corporation. The right to exercise any Option shall be suspended automatically during the pendency of any investigation by the Board or its designee, and/or any negotiations by the Board or its designee and the grantee, regarding any actual or alleged act or omission by the grantee of the type described in this section.
 
6

 
The term "Service" means the performance of services for the Company or a Related Corporation by an individual. An individual shall be deemed to remain in Service for so long as such individual renders services to the Company or a Related Corporation on a periodic basis in the capacity of an employee or an independent consultant or advisor.

E.      SECURITIES ACQUISITION. In the event of an acquisition by any person, entity or group within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), or any comparable successor provisions (excluding any employee benefit plan, or related trust, sponsored or maintained by the Company or an Affiliate) of the beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, or comparable successor rule) of securities of the Company representing at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power entitled to vote in the election of Directors, then with respect to Stock Rights held by participants whose Service has not terminated, the vesting of such Stock Rights (and, if applicable, the time during which such Stock Rights may be exercised) shall be accelerated in full. Such Stock Rights shall remain exercisable until they expire in accordance with their terms.

F.      PARACHUTE PAYMENTS. If any payment or benefit participant would receive in connection with a Change in Control from the Company or otherwise ("Payment") would (i) constitute a "parachute payment" within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the "Excise Tax"), then such Payment shall be reduced to the Reduced Amount. The "Reduced Amount" shall be either (x) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment being subject to the Excise Tax or (y) the largest portion, up to and including the total, of the Payment, whichever amount, after taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate), results in participant's receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater amount of the Payment notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax. If a reduction in payments or benefits constituting "parachute payments" is necessary so that the Payment equals the Reduced Amount, reduction shall occur in the following order unless the participant elects in writing a different order (provided, however, that such election shall be subject to Company approval if made on or after the effective date of the Change of Control): reduction of cash payments; cancellation of accelerated vesting of stock awards; reduction of employee benefits. In the event that acceleration of vesting of stock award compensation is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of the participant's stock awards unless the participant elects in writing a different order for cancellation.
 
7

 
The accounting firm engaged by the Company for general audit purposes as of the day prior to the effective date of the Change in Control shall perform the foregoing calculations. If the accounting firm so engaged by the Company is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change in Control, the Company shall appoint a nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder. The Company shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such accounting firm required to be made hereunder.

The accounting firm engaged to make the determinations hereunder shall provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to the Company and participant within fifteen (15) calendar days after the date on which participant's right to a Payment arises (if requested at that time by the Company or participant) or at such other time as requested by the Company or participant. If the accounting firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable with respect to a Payment, either before or after the application of the Reduced Amount, it shall furnish the Company and participant with an opinion reasonably acceptable to participant that no Excise Tax will be imposed with respect to such Payment. Any good faith determination of the accounting firm made hereunder shall be final, binding and conclusive upon the Company and participant.

G.      ISSUANCES OF SECURITIES AND NON-STOCK DIVIDENDS. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares subject to Options. No adjustments shall be made for dividends paid in cash or in property other than securities of the Company (and, in the case of securities of the Company, such adjustments shall be made pursuant to the foregoing subparagraph A).

H.      FRACTIONAL SHARES. No fractional shares shall be issued under the Plan, and the optionee shall receive from the Company cash in lieu of such fractional shares.

I.              ADJUSTMENTS. Upon the happening of any of the foregoing events described in subparagraphs A, B or C above, the class and aggregate number of shares set forth in paragraph 4 hereof that are subject to Stock Rights which previously have been or subsequently may be granted under the Plan shall also be appropriately adjusted to reflect the events described in such subparagraphs. The Committee or the board of directors of the surviving entity shall determine the specific adjustments to be made under this paragraph 13 and its determination shall be conclusive.

If any person or entity owning Common Stock obtained by exercise of a Stock Right made hereunder receives shares or securities or cash in connection with a corporate transaction described in this section as a result of owning such Common Stock, such shares or securities or cash shall be subject to all of the conditions and restrictions applicable to the Common Stock with respect to which such shares or securities or cash were issued, unless otherwise determined by the Committee or the Board of Directors of the surviving entity.
 
8

 
J.              POOLING-OF-INTERESTS ACCOUNTING. If the Company proposes to engage in a Corporate Transaction or Change in Control intended to be accounted for as a pooling-of-interests, and in the event that the provisions of this Plan or of any agreement hereunder, or any actions of the Board taken in connection with such Corporate Transaction or Change in Control, are determined by the Company's or the surviving entity's independent public accountants to cause such Change in Control or Corporate Transaction to fail to be accounted for as a pooling-of-interests, then such provisions or actions may be amended or rescinded at the election of the Committee, without the consent of any grantee, to be consistent with pooling-of-interests accounting treatment for such Corporate Transaction or Change in Control.

14.     MEANS OF EXERCISING OPTIONS. An Option (or any part or installment thereof) shall be exercised by giving written notice to the Company at its principal office address. Such notice shall identify the Option being exercised and specify the number of shares as to which such Option is being exercised, accompanied by full payment of the purchase price therefore either (a) in United States dollars in cash or by check, or (b) at the discretion of the Committee, by delivery of an irrevocable and unconditional undertaking, satisfactory in form and substance to the Company, by a creditworthy broker to deliver promptly to the Company sufficient funds to pay the exercise price, or delivery to the Company of a copy of irrevocable and unconditional instructions, satisfactory in form and substance to the Company, to a creditworthy broker to deliver promptly to the Company cash or a check sufficient to pay the exercise price, or (c) at the discretion of the Committee through delivery of shares of Common Stock having a fair market value equal as of the date of the exercise to the cash exercise price of the Option, provided, however, that such shares of Common Stock delivered must have been acquired by the holder of the Option more than six months prior to the exercise of the Option, or (d) at the discretion of the Committee, by delivery of the grantee's personal recourse note bearing interest payable not less than annually at no less than 100% of the applicable Federal rate, as defined in Section 1274(d) of the Code, or (e) at the discretion of the Committee, by any combination of (a), (b) (c) and (d) above. The holder of an Option shall not have the rights of a shareholder with respect to the shares covered by his Option until the date of issuance of a stock certificate to him for the shares subject to the Option. Except as expressly provided above in paragraph 13 with respect to changes in capitalization and stock dividends, no adjustment shall be made for dividends or similar rights for which the record date is before the date such stock certificate is issued.

15.     TERM AND AMENDMENT OF PLAN. The Plan shall expire on June 28, 2009 (except as to Options outstanding on that date). The Board may terminate or amend the Plan in any respect at any time; provided, however that Stock Rights outstanding on such date shall not be affected by the termination of the Plan.

16.     SECTION 162(m): Section 162(m) does not apply to grants of Stock Rights under this Plan.

17.     AMENDMENT OF STOCK RIGHTS. The Board or Committee may amend, modify or terminate any outstanding Stock Rights including, but not limited to, substituting therefor another Stock Right of the same or a different type, and changing the date of exercise or realization, provided, that, except as otherwise provided in paragraphs 9 or 10, the grantee's consent to such action shall be required unless the Board or Committee determines that the action, taking into account any related action, would not materially and adversely affect the grantee.
 
9

 
18.     APPLICATION OF FUNDS. The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of shares pursuant to Options granted and Restricted Stock Purchases authorized under the Plan shall be used for general corporate purposes.

19.     GOVERNMENTAL REGULATION. The Company's obligation to sell and deliver shares of the Common Stock under this Plan is subject to the approval of any governmental authority required in connection with the authorization, issuance or sale of such shares.

20.     WITHHOLDING OF ADDITIONAL INCOME TAXES. Upon the exercise of a Non-Qualified Option, the making of a Restricted Stock Purchase for less than its fair market value, the granting of an Award, or the vesting of restricted Common Stock acquired on the exercise of a Stock Right hereunder, the Company, in accordance with Section 3402(a) of the Code, may require the grantee or purchaser to pay additional withholding taxes in respect of the amount that is considered compensation includible in such person's gross income. The Committee in its discretion may condition (i) the exercise of an Option, (ii) the making of a Restricted Stock Purchase for less than its fair market value, (iii) the granting of an Award, or (iv) the vesting of restricted Common Stock acquired by exercising a Stock Right, on the grantee's payment of such additional withholding taxes.

21.     GOVERNING LAW; CONSTRUCTION. The validity and construction of the Plan and the instruments evidencing Options shall be governed by the laws of the state of Washington. In construing this Plan, the singular shall include the plural and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, unless the context otherwise requires.
 
 
10

Exhibit 10.9
 
INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION
2002 STOCK COMPENSATION PLAN
 
Adopted on September 10, 2002
 
 
 
1.       Purpose of the Plan .    The purposes of this Internap Network Services Corporation 2002 Stock Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) are to attract and retain the best available personnel for the Company and its Affiliates, to provide additional incentive to personnel of the Company and its Affiliates and to promote the success of the Company’s and its Affiliates’ businesses. Options granted under the Plan shall be nonstatutory stock options.
 
2.       Definitions .    As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:
 
(a)     Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees appointed pursuant to Section 4 of the Plan.
 
(b)     Affiliate ” means any Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with the Company, whether now or hereafter existing.
 
(c)     Affiliated Group ” means the group consisting of the Company and its Affiliates.
 
(d)     Applicable Laws ” means the legal requirements relating to the administration of stock compensation plans under applicable U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and applicable state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange rules or regulations and the applicable laws of any other country or jurisdiction where stock awards are granted, as such laws, rules, regulations and requirements shall be in place from time to time.
 
(e)     Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
(f)     Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
(g)     Committee ” means the committee of one or more members of the Board appointed by the Board in accordance with paragraph (a) of Section 4 of the Plan.
 
(h)     Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.
 
(i)      “ Company ” means Internap Network Services Corporation, a Delaware corporation.
 
(j)      “ Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, who is engaged by the Company or any Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services. However, the term “Consultant” shall not include any Officers and/or Directors. The term “Consultant” shall also include a member of the board of directors or governing body of any Affiliate.
 

 
(k)     Director ” means a member of the Board.
 
(l)      “ Disability ” means the inability of an individual, in the opinion of a qualified physician acceptable to the Company, to perform the major duties of that individual’s position with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company because of the sickness or injury of the individual, or as may be otherwise defined under applicable local laws.
 
(m)          “ Employee ” means any person (including if appropriate, any Officer or Director) employed by the Company or an Affiliate, with the status of employment determined based upon such minimum number of hours or periods worked as shall be determined by the Administrator in its discretion, subject to any requirements of the Code and Applicable Law. A Service Provider shall not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or an Affiliate or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or an Affiliate, or between the Company and an Affiliate or any successor. The payment of a director’s fee by the Company or an Affiliate shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company or an Affiliate.
 
(n)     Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
(o)     Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:
 
(i)      If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the National Market System of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation (“ Nasdaq ”) System, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported), as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination or, if the stock exchange or national market system on which the Common Stock trades is not open on the day of determination, the last business day prior to the day of determination;
 
(ii)     If the Common Stock is quoted on the Nasdaq System (but not on the National Market System thereof) or regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination or, if the stock exchange or national market system on which the Common Stock trades is not open on the day of determination, the last business day prior to the day of determination; or

 
2

 
 
(iii)          In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator issuing the Stock Award.
 
(p)     Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option not intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.
 
(q)     Officer ” means an “officer” as such term is defined for the purposes of Section 16 of the Exchange Act under Rule 16a-1(f) promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act (or any successor provision thereto).
 
(r)      “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.
 
(s)     Optioned Stock ” means the Common Stock subject to an Option.
 
(t)      “ Optionee ” means the holder of an outstanding Option.
 
(u)     Other Plans ” means the SwitchSoft Systems, Inc. Founders 1996 Stock Option Plan, the SwitchSoft Systems, Inc. 1997 Stock Option Plan, the Internap Network Services Corporation 1998 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Program, the Internap Network Services Corporation Amended 1999 Equity Incentive Plan, the Internap Network Services Corporation 1999 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Option Plan, the Internap Network Services Corporation 1999 Stock Incentive Plan For Non-Officers (formerly the CO SPACE, Inc. 1999 Stock Incentive Plan), and the Internap Network Services Corporation 2000 Non-Officer Equity Incentive Plan.
 
(v)     Participant ” means a person to whom a Stock Award is granted pursuant to the Plan, or if applicable to such other person who holds an outstanding Stock Award.
 
(w)          “ Person ” means an individual, a corporation, a limited liability company, a partnership, an association, a joint-stock company, a trust, any unincorporated organization, or a government or political subdivision thereof.
 
(x)     Plan ” means this Internap Network Services Corporation 2002 Stock Compensation Plan.
 
(y)     Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
(z)     Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.
 
(aa)         “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 13 below.

 
3

 

(bb)        “ Stock Award ” means any right granted under the Plan, including an Option, a restricted stock bonus and a right to acquire restricted stock.
 
3.       Shares Subject to the Plan .    Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, prior to obtaining the approval for this Plan from the Company’s Series A preferred stockholders, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan is thirty-two million (32,000,000) less the number of Shares subject to options and other equity awards under the Other Plans. Subsequent to obtaining approval for this Plan from the Company’s Series A preferred stockholders, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan is fifty million (50,000,000) less the number of Shares subject to options and other equity awards under the Other Plans. The maximum number of Shares with respect to which Options may be granted to any Participant in any fiscal year shall be 10,000,000. The Shares subject to the Plan may be authorized but unissued, or reaquired shares of Common Stock.
 
If an Option should expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, the unpurchased Shares which were subject thereto shall become available for future grant under the Plan (unless the Plan shall have been terminated). Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, shares issued under the Plan and later repurchased by the Company shall not become available for future grant or sale under the Plan; provided, however, that any Shares subject to unvested stock bonuses which expire or terminate shall revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan.
 
4.       Administration of the Plan .
 
(a)     General .    The Plan shall be administered by the Board or one or more Committees, or a combination thereof, as determined by the Board. The Plan may be administered by different administrative bodies with respect to different classes of Participants and, if permitted by Applicable Laws, the Board may authorize one or more Employees (who may (but need not) be Officers) to grant Options to Service Providers. A Committee may delegate some or all of its authority to a Person or group of more than one Person to the extent not prohibited by Applicable Laws. Any delegation of authority, whether by the Board or a Committee thereof, may be revoked at any time by the delegating party.
 
(b)     Committee Composition .    If a Committee has been appointed pursuant to this Section 4, such Committee shall continue to serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board. From time to time the Board may increase the size of any Committee and appoint additional members thereof, remove members (for any reason or no reason, with or without cause, and with or without notice) and appoint new members in substitution therefor, fill vacancies (however caused) and remove all members of a Committee and thereafter directly administer the Plan, all to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

 
4

 
 
(c)     Powers of the Administrator .    Subject to the provisions of the Plan and in the case of a Committee, other Person or group of Persons the specific duties delegated by the Board or Committee to such Committee, Person, or group of Persons, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its discretion:
 
(i)      to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock, in accordance with Section 2(o) of the Plan;
 
(ii)     to select the Service Providers to whom Stock Awards may from time to time be granted hereunder;
 
(iii)          to determine whether and to what extent Stock Awards are granted hereunder;
 
(iv)         to determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by each Stock Award granted hereunder;
 
(v)          to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;
 
(vi)         to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Option granted hereunder, which terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise or purchase price, the time or times when Options may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Option, Optioned Stock or other Stock Award, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine;
 
(vii)        to determine whether and under what circumstances an Option may be settled in cash under Section 9(f) instead of Common Stock;
 
(viii)       to modify or amend each Stock Award;
 
(ix)          to adopt rules, procedures, and sub-plans to the Plan relating to the operation and administration of the Plan to accommodate the specific requirements of local laws and procedures in foreign jurisdictions, but unless otherwise superseded by the terms of such rules, procedures or sub-plans, the provisions of this Plan shall govern the operation of such rules, procedures or sub-plans; and
 
(x)     to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.
 
(d)     Effect of Administrator’s Decision .    All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Administrator shall be final and binding on all Participants and their successor in interest.

 
5

 
 
5.       Eligibility .
 
(a)     Recipients of Grants .    Stock Awards may be granted to Service Providers. A Service Provider who has been granted a Stock Award under the Plan may, if he or she is otherwise eligible, be granted additional Stock Awards.
 
(b)     Type of Option .    Each Option granted under the Plan shall be designated in the written option agreement as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.
 
(c)     Restrictions on Eligibility .    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the aggregate number of Shares issued pursuant to Stock Awards granted under the Plan to Officers and Directors cannot exceed fifty percent (50%) of the number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan as determined at the time of each such issuance to an Officer or Director, except that there shall be excluded from this calculation Shares issued to Officers not previously employed by the Company pursuant to Stock Awards granted as an inducement essential to such individuals entering into employment contracts with the Company. In addition, during the periods commencing on August 14, 2002 and ending on (i) August 14, 2005 and (ii) and on each August 14 thereafter for the remaining Term of the Plan (as described in Section 6 hereof), less than fifty percent (50%) of the Shares subject to Stock Awards granted in such periods may be granted to Officers and Directors, except that there shall be excluded from this calculation Shares subject to Stock Awards granted to Officers not previously employed by the Company pursuant to Stock Awards granted as an inducement essential to such individuals entering into employment contracts with the Company.
 
(d)     Consultants .
 
(i)      A Consultant shall not be eligible for the grant of a Stock Award if, at the time of grant, a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act (“Form S-8”) is not available to register either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such Consultant because of the nature of the services that the Consultant is providing to the Company, or because the Consultant is not a natural person, or as otherwise provided by the rules governing the use of Form S-8, unless the Company determines both (i) that such grant (A) shall be registered in another manner under the Securities Act (e.g., on a Form S-3 Registration Statement) or (B) does not require registration under the Securities Act in order to comply with the requirements of the Securities Act, if applicable, and (ii) that such grant complies with the securities laws of all other relevant jurisdictions.
 
(ii)     Form S-8 generally is available to consultants and advisors only if (i) they are natural persons; (ii) they provide bona fide services to the issuer; and (iii) the services are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction, and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the issuer’s securities.
 
(e)     No Employment or Other Service Rights .    Nothing in the Plan or any instrument executed or Stock Award granted pursuant thereto shall confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Stock Award was granted or shall affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee at any time, for any reason or no reason, with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.
 
 
6

 
 
6.       Term of Plan .    The Plan (as amended and restated hereby) became effective as of August 14, 2002 and shall continue in effect until terminated under Section 15 of the Plan.
 
7.       Term of Option .    The term of each Option shall be the term stated in the written option agreement; provided, however, that the term shall be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof, unless otherwise provided in the option agreement.
 
8.       Option Exercise Price and Consideration .
 
(a)     The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option granted under the Plan shall be determined by the Administrator. Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price which is either above or below the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant, at the discretion of the Administrator.
 
(b)    The consideration to be paid by the Optionee (or permitted transferee as provided for in Section 10) for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option by the Optionee (or permitted transferee), including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator and may consist entirely of (1) cash, (2) check, (3) promissory note, (4) other Shares which (x) in the case of Shares acquired upon exercise of an Option either have been owned by the Optionee for more than six months on the date of surrender or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company, and (y) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which said Option shall be exercised, (5) authorization from the Company to retain from the total number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the exercise price for the total number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised, (6) delivery of a properly executed exercise notice together with such other documentation as the Administrator and the broker, if applicable, shall require to effect an exercise of the Option and delivery to the Company of the sale or broker loan proceeds required to pay the exercise price, (7) by delivering an irrevocable subscription agreement for the Shares which irrevocably obligates the Optionee to take and pay for the Shares not more than twelve months after the date of delivery of the subscription agreement, (8) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment, (9) or such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted under Applicable Laws. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator shall consider whether acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company. At any time that the Company is incorporated in Delaware, if the Optionee (or permitted transferee as provided for in Section 10) is permitted by the Company to pay the exercise price for the issuance of the applicable Shares by deferred payment or promissory note, then the Optionee (or permitted transferee) must pay an amount at least equal to the Common Stock’s “par value,” as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law in cash or cash equivalents rather than by deferred payment or promissory note.
 
 
7

 
 
In the case of any promissory note, such promissory note will be a full recourse promissory note, shall provide for interest to be compounded at least annually and to be charged at the market rate of interest necessary to avoid a charge to earnings for financial accounting purposes, and shall be on such further terms as the Board shall determine. No promissory note shall be permitted if the exercise of an Option using a promissory note would be a violation of any Applicable Law.
 
9.       Exercise of Option .
 
(a)     Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder .    Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator, consistent with the terms of the Plan, and reflected in the written option agreement, including vesting requirements and/or performance criteria with respect to the Company and/or the Optionee. With respect to Options granted under the Plan, the Administrator shall have the discretion to determine whether and to what extent the vesting of such Options shall be tolled during any unpaid leave of absence or transfer from one member of the Affiliated Group to another member of the Affiliated Group; provided however that in the absence of such determination, vesting of such Options shall be tolled during any such leave, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.
 
An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.
 
An Option shall be deemed to be exercised when written or electronic notice of such exercise has been given to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Option by the person entitled to exercise the Option and full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised has been received by the Company or its authorized agent. Full payment may, as authorized by the Administrator, consist of any consideration and method of payment allowable under Section 8(b) of the Plan and as set forth in the written option agreement. Until the Company or its duly authorized agent has issued the stock certificate evidencing such Shares (or transmitted such Shares via electronic delivery to the Optionee’s brokerage account), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such stock certificate or electronic Share delivery promptly upon exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued or the date the Shares are

 
8

 

electronically delivered to the Optionee’s brokerage account, as applicable, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.
 
Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares which thereafter may be available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.
 
(b)     Termination of Employment .    With respect to Options granted under the Plan, in the event of termination of an Optionee’s service with the Company and its Affiliates, such Optionee may, but only within such period of time as determined by the Board or the Committee and set forth in the option agreement (but in no event later than the expiration date of the term of such Option as set forth in the option agreement), exercise his or her Option to the extent that Optionee was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination; unless such Option is amended while it remains outstanding. To the extent that Optionee was not entitled to exercise the Option at the date of such termination, or if Optionee does not exercise such Option to the extent so entitled within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate. With respect to Options granted under the Plan, the Board (or its delegee), in its sole discretion, shall determine whether a termination shall be deemed to occur and this Section 9(b) shall apply if (i) the Optionee is a Consultant or non-employee Director at the time of grant and subsequently becomes an Employee, (ii) the Optionee is an Employee at the time of grant and subsequently becomes a Consultant or non-employee Director or (iii) the Optionee transfers from one member of the Affiliated Group to another member of the Affiliated Group.
 
(c)     Disability of Optionee .    Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 9(b) above, with respect to Options granted under the Plan, in the event of termination of an Optionee’s service with the Company and its Affiliates as a result of his or her Disability, such Optionee may, but only within twelve (12) months from the date of such termination or as otherwise determined by the Board or the Committee and set forth in the option agreement (but in no event later than the expiration date of the term of such Option as set forth in the option agreement), exercise the Option to the extent otherwise entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination. To the extent that Optionee was not entitled to exercise the Option at the date of termination, or if Optionee does not exercise such Option to the extent so entitled within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate. With respect to Options granted under the Plan, the Board (or its delegee), in its sole discretion, shall determine whether a termination shall be deemed to occur and this Section 9(c) shall apply if (i) the Optionee is a Consultant or non-employee Director at the time of grant and subsequently becomes an Employee, (ii) the Optionee is an Employee at the time of grant and subsequently becomes a Consultant or non-employee Director or (iii) the Optionee transfers from one member of the Affiliated Group to another member of the Affiliated Group.
 
(d)     Death of Optionee .    In the event of Optionee’s death while a Service Provider, with respect to Options granted under the Plan, his or her Option may be exercised, at any time within twelve (12) months following the date of death or as otherwise determined by the Board or the Committee and set forth in the option agreement (but in no event later than the expiration date of the term of such Option as set forth in the option agreement), by the Optionee’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance or by the laws of descent and distribution or by a beneficiary designated to exercise the Option upon the Optionee’s death pursuant to Section 10, but only to the extent the Optionee was entitled to exercise the Option at the date of death. To the extent that Optionee was not entitled to exercise the Option at the date of death, or if Optionee’s estate, the person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance or by the laws of descent and distribution or the beneficiary designated to exercise the Option upon the Optionee’s death pursuant to Section 10 does not exercise such Option to the extent so entitled within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.
 
 
9

 
 
(e)     Extension of Exercise Period .    The Administrator shall have full power and authority to extend the period of time for which an Option is to remain exercisable following termination of an Optionee’s status as a Service Provider from the periods set forth in Sections 9(b), 9(c) and 9(d) above or in the option agreement to such greater time as the Administrator shall deem appropriate, provided that in no event shall such Option be exercisable later than the date of expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the option agreement.
 
(f)     Buyout Provisions .    The Administrator may at any time offer to buy out for a payment in cash or Shares, an Option previously granted, based on such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall establish and communicate to the Optionee at the time that such offer is made.
 
10.     Non-Transferability of Options .    Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, Options are not transferable in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution, and may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionee may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, designate a beneficiary who, in the event of the death of the Optionee, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option. The Administrator may in its discretion grant transferable Nonstatutory Stock Options pursuant to option agreements specifying (i) the manner in which such Nonstatutory Stock Options are transferable and (ii) that any such transfer shall be subject to Applicable Laws.
 
11.     Taxes .
 
(a)     As a condition of the exercise of an Option granted under the Plan, the Optionee (or in the case of the Optionee’s death, the person exercising the Option) shall make such arrangements as the Administrator may require for the satisfaction of any applicable federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations and/or social charges (“Tax-Related Items”) that may arise in connection with the grant, vesting or exercise of the Option and the issuance of Shares (“Taxable Event”). The Company shall not be required to issue any Shares under the Plan until such obligations are satisfied.

 
10

 
 
(b)     In the case of an Optionee who is an Employee and in the absence of any other arrangement, the Employee shall be deemed to have directed the Company to withhold or collect from his or her compensation an amount sufficient to satisfy such obligations regarding Tax-Related Items from the next payroll payment otherwise payable after the date of a Taxable Event.
 
(c)     In the case of an Optionee other than an Employee (or in the case of an Employee where the next payroll payment is not sufficient to satisfy such obligations regarding Tax-Related Items, with respect to any remaining tax obligations), in the absence of any other arrangement and to the extent permitted under the Applicable Laws, the Optionee shall be deemed to have elected to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise of the Option that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value determined as of the applicable Tax Date (as defined below) equal to the minimum statutory withholding rates for U.S. federal, state and foreign tax purposes, including payroll taxes, applicable to the Taxable Event. For purposes of this Section 11, the Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined under the Applicable Laws (the “Tax Date”).
 
(d)     If permitted by the Administrator, in its discretion, an Optionee may satisfy his or her obligations regarding Tax-Related Items by surrendering to the Company Shares that have a Fair Market Value determined as of the applicable Tax Date equal to the minimum statutory withholding rates for U.S. federal, state and foreign tax purposes, including payroll taxes, applicable to the Taxable Event.
 
(e)     Any election or deemed election by an Optionee to have Shares withheld to satisfy obligations regarding Tax-Related Items under Section 11(c) or (d) above shall be irrevocable as to the particular Shares as to which the election is made and shall be subject to the consent or disapproval of the Administrator. Any election by an Optionee under Section 11(d) above must be made on or prior to the applicable Tax Date.
 
(f)      In the event an election to have Shares withheld is made by an Optionee and the Tax Date is deferred under Section 83 of the Code because no election is filed under Section 83(b) of the Code, the Company shall have the authority to establish an escrow to hold the shares until the latest applicable Tax Date.
 
12.     Provisions of Stock Awards Other Than Options .
 
(a)     Restricted Stock Bonus Awards .    Each restricted stock bonus agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of restricted stock bonus agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate restricted stock bonus agreements need not be identical, but each restricted stock bonus agreement shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

 
11

 

(i)       Consideration .    A restricted stock bonus may be awarded in consideration for past services actually rendered to the Company or an Affiliate for its benefit.
 
(ii)     Vesting .    Shares awarded under the restricted stock bonus agreement may, but need not, be subject to a share reacquisition option in favor of the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board.
 
(iii)           Termination of Participant’s Service .    In the event a Participant’s service terminates, the Company may reacquire any or all of the Shares held by the Participant which have not vested as of the date of termination under the terms of the restricted stock bonus agreement.
 
(iv)          Transferability .    Rights to acquire Shares under the restricted stock bonus agreement shall be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the restricted stock bonus agreement, as the Board shall determine in its discretion, so long as Shares awarded under the restricted stock bonus agreement remain subject to the terms of the restricted stock bonus agreement.
 
(b)     Restricted Stock Purchase Awards .    Each restricted stock purchase agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of restricted stock purchase agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate restricted stock purchase agreements need not be identical, but each restricted stock purchase agreement shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:
 
(i)       Purchase Price .    The purchase price under each restricted stock purchase agreement shall be such amount as the Board shall determine and designate in such restricted stock purchase agreement.
 
(ii)     Consideration .    The purchase price of Shares acquired pursuant to the restricted stock purchase agreement shall be paid either: (i) in cash at the time of purchase; (ii) at the discretion of the Board, according to a deferred payment or other similar arrangement with the Participant; or (iii) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board in its discretion.
 
(iii)           Vesting .    Shares awarded under the restricted stock purchase agreement may, but need not, be subject to a share repurchase option in favor of the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board.

 
12

 

(iv)          Termination of Participant’s Service .    In the event a Participant’s service terminates, the Company may repurchase or otherwise reacquire any or all of the Shares held by the Participant which have not vested as of the date of termination under the terms of the restricted stock purchase agreement.
 
(v)     Transferability .    Rights to acquire Shares under the restricted stock purchase agreement shall be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the restricted stock purchase agreement, as the Board shall determine in its discretion, so long as Shares awarded under the restricted stock bonus agreement remain subject to the terms of the restricted stock purchase agreement.
 
13.     Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Dissolution or Liquidation, or Merger or Asset Sale .
 
(a)     Changes in Capitalization .    Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, the number of Shares covered by each outstanding Option and the number of shares of Common Stock which have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Options have yet been granted or which have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Option, as well as the price per share of Common Stock covered by each such outstanding Option, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number, or other changes in the price or other characteristics, of issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, spinoff combination or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number, or other change in the price or characteristic, of issued shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment shall be made by the Board, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option.
 
(b)     Dissolution or Liquidation .    In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Board shall notify the Optionee at least fifteen (15) days prior to such proposed action. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, the Option will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.
 
(c)     Merger or Sale of Assets .    In the event of a proposed merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation or a sale, exchange, lease or similar transfer of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, each outstanding Option shall be assumed or an equivalent option shall be substituted by such successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation, unless the successor corporation does not agree to assume the Option or to substitute an equivalent option, in which case such Option shall terminate upon the consummation of the merger or sale of assets.
 
 
13

 
 
(d)     Certain Distributions .    In the event of any distribution to the Company’s stockholders of securities of any other entity or other assets (other than dividends payable in cash or stock of the Company) without receipt of consideration by the Company, the Administrator may, in its discretion, appropriately adjust the price per share of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Option to reflect the effect of such distribution.
 
14.     Time of Granting Stock Awards .    The date of grant of a Stock Award shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Stock Award, or such other date as is determined by the Board. Notice of the determination shall be given to each Service Provider to whom a Stock Award is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.
 
15.     Amendment and Termination of the Plan .
 
(a)     Amendment and Termination .    Except to the extent prohibited by Applicable Laws and unless otherwise expressly provided in a Stock Award agreement or in the Plan, the Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or discontinue the Plan, but no amendment, alteration, suspension or discontinuance or termination (other than an adjustment made pursuant to Section 13 above) shall be made which would impair the rights of any Participant under any grant theretofore made, without his or her consent.
 
(b)     Effect of Amendment or Termination .    Any such amendment or termination of the Plan shall not affect Options already granted and such Options shall remain in full force and effect as if this Plan had not been amended or terminated, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee and the Board, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee and the Company.
 
16.     Amendment of Stock Awards .    The Board at any time, and from time to time, may amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards; provided, however, that the affected Participant’s rights under any Stock Award shall not be materially impaired and his or her obligations under any Stock Award shall not be materially increased, by any such amendments unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the Participant and (ii) the Participant consents in writing.
 
17.     Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .    Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless the exercise of such Option and the issuance and delivery of such Shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all relevant provisions of Applicable Laws, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, the Exchange Act, and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed, and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance. The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.
 
 
14

 
 
As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Company may require the person exercising such Option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by any of the aforementioned relevant provisions of law.
 
18.     Reservation of Shares .    The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.
 
19.     Agreements .    Options shall be evidenced by written agreements in such form as the Board shall approve from time to time.
 
20.     Code References .    All references to any federal statute, rule, regulation or form are to the federal statute, rule, regulation or form in effect at the time or to any successor to such federal statute, rule, regulation or form.
 
21.     Choice of Law .    The law of the State of Delaware shall govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to such state’s conflict of laws rules.
 
 
15

Exhibit 10.10
 
 
INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION
2002 STOCK COMPENSATION PLAN
 
NONSTATUTORY
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
 
1.                 Grant of Option .    Internap Network Services Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), hereby grants to Optionee (“ Optionee ”) named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “ Notice ”), an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase a total number of shares of Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) set forth in the Notice, at the exercise price per share (the “ Exercise Price ”) set forth in the Notice, subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Internap Network Services Corporation 2002 Stock Compensation Plan (the “ Plan ”), which is incorporated herein by reference, and the terms of this Stock Option Agreement (the “ Agreement ”). Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Agreement. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail. This option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option.
 
2.                  Exercise of Option .    This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice so long as Optionee is an Employee, Director or Consultant, as the case may be, and with the provisions of Section 8 and 9 of the Plan as set forth below. A change in status of Optionee from his or her status at the time of grant (i.e., (i) Optionee is a Consultant or non-Employee Director at the time of grant and subsequently becomes an Employee or (ii) Optionee is an Employee at the time of grant and subsequently becomes a Consultant or non-Employee Director) shall be deemed a termination of employment or service with the Company at the time of such change in status whereupon, unless otherwise provided by the Administrator in its sole discretion, vesting of the Shares shall immediately cease in full.
 
(a)     Right to Exercise .
 
(i)      This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.
 
(ii)      In the event of Optionee’s death, disability or other termination of employment or service with the Company, the exercisability of the Option is governed by Sections 5, 6, and 7 below, subject to the limitation contained in subsection 2(a)(i).
 
(iii)           In no event may this Option be exercised after the date of expiration of the term of this Option as set forth in the Notice.
 
(b)     Method of Exercise .
 
(i)      This Option shall be exercisable by (i) delivery of a written notice (in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A) which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised (the “ Exercised Shares ”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan or (ii) by executing a “cashless exercise” through the Company’s designated broker. The written notice shall be signed by Optionee and shall be delivered in person or by certified mail to the Stock Option Administrator of the Company and shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice accompanied by such aggregate Exercise Price or by Optionee’s execution of a “cashless” exercise with the Company’s designated broker.
 

 
(ii)      As a condition to the exercise of this Option, Optionee agrees to make adequate provision for federal, state or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the exercise of the Option or disposition of Shares, whether by withholding, direct payment to the Company, or otherwise.
 
(iii)           No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of the Option unless such issuance and such exercise shall comply with all relevant provisions of Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Exercised Shares shall be considered transferred to Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Exercised Shares.
 
3.           Method of Payment .    Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of Optionee:
 
(i)       cash;
 
(ii)      check;
 
(iii)     surrender of other Shares which (A) in the case of Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of a Company option, have been owned by Optionee for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company, and (B) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised; or
 
(iv)     delivery of a properly executed exercise notice together with such other documentation as the Administrator and the broker, if applicable, shall require to effect an exercise of the Option and delivery to the Company of the sale or loan proceeds required to pay the aggregate Exercise Price.
 
4.           Restrictions on Exercise .    This Option may not be exercised if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such Shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Laws.
 
5.            Termination of Relationship .    In the event of termination of Optionee’s employment or service with the Company, Optionee may, to the extent otherwise so entitled at the date of such termination (the “Termination Date”), exercise this Option during the Termination Period set out in the Notice. To the extent that Optionee was not entitled to exercise this Option at the date of such termination, or if Optionee does not exercise this Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate. A change in status of Optionee from his or her status at the time of grant (i.e., (i) Optionee is a Consultant or non-Employee Director at the time of grant and subsequently becomes an Employee or (ii) Optionee is an Employee at the time of grant and subsequently becomes a Consultant or non-Employee Director) shall be deemed a termination of employment or service with the Company at the time of such change in status whereupon, unless otherwise provided by the Administrator in its sole discretion, the provisions of this Section 5 shall apply.
 
2

 
6.            Disability of Optionee .    Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5 above, in the event of termination of Optionee’s employment or service with the Company as a result of Optionee’s Disability, Optionee may, but only within twelve (12) months from the date of such termination (but in no event later than the expiration date of the term of such Option as set forth in Section 9 below), exercise the Option to the extent otherwise entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination. To the extent that Optionee was not entitled to exercise this Option at the date of such termination, or if Optionee does not exercise this Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.
 
7.            Death of Optionee .    In the event of the death of Optionee, the Option may be exercised at any time within twelve (12) months following the date of Optionee’s death (but in no event later than the date of expiration of the term of this Option as set forth in Section 9 below), by Optionee’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance or by the laws of descent and distribution or by a beneficiary designated to exercise the Option upon the Optionee’s death pursuant to Section 8, but only to the extent Optionee could exercise the Option at the date of death. To the extent that Optionee was not entitled to exercise this Option at the date of such termination, or if Optionee’s estate, the person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance or by the laws of descent and distribution or the beneficiary designated to exercise the Option upon the Optionee’s death pursuant to Section 8 does not exercise this Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.
 
8.             Non-Transferability of Option .    This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionee may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, designate a beneficiary who, in the event of the death of the Optionee, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option. The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Optionee.
 
9.            Term of Option .    This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Agreement.
 
10.          Tax Consequences .    Set forth below is a brief summary as of the date of this Option of certain United States federal tax consequences of exercise of this Option and disposition of the Shares under the laws in effect as of the date of grant. THIS SUMMARY   DOES   NOT   ADDRESS   SPECIFIC   STATE , LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAX CONSEQUENCES THAT MAY BE APPLICABLE TO OPTIONEE. OPTIONEE IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSULTING A TAX ADVISER AS TO THE APPLICABLE TAX LAWS OF THE JURISDICTION(S) IN WHICH OPTIONEE RESIDES OR MAY BE SUBJECT TO TAX BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES. OPTIONEE UNDERSTANDS THAT THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE.
 
3

 
(i)       Exercise of Nonstatutory Stock Option .    There may be a regular federal income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option. Optionee will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price. If Optionee is an employee or former employee of the Company, the Company will be required to withhold from Optionee’s compensation or collect from Optionee and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise.
 
(ii)       Disposition of Shares .    In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, if Shares are held for more than one year after the date of exercise, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes.
 
11.         Governing Law .    This Agreement shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to its principles of conflict of laws.
 
12.          Whole Agreement .    The Plan and Notice are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part hereof, and the Option and this Agreement shall be subject to all terms and conditions of the Plan and the Notice.
 
13.          Amendments .    This Agreement may be amended or modified at any time only by an instrument in writing signed by each of the parties hereto.
 
14.          Rights as a Stockholder .    Neither Optionee nor any of Optionee’s successors in interest shall have any rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to any Shares subject to the Option until the date of issuance of a stock certificate for such Shares or the date the Shares are electronically delivered to Optionee’s brokerage account.
 
4

 
EXHIBIT A
 
INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES CORPORATION EXERCISE NOTICE
 
Optionee Name:
     
Social Security #:
   
Home Address:
 
 
 
Daytime Phone Number:
 
 
   
 
       
             
 
[Missing Graphic Reference]
Option(s) Exercised:
Plan
   
Grant Number
   
Grant Date
   
NQ** or ISO?
   
(1) x Grant Price
Per Share
   
(2) = Number of
Shares To be
exercised
   
(3) Total Exercise Option Price
 
                                           
                              $       $    
                                           
                              $       $    
                                           
                              $       $    
                                           
                              $       $    
                                           
                             
Subtotal
    $    
                       
**Total NQ Taxes Dues:
    $    
                       
Totals
            $    
 

 
 
Payment and Issuance Instructions :
Attached is my check #                  in the amount of $                      to pay for the exercise of my stock option as listed above.
Issue the shares as designated below:
¨     My broker as designated below:                         OR                 ¨     Mail a certificate to the address listed below:
 
Broker Name:                                                                                       
 
Company Name:                                                                                                                                                                                            
 
Street Address
Address:                                                                                               
 
                                                                                                             
 
DTC#                                                                                                                                                                                                                         
 
            City                         State                         Zip Code
Account #:                                                                                           
 
Phone Number:                                                                                    
 
Fax Number:                                                                                        
 

 
Representations:
              I do NOT have access to, nor am I aware of, any inside information regarding Internap Network Services Corporation
Initial   which could or has influenced my decision to purchase and/or sell this stock.
 
5

 
               I hereby agree to notify Internap Network Services Corporation upon the transfer/sale of my shares acquired under any ISO  
Initial   exercise and agree to hold harmless Internap Network Services Corporation regarding the reporting of income subject to the
transfer/sale of these shares. I am not relying on Internap Network Services Corporation or E*TRADE Business Solutions Group for any tax advice.
 
OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS ONLY
I AM an officer and/or director of Internap Network Services Corporation and I (initial for each response):
                     have reviewed my transactions relative to Section 16.
                     have held this option 6 months from date of grant.
                     wish/wish not to file an 83(b) Election.
                     am required to sell pursuant to Rule 144 & have filed the necessary documentation.
                     understand a Form 4 will be required because of this transaction.
 

The undersigned holder of the stock option(s) described above irrevocably exercises such option(s) as set forth and herewith makes payment therefore, all at the price and on the terms and conditions specified in the stock option agreement(s) pertaining to the option(s) exercised.
INSTRUCTIONS:             Mail this completed exercise form and check, made payable to:
Internap Network Services Corporation, 250 Williams Street, Suite E100, Atlanta, GA 30303, Attn: Stock Administration
 
 
   
Optionee Signature
 
Date
 

 
 
6

Exhibit 10.33


Joinder Agreement
For
Tim Sullivan
 
The undersigned hereby agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Employment Security Plan of Internap Network Services, Inc., dated as of November 14, 2007, as if he or she initially had executed such Plan as a party thereto, and, without by implication limiting the foregoing, agrees to each acknowledgment, covenant and other agreement contained therein.

Notwithstanding the provisions of the Employment Security Plan, the Applicable Multiple for a Qualifying Termination During a Protection Period listed on Schedule B shall be two (2).


 
/s/ Tim Sullivan
 
 
Tim Sullivan
 
     
     
 
November 13, 2007
 
 
Date
 
 
Accepted:
INTERNAP NETWORK SERVICES, INC.
 
By:
Eric Suddith
 
Its:
VP of Human Resources
 
Date:
November 13, 2007
 
 

Exhibit 23.1
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Forms S-3 (Nos. 333-70870, 333-47288, 333-108573, 333-111878, 333-111880 and 333-118234) and on Forms S-8 (Nos. 333-89369, 333-37400, 333-40430, 333-42974, 333-43996, 333-111543, 333-117068, 333-127989, 333-137314, 333-141245 and 333-153766) of Internap Network Services Corporation of our report dated March 12, 2009 relating to the financial statements, financial statement schedule and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.
 
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Atlanta, Georgia
March 12, 2009
 

Exhibit 31.1
 
CERTIFICATION
     
I, James P. DeBlasio, certify that:
     
1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Internap Network Services Corporation (the “registrant”);
     
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
     
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
     
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
     
 
(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
     
 
(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
     
 
(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
     
 
(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
     
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
     
 
(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
     
 
(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
Date: March 12, 2009
/s/ James P. DeBlasio
 
 
James P. DeBlasio
 
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
 

Exhibit 31.2
 
CERTIFICATION
     
I, George E. Kilguss, III, certify that:
     
1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Internap Network Services Corporation (the “registrant”);
     
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
     
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
     
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
     
 
(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
     
 
(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
     
 
(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
     
 
(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
     
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
     
 
(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
     
 
(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 

     
Date: March 12, 2009
/s/ George E. Kilguss, III
 
 
George E. Kilguss, III
 
 
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 

Exhibit 32.1
 
STATEMENT REQUIRED BY 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
 
This certificate is being delivered pursuant to the requirements of Section 1350 of Chapter 63 (Mail Fraud) of Title 18 (Crimes and Criminal Procedures) of the United States Code and shall not be relied on by any other person for any other purpose.
 
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Internap Network Services Corporation (the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2008, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned, James P. DeBlasio, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certifies that
     
 
the Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
     
 
information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
 
Date: March 12, 2009
   
 
/s/ James P. DeBlasio
 
James P. DeBlasio
 
President and Chief Executive Officer


Exhibit 32.2
 
STATEMENT REQUIRED BY 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
 
This certificate is being delivered pursuant to the requirements of Section 1350 of Chapter 63 (Mail Fraud) of Title 18 (Crimes and Criminal Procedures) of the United States Code and shall not be relied on by any other person for any other purpose.
 
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Internap Network Services Corporation (the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2008, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned, George Kilguss, III, Vice President and Chief Finance Officer of the Company, certifies that
     
 
the Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
     
 
information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
 
Date: March 12, 2009
   
 
/s/ George E. Kilguss, III
 
George E. Kilguss, III
 
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer